Patent application number | Description | Published |
20130015454 | PANEL STRUCTURE, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING SAME, AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING PANEL STRUCTURE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Via holes for connecting elements of the panel structure may be formed by performing one process. For example, via holes for connecting a transistor and a conductive layer spaced apart from the transistor may be formed by performing only one process. | 01-17-2013 |
20130015588 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE HAVING THROUGH ELECTRODE AND METHOD OF FABRICATING THE SAME - A semiconductor device includes a substrate, and a through electrode passing through the substrate. The semiconductor device has a pad region and a through electrode region. A pad covers the pad region, extends into the through electrode region, and delimits an opening in the through electrode region. A through electrode extends through the semiconductor substrate below the hole in the pad in the through region. | 01-17-2013 |
20130019143 | Memory Device And Method Of Storing Data With Error Correction Using Codewords - Memory devices and/or methods of storing memory data bits are provided. A memory device includes a multi-level cell (MLC) array including a plurality of MLCs, an error correction unit configured to encode data to be recorded in an MLC, where the encoded data is converted to convert the encoded data into a codeword, an error pattern analysis unit configured to analyze a first data pattern included in the codeword corresponding to an error pattern included in the codeword and a data conversion unit configured to convert the analyzed first data pattern into a second data pattern. According to the above memory devices and/or methods, it is possible to efficiently reduce a data error that occurs when the data is stored for a relatively long period of time, thereby improving reliability. | 01-17-2013 |
20130021847 | NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE AND RELATED PROGRAMMING METHOD - A nonvolatile memory device comprises a memory cell array comprising a plurality of memory blocks each divided into a plurality of regions, and a control logic component. The control logic component selects a memory block to be programmed based on program/erase cycles of the memory blocks, and selects a program rule used to program the regions of the selected memory block. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022217 | SOUND ZOOM METHOD, MEDIUM, AND APPARATUS - A sound zoom method, medium, and apparatus generating a signal in which a target sound is removed from sound signals input to a microphone array by adjusting a null width that restricts a directivity sensitivity of the microphone array, and extracting a signal corresponding to the target sound from the sound signals by using the generated signal. Thus, a sound located at a predetermined position away from the microphone array can be selectively obtained so that a target sound is efficiently obtained. | 01-24-2013 |
20130024200 | METHOD FOR SELECTING PROGRAM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A program selection method and a display apparatus thereof are provided. The program selection method includes generating a program list including at least one program title, determining whether there is a voice input for a program selection; searching for a desired program title corresponding to the voice input for the program selection among the at least one program title in the program list, and selecting a program corresponding to the desired program title based on the searching for the desired program title. | 01-24-2013 |
20130026564 | Methods of Fabricating Semiconductor Devices - A method of fabricating a semiconductor device using a recess channel array is disclosed. A substrate is provided having a first region and a second region, including a first transistor in the first region including a first gate electrode partially filling a trench, and source and drain regions that are formed at both sides of the trench, and covered by a first insulating layer. A first conductive layer is formed on the substrate. A contact hole through which the drain region is exposed is formed by patterning the first conductive layer and the first insulating layer. A contact plug is formed that fills the contact hole. A bit line is formed that is electrically connected to the drain region through the contact plug, and simultaneously a second gate electrode is formed in the second region by patterning the first conductive layer. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027376 | 3-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - Provided are a 3-dimensional image display apparatus and a control method thereof, the apparatus including: a video signal receiving unit which receives a video signal containing plane image data or stereoscopic image data from an external signal source; a liquid crystal module which includes a liquid crystal display panel to selectively display the plane image data and the stereoscopic image data, and a backlight unit provided in a rear portion of the liquid crystal display panel; a power supply which supplies power to the liquid crystal module; and a controller which determines whether the received video signal contains the plane image data or the stereoscopic image data, and if the video signal receiving unit contains the stereoscopic image data, the controller controls the power supply such that the backlight unit operates in a power saving mode while the stereoscopic image data is scanned to the liquid crystal display panel. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027403 | CONTENT INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS - Provided are a content information display method and apparatus. The method includes: receiving a content file list; receiving additional information having a same property from among additional information on each of content files included in the content file list; generating a graph representing a degree of the property by comparing the received additional information on each content file with additional information on another content file; and displaying the graph and the content file list. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028025 | NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD OF OPERATION - A flash memory device comprises alternately arranged odd and even memory cells. The odd and even memory cells are connected to corresponding odd and even bitlines, which are connected to corresponding odd and even page buffers. In a read operation of the flash memory device, data is sensed at two different times via the odd and even bitlines. In certain embodiments, data is read from the odd page buffers while data is being sensed via the even bit lines, or vice versa. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028572 | DISPLAYING APPARATUS, IMAGE EDITING APPARATUS, IMAGE EDITING SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AND EDITING IMAGE USING THE SAME - An image displaying apparatus, an image editing apparatus, an image editing system, an image displaying method and an image editing method are disclosed. The image displaying apparatus includes an image processing unit which captures a still image, a communication module which communicates with an external device, and a control unit which controls an edited image to be displayed. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028575 | IMAGE DISPLAYING APPARATUS, IMAGE EDITING APPARATUS, IMAGE EDITING SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AND EDITING IMAGE USING THE SAME - An image displaying apparatus, an image editing apparatus, an image editing system, an image displaying method and an image editing method are disclosed. The image displaying apparatus includes an image processing unit which captures a still image, a communication module which communicates with an external device, and a control unit which controls an edited image to be displayed. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028624 | PHASE DETECTING DEVICE, PHASE CONTROL DEVICE INCLUDING THE PHASE DETECTING DEVICE, AND FUSER CONTROL DEVICE INCLUDING THE PHASE CONTROL DEVICE - An image forming apparatus includes a fuser that fuses a paper medium and a fuser control device that controls an AC power supplied to the fuser. The fuser control device includes a phase detecting device that receives an AC voltage, detects zero-crossing points of the AC voltage, outputs a phase detecting signal when the zero-crossing points are detected, and selectively cuts off a flow of AC power into the phase detecting device in response to a mode control signal, a signal generator that generates a phase control signal to control a phase of the AC power supplied to the fuser based on the phase detecting signal, and a temperature controller that controls a temperature of the fuser by controlling the phase of the AC power supplied to the fuser according to the phase control signal. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029477 | APPARATUS INCLUDING 4-WAY VALVE FOR FABRICATING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING VALVE, AND METHOD OF FABRICATING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE USING THE APPARATUS - An apparatus and method for fabricating a semiconductor device using a 4-way valve with improved purge efficiency by improving a gas valve system by preventing dead volume from occurring are provided. The apparatus includes a reaction chamber in which a substrate is processed to fabricate a semiconductor device; a first processing gas supply pipe supplying a first processing gas into the reaction chamber; a 4-way valve having a first inlet, a second inlet, a first outlet, and a second outlet and installed at the first processing gas supply pipe such that the first inlet and the first outlet are connected to the first processing gas supply pipe; a second processing gas supply pipe connected to the second inlet of the 4-way valve to supply a second processing gas; a bypass connected to the second outlet of the 4-way valve; and a gate valve installed at the bypass. | 01-31-2013 |
20130030820 | METHOD, MEDIUM, AND SYSTEM SCALABLY ENCODING/DECODING AUDIO/SPEECH - A method, medium, and system scalably encoding/decoding audio/speech. The method includes splitting an input signal into a low frequency band signal that is lower than a predetermined frequency and a high frequency band signal that is higher than the predetermined frequency, scalably encoding the split low frequency band signal into a core layer and one or more extension layers and then decoding the encoded core layer and the encoded extension layers, generating an error signal by using the split low frequency band signal and a decoded signal of the encoded core layer and the encoded extension layers, and encoding the error signal and the high frequency band signal into a signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) enhancement layer and a bandwidth extension layer. | 01-31-2013 |
20130032849 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICES - Light-emitting devices are provided, the light-emitting devices include a light-emitting structure layer having a first conductive layer, a light-emitting layer and a second conductive layer sequentially stacked on a first of a substrate, a plurality of seed layer patterns formed apart each other in the first conductive layer; and a plurality of first electrodes formed through the substrate, wherein each of the first electrodes extends from a second side of the substrate to each of the seed layer patterns. | 02-07-2013 |
20130032951 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE COMPRISING VARIABLE-SIZED CONTACT, METHOD OF FORMING SAME, AND APPARATUS COMPRISING SAME - A semiconductor device comprises an electrical contact designed to reduce a contact resistance. The electrical contact has a size that varies according to a length of a region where the contact is to be formed. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033926 | SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE HAVING BALANCING CAPACITORS - A semiconductor memory device includes a plurality of memory cell blocks including a first memory cell block having bit lines, an edge sense amplifier block including edge sense amplifiers coupled to a portion of the bit lines of the first memory cell block, and a balancing capacitor unit coupled to the edge sense amplifiers. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034364 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FIXING UNIT - A fixing unit control apparatus and method are provided. The apparatus includes a feeding time detector for detecting a time when a printing medium is fed to the fixing unit; and a heat controller for controlling heat generated by the fixing unit according to the detected time. Accordingly, printing quality degraded in an early print stage can be improved. Also, by reducing a user waiting time to perform a normal printing job after an image forming device is turned on, a more convenient image forming device can be provided. | 02-07-2013 |
20130036300 | METHOD OF FIXING ERROR OF BOOT IMAGE FOR FAST BOOTING AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of fixing an error of a boot image for fast booting an image forming apparatus. In the method, if a boot image stored in the image forming apparatus has an error, the boot image is deleted, and the error is fixed by replacing the boot image with a backup of the boot image or generating a new boot image. | 02-07-2013 |
20130036943 | SOLUTION COMPOSITION FOR FORMING OXIDE THIN FILM AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE OXIDE THIN FILM - A solution composition for forming an oxide thin film may include a first compound including zinc, a second compound including indium, and a third compound including magnesium or hafnium, and an electronic device may include an oxide semiconductor including zinc, indium, and magnesium. The zinc and hafnium may be included at an atomic ratio of about 1:0.01 to about 1:1. | 02-14-2013 |
20130037220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BONDING WAFERS - In a method of and apparatus for bonding wafers, the method includes heating a first wafer having a first coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) until the first wafer reaches a first temperature, heating a second wafer having a second CTE that is different from the first CTE until the second wafer reaches a second temperature that is different from the second temperature, and bonding the first wafer and the second wafer to each other. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038890 | HINGE APPARATUS FOR COVER OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A hinge apparatus for a cover of an image forming apparatus has a hinge body with supporting brackets, movably inserted into a coupling hole positioned in a main body of the image forming apparatus, a hinge cam connected to the cover and pivotably connected to the supporting brackets, and a pressure device disposed at the hinge body to press the hinge cam. Accordingly, the hinge apparatus can be implemented with a simple and easy assembly operation, since it is not a complicated structural connection among the component parts of the hinge apparatus. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039546 | Method and Apparatus for Displaying Images Related to a Selected Target Point on an Electronic Map Based on Azimuth and View Angle Information - An image reproduction apparatus for displaying images of image files including an image of a target point to be observed by using image files located adjacent to the target point. A method of reproducing an image of an image file on an electronic map including the image file so that position information of the image file matches position information on the electronic map includes: (a) selecting a target point to be observed on the electronic map and obtaining position information of the target point; (b) setting a search range of image files on the electronic map; (c) searching for image files including an image of the target point within the set search range; and (d) displaying images of the found image files on the electronic map. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039676 | COMPACT IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING PIVOTALLY ATTACHED SCANNING UNIT - An image forming apparatus to be placed on a desktop includes a first body, a second body which is pivotally mounted above the first body, a light emitting unit disposed in the second body, an image forming unit disposed in the first body so as to form a C-shaped paper feeding path, a first power supply unit and a second power supply unit disposed on a bottom surface of the first body, a controlling board disposed on a first side wall of the first body, and a power transmission unit disposed on a second side wall of the first body. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040452 | Methods of Forming Semiconductor Devices Having Narrow Conductive Line Patterns - Semiconductor devices and methods of forming semiconductor devices are provided in which a plurality of patterns are simultaneously formed to have different widths and the pattern densities of some regions are increased using double patterning. The semiconductor device includes a plurality of conductive lines each including a first line portion and a second line portion, where the first line portion extends on a substrate in a first direction, the second line portion extends from one end of the first line portion in a second direction, and the first direction is different from the second direction; a plurality of contact pads each of which is connected with a respective conductive line of the plurality of conductive lines via the second line portion of the corresponding conductive line; and a plurality of dummy conductive lines each including a first dummy portion extending from a respective contact pad of the plurality of contact pads, in parallel with the corresponding second line portion in the second direction. | 02-14-2013 |
20130042058 | SOLID STATE MEMORY (SSM), COMPUTER SYSTEM INCLUDING AN SSM, AND METHOD OF OPERATING AN SSM - In one aspect, data is stored in a solid state memory which includes first and second memory layers. A first assessment is executed to determine whether received data is hot data or cold data. Received data which is assessed as hot data during the first assessment is stored in the first memory layer, and received data which is first assessed as cold data during the first assessment is stored in the second memory layer. Further, a second assessment is executed to determine whether the data stored in the first memory layer is hot data or cold data. Data which is then assessed as cold data during the second assessment is migrated from the first memory layer to the second memory layer. | 02-14-2013 |
20130042061 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS PROVIDING REDUNDANT ARRAY OF INDEPENDENT DISKS ACCESS TO NON-VOLATILE MEMORY CHIPS - A controller may include a RAID controller and an access controller. The RAID controller exchanges data with a host and select ones of a plurality of RAID levels responsive to RAID level information. The access controller is connected to the RAID controller and to a plurality of channels that are each connected to a plurality of non-volatile memory chips. The access controller accesses data in at least one of the non-volatile memory chips connected to each of the channels according to the selected RAID level. The controller can include a storage device and a main processor. The main processor logically partitions a plurality of non-volatile memory chips connected to each of a plurality of channels into a normal partition region and a RAID level partition region, where data access is performed according to a selected RAID level, in response partition information that is stored in the storage device. | 02-14-2013 |
20130042097 | METHOD OF UPDATING BOOT IMAGE FOR FAST BOOTING AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of updating a boot image for fast booting an image forming apparatus. In the method, when a request for changing software installed in the image forming apparatus is received, a boot image is deleted from the image forming apparatus and the boot image is re-generated by rebooting the image forming apparatus. | 02-14-2013 |
20130042098 | METHOD OF GENERATING BOOT IMAGE FOR FAST BOOTING AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD, AND METHOD OF PERFORMING FAST BOOTING AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of generating a boot image for fast booting an image forming apparatus. In the method, a boot image is generated to contain information regarding a system state after processes that are not used to execute an operating system and at least one application are terminated. Then, the image forming apparatus is fast booted using the boot image. | 02-14-2013 |
20130043453 | Nonvolatile Memory Devices that Use Resistance Materials and Internal Electrodes - A nonvolatile memory device, a method of fabricating the nonvolatile memory device and a processing system including the nonvolatile memory device. The nonvolatile memory device may include a plurality of internal electrodes that extend in a direction substantially perpendicular to a face of a substrate, a plurality of first external electrodes that extend substantially in parallel with the face of the substrate, and a plurality of second external electrodes that also extend substantially in parallel with the face of the substrate. Each first external electrode is on a first side of a respective one of the internal electrodes, and each second external electrode is on a second side of a respective one of the internal electrodes. These devices also include a plurality of variable resistors that contact the internal electrodes, the first external electrodes and the second external electrodes. | 02-21-2013 |
20130043518 | Semiconductor Device And Method Of Fabricating The Same - A method of fabricating a semiconductor device includes forming an interlayer dielectric on a substrate, the interlayer dielectric including first and second openings respectively disposed in first and second regions formed separately in the substrate; forming a first conductive layer filling the first and second openings; etching the first conductive layer such that a bottom surface of the first opening is exposed and a portion of the first conductive layer in the second opening remains; and forming a second conductive layer filling the first opening and a portion of the second opening. | 02-21-2013 |
20130043567 | Method For Forming Silicon Film, Method For Forming PN Junction And PN Junction Formed Using The Same - A method for forming a silicon film may be performed using a microheater including a substrate and a metal pattern spaced apart from the substrate. The silicon film may be formed on the metal pattern by applying a voltage to the metal pattern of the microheater to heat the metal pattern and by exposing the microheater to a source gas containing silicon. The silicon film may be made of polycrystalline silicon. A method for forming a pn junction may be performed using a microheater including a substrate, a conductive layer on the substrate, and a metal pattern spaced apart from the substrate. The pn junction may be formed between the metal pattern and the conductive layer by applying a voltage to the metal pattern of the microheater to heat the metal pattern. The pn junction may be made of polycrystalline silicon. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044251 | DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A digital image processing apparatus and a method of controlling the same. When the composition of a subject displayed on a display of the apparatus is changed during application of a first shutter-release signal, a current auto-focus (AF) region moves along with the subject and displayed on the display at the same time as the subject. The apparatus can further display an initial AF region on the display in a manner distinguishable from the current AF region. After the composition of the subject is changed, while the current AF region moving along with the subject is being displayed on the display, when the application of the first shutter-release signal is interrupted, an AF region is reset as the initial AF region. Also, an image file can be generated and stored after application of a second-shutter release signal which occurs after application of the first shutter-release signal. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044263 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The display apparatus is coupled to a video signal supply source through at least one connector. The display apparatus includes: a main storage unit which stores extended display identification data (EDID) therein corresponding to the at least one connector; a temporary storage unit which loads the EDID thereto from the main storage unit; and a controller which loads the EDID stored in the main storage unit to the temporary storage unit if power is supplied, and controls to transmit the EDID corresponding to an EDID requesting signal, among the EDID loaded to the temporary storage unit, through the at least one connector if the EDID requesting signal is received through the at least one connector. | 02-21-2013 |
20130045025 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed herein is an image forming apparatus including a main body; a developing unit detachably mounted on the main body and having a photoconductive medium; and a cover pivotably mounted on the main body to cover and support an outer end of the developing unit. The cover may comprises a latch engaged with the main body by one end thereof so that the cover supports the developing unit. A member that supports a shaft of the photoconductive medium may also be included. Because the member operates in association with the latch, opening and closing of the cover may be facilitated, accordingly also facilitating separation of the developing unit from the main body. | 02-21-2013 |
20130050211 | RASTERIZATION ENGINE AND THREE-DIMENSIONAL GRAPHICS SYSTEM FOR RASTERIZING IN ORDER ADAPTED TO CHARACTERISTICS OF POLYGON - A three-dimensional graphics system is provided. The three-dimensional graphics system rasterizes each of a plurality of polygons generated from vertexes in an order adapted to characteristics of each polygon. The three-dimensional graphics system includes a rasterization engine including a polygon setup unit receiving the vertexes and generating the polygons and rasterization information for each polygon, and a rasterizer rasterizing pixels using the rasterization information received from the polygon setup unit in an order adapted to the characteristics of each polygon. Accordingly, the coherence of the pixels is increased and the hit ratio of cache memory is thus increased. As a result, the performance of the three-dimensional graphics system is improved. With the increase of the hit ratio of the cache memory, buss traffic in the system is reduced and power consumption is thus reduced. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051350 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING MAC PROTOCOL DATA UNIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for generating a Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes reconstructing at least one MAC Service Data Unit (MSDU) according to scheduling information of the MAC layer and generating at least one MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) data portion, adding control information to each MPDU data portion and generating at least one MPDU payload, the control information comprising MSDU information constituting each MPDU data portion, adding a General MAC Header (GMH) to each MPDU payload and generating at least one MPDU, the GMH including length information on the MPDU and Connection IDentifier (CID) information, and transmitting the MPDU to a receive end. | 02-28-2013 |
20130052815 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD FOR FABRICATING THE SAME - A dual work function semiconductor device and method for fabricating the same are disclosed. In one aspect, a device includes a first and second transistor on a first and second substrate region. The first and second transistors include a first gate stack having a first work function and a second gate stack having a second work function respectively. The first and second gate stack each include a host dielectric, a gate electrode comprising a metal layer, and a second dielectric capping layer therebetween. The second gate stack further has a first dielectric capping layer between the host dielectric and metal layer. The metal layer is selected to determine the first work function. The first dielectric capping layer is selected to determine the second work function. | 02-28-2013 |
20130054904 | DATA MASK SYSTEM AND DATA MASK METHOD - A data mask system includes a processor providing control signals including a command signal, an address signal, and a data signal, a data mask processor receiving the control signals and providing either write data or masked data in response to the control signals, and generating data mask information and a data mask selection signal from at least one of the control signals, and a data mask register unit receiving the data mask selection signal, storing the data mask information, selecting a subset of the stored data mask information in response to the data mask selection signal, and returning selected data mask information to the data mask processor. The data mask processor receives the selected data mask information from the data mask register unit and provides the masked data as a result of performing a data mask operation on the data signal according to the selected data mask information. | 02-28-2013 |
20130059432 | NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A nonvolatile memory device includes gate electrodes three dimensionally arranged on a semiconductor substrate, a semiconductor pattern extending from the semiconductor substrate and crossing sidewalls of the gate electrodes, a metal liner pattern formed between the semiconductor pattern and formed on a top surface and a bottom surface of each of the gate electrodes, and a charge storage layer formed between the semiconductor pattern and the metal liner pattern. | 03-07-2013 |
20130060971 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING MOBILE TERMINAL ON EXTERNAL DEVICE BASIS AND EXTERNAL DEVICE OPERATING SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A method of controlling a mobile terminal on an external device basis and an external device operation system using the same are provided. The system includes a connector for connecting an external device, a switch for determining a type of the external device connected to the connector and switching according to the type thereof, a transceiver to be connected, if the external device is an external device which requires a high speed data transmission, to the external device according to switching of the switch, and a USB switch to be connected, if the external device is an external device which does not require a high speed data transmission, to the external device according to switching of the switch. | 03-07-2013 |
20130062602 | Oxide Semiconductor Transistors And Methods Of Manufacturing The Same - Transistors and methods of manufacturing the same. A transistor may be an oxide thin film transistor (TFT) with a self-aligned top gate structure. The transistor may include a gate insulating layer between a channel region and a gate electrode that extends from two sides of the gate electrode. The gate insulating layer may cover at least a portion of source and drain regions. | 03-14-2013 |
20130062784 | MULTI-CHIP PACKAGES PROVIDING REDUCED SIGNAL SKEW AND RELATED METHODS OF OPERATION - A packaged integrated circuit device includes a substrate, and a conductive pad and a chip stack on the substrate. A primary conductive line electrically connects the pad on the substrate to a conductive pad on one of the chips in the chip stack. Secondary conductive lines electrically connect the pad on the one of the chips to respective conductive pads on ones of the chips above and below the one of the chips in the chip stack. The primary conductive line may be configured to transmit a signal from the pad on the substrate to the pad on the one of the chips in the chip stack, and the secondary conductive lines may be configured to transmit the signal from the one of the chips to the ones of the chips thereabove and therebelow at a same time. | 03-14-2013 |
20130062791 | DISC ASSEMBLY OF AIR CLEANING HUMIDIFIER - A disc assembly of an air cleaning humidifier includes a disc member provided with assembly parts formed by cutting parts of the disc member; first and second plate members respectively disposed at both sides of the disc member; at least one fixing member inserted into a corresponding one of the assembly parts between the first and second plate members to fix the disc member; and water storage parts formed in the at least one fixing member. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064464 | IMAGE CODING METHOD AND APPARATUS USING SPATIAL PREDICTIVE CODING OF CHROMINANCE AND IMAGE DECODING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A coding method including dividing pixels of a chrominance component of an input image into blocks having a predetermined size; selecting one among a direct current prediction method, a vertical prediction method, a horizontal prediction method, and a hybrid prediction method according to a user's input; generating a prediction value of each pixel in a current block to be predictively coded, using at least one pixel value among pixel values in an upper reference block adjacent to the current block and in a side reference block adjacent to the current block, according to the selected prediction method; generating a differential value between the prediction value and a corresponding real pixel value in the current block; and coding the differential value and information on the selected prediction method using a predetermined coding method. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064576 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING VARIABLE DEVELOPER INTERVALS - An image forming apparatus including a plurality of developers and optical scanners, each of the optical scanners having a light source and a light reflecting unit and forming an electrostatic latent image on a photo conductor of each of the developers. The optical scanners have the same focusing distance from the light source to the photo conductor. The light reflecting unit of one of the optical scanners is arranged at a position different from the light reflecting unit of another optical scanner, such that intervals between the developers vary. The plurality of developers include a yellow (Y) developer, a magenta (M) developer, a cyan (C) developer, and a black (K) developer. The optical scanners include a first optical scanner, which forms electrostatic latent images on two of the developers including the black (K) developer, and a second optical scanner, which forms electrostatic latent images on the other two developers. | 03-14-2013 |
20130065381 | VERTICAL-TYPE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - In a vertical-type memory device and a method of manufacturing the vertical-type memory device, the vertical memory device includes an insulation layer pattern of a linear shape provided on a substrate, pillar-shaped single-crystalline semiconductor patterns provided on both sidewalls of the insulation layer pattern and transistors provided on a sidewall of each of the single-crystalline semiconductor patterns. The transistors are arranged in a vertical direction of the single-crystalline semiconductor pattern, and thus the memory device may be highly integrated. | 03-14-2013 |
20130068731 | Reflow Apparatus, Reflow Method, And Package Apparatus - A reflow method of a solder ball provided to a treatment object may include providing a coil, applying a current to the coil, and moving the treatment object through an internal space surrounded by the coil. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069040 | ORGANIC NANOFIBER STRUCTURE BASED ON SELF-ASSEMBLED ORGANOGEL, ORGANIC NANOFIBER TRANSISTOR USING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE ORGANIC NANOFIBER TRANSISTOR - An organic nanofiber including a gelled organic semiconductor compound. Also disclosed is an organic semiconductor transistor and a method of manufacturing an organic semiconductor transistor. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069497 | SLIM-TYPE DISPLAY MODULE FIXING APPARATUS FOR PORTABLE TERMINAL - A display module fixing apparatus used in a portable terminal such as a smart phone, a tablet Personal Computer (PC), or the like is provided. The fixing apparatus includes a display module bracket comprising an opening in a predetermined shape and a slim plate integrally fixed to the display module bracket into the opening. Therefore, the portable terminal using the display module fixing apparatus achieves slimness thereof. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069717 | Display Device and Method of Canceling Offset Thereof - A method of canceling an offset of display device includes coinciding offset directions of amplifiers with one another and canceling offsets of the amplifiers through a chopping operation. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069979 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING STATE OF APPARATUS - A method of displaying a state of an apparatus having a user interface which includes generating state display information indicating the state of the apparatus and displaying the generated state display information in the user interface. The state display information indicates the state of the apparatus through a metaphorical indicator. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070143 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display apparatus includes a control unit for displaying a first content in a first area of a display screen, and a multi-contents generation unit for generating a plurality of second contents, wherein the control unit divides a second area of the display screen into a plurality of areas, and the plurality of second contents are respectively displayed in areas of the second area. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070548 | SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE CORRECTING FUSE DATA AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A semiconductor memory device and method of operating same are described. The semiconductor memory device includes a first anti-fuse array having a plurality of first anti-fuse elements that store first fuse data, a second anti-fuse array having a plurality of second anti-fuse elements that store error correction code (ECC) data associated with the first fuse data, and an ECC decoder configured to generate second fuse data by correcting the first fuse data using the ECC data. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070799 | SURFACE PLASMON LASER - A surface plasmon laser includes a metal layer, a gain medium layer provided on the metal layer and having a circular structure portion in which a whispering gallery mode is generated in which surface plasmon light generated due to surface plasmon resonance on an interface with the metal layer rotates along a circle, and a deformed portion formed to output part of laser light generated in the circular structure portion of the gain medium layer. | 03-21-2013 |
20130071132 | FUSER PROTECTION DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A fuser protection device realizing a protection circuit to protect a fuser by forcibly turning off a heater lamp when the heater lamp is overheated using a sensing signal from a non-contact thermistor to sense surface temperature of a heating roller and an image forming apparatus having the same. The fuser protection device includes a temperature sensing unit to sense a temperature of the heating roller in a non-contact fashion using two sensors provided at different positions, a differential amplifier to amplify a voltage difference between two sensor outputs from the temperature sensing unit, and a comparator to compare an output voltage from the differential amplifier with a reference voltage, wherein power supply to the heater lamp is blocked according to an output signal from the comparator. | 03-21-2013 |
20130071976 | NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICES AND METHODS OF FORMING THE SAME - Nonvolatile memory devices and methods of forming the same are provided, the nonvolatile memory devices may include first regions and second regions which extend in a first direction and are alternately disposed in a semiconductor substrate along a second direction crossing the first direction. Buried doped lines are formed at the first regions respectively and extend in the first direction. The buried doped lines may be doped with a dopant of a first conductivity type. Bulk regions doped with a dopant of a second conductivity type and device isolation patterns are disposed along the second direction. The bulk regions and the device isolation patterns may be formed in the second regions. Word lines crossing the buried doped lines and the bulk regions are formed parallel to one another. Contact structures are connected to the buried doped lines and disposed between the device isolation patterns. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072139 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING REDUCED BANDWIDTH ENVELOPE TRACKING AND DIGITAL PRE-DISTORTION - An apparatus and a method for processing reduced bandwidth Envelope Tracking (ET) and Digital Pre-Distortion (DPD) are provided. The apparatus includes a Crest Factor Reduction (CFR) unit, a resealing Digital Pre-Distortion (DPD) unit, an envelope converter, a Supply Modulator (SM), and a Power Amplifier (PA). The CFR unit suppresses an increase of a side lobe occurring when a Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) decreases with respect to a signal generated in a baseband according to a standard and passes through a transmit (Tx) filter. The resealing DPD unit receives an original envelope amplitude and a reduced bandwidth envelope amplitude of an In-phase/Quadrature-phase (I/Q) signal output from the CFR unit to perform a pre-distortion process. The envelope converter converts an envelope signal to a reduced bandwidth envelope signal based on the I/Q signal output from the CFR unit. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072247 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING MULTIPLE BEAMFORMING TRANSCEIVER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for operating a base station in a wireless communication system in order to support a plurality of propagation characteristics is provided. The method includes allocating resource periods for respective propagation characteristics, transmitting system information including information on the propagation characteristics, transmitting a reference signal with the propagation characteristic corresponding to the relevant resource period through at least one of the resource periods, and receiving feedback information determining channel qualities for all of the propagation characteristics. | 03-21-2013 |
20130074141 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING MEDIA DATA OF MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST SERVICE - A method and an apparatus for synchronizing media data and auxiliary data received by a service through a broadcast network or a communication network in a multimedia broadcast service are provided. The method includes receiving regular media data provided for a broadcast service, receiving and storing control information regarding adjunct media data comprising auxiliary data regarding the regular media data, determining location information of the adjunct media data included in the control information, and receiving and storing the adjunct media data according to the location information. If an identifier of the adjunct media data is included in a header of the regular media data, reading the stored adjunct media data corresponding to the identifier of the adjunct media data, and executing the adjunct media data in synchronization with the regular media data according to synchronization information included in the header. | 03-21-2013 |
20130074554 | DRAIN PUMP AND WASHING MACHINE HAVING THE SAME - A drain pump capable of easily discharging air in the drain pump, and a washing machine having the same. The drain pump includes a washing water inlet compartment, a drain pump compartment configured to pump washing water contained in the washing water inlet compartment to an outside, a suction port provided between the washing water inlet compartment and the drain pump compartment to move the washing water from the washing water inlet compartment to the drain pump compartment, a drain line to connect the drain pump compartment to an outside to discharge the washing water, and an air outlet port provided on the drain pump compartment to discharge air contained in the drain pump compartment to an outside, wherein the air outlet port is connected to the drain line. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076220 | LAUDRY HANDLING APPARATUS - A laundry handling apparatus having a body provided with an inlet, a door to open/close the inlet, and a hinge assembly for the door to be rotatably installed to the body. The door is provided at both sides of a rear surface thereof with a hinge installation part at which the hinge assembly is installed, and the hinge assembly is installed at one of the two hinge installation parts, thereby enabling the change of an opening/closing direction of the door in a convenient manner. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076777 | COLOR CALIBRATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF INCLUDING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus, color calibration method, and a color calibration system are provided. The image processing apparatus includes: an interface unit which communicates with an external display apparatus; a graphic card unit which outputs a graphic image which will be displayed in the display apparatus and first color patch information for color calibration of the display apparatus; a color calibration unit which receives the output graphic image and first color patch information from the graphic card unit, generates second color patch information based on the first color patch information and stored internal color patch information, and transmits the graphic image and the second color patch information to the display apparatus through the interface unit; and a control unit which controls the color calibration unit to perform color calibration process by adjusting a color patch displayed in the display apparatus. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076990 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS BASED ON MOTION RECOGNITION, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - An electronic apparatus and a method for controlling thereof are provided. The method for controlling the electronic apparatus controls a level of a volume of a provided broadcast signal or provides another broadcast signal if a broadcast signal is provided in response to a recognized user motion, and changes at least part of a screen on which a provided content is displayed if a content is provided in response to the recognized user motion. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077026 | DISPLAY MODULE - A display module having a printed circuit board, a light emitting diode disposed at one surface of the printed circuit board, and an installation installed at the printed circuit board, the printed circuit board provided with an accommodating groove in a concaved manner so that at least a portion of the installation is accommodated therein. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077075 | METHOD OF ALIGNING AN EXPOSURE APPARATUS, METHOD OF EXPOSING A PHOTORESIST FILM USING THE SAME AND EXPOSURE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD OF EXPOSING A PHOTORESIST FILM - An origin of a reference coordinate system is assigned to one of a plurality of center points, and center point coordinates according to the reference coordinate system are assigned to remaining center points, so that reference marks successively correspond to center points of a plurality of microscopes fixed to a base. Beam position detection marks disposed between the reference marks with exposure points of exposure heads fixed to the base are crossed to assign beam coordinates according to the reference coordinate system to the exposure points. Thus, alignment may be easily and accurately performed, and is effective for increasingly larger apparatuses. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077090 | IMAGE SENSORS AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEMS INCLUDING THE SAME - An image sensor may include a plurality of filters; and an air gap region positioned between the plurality of filters, an index of refraction of each of the filters is greater than an index of refraction of the air gap region. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077513 | CoMP MEASUREMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - According to one embodiment, a subscriber station configured to communicate with one or more base stations in a wireless communication network. The subscriber station is configured to receive, from the network, information associated with one or more of the TPs that are candidates for coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission with the subscriber station, measure a plurality of channel quality values for each of the one or more TPs, and report to the network, the measured channel quality values. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077721 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MIMO DETECTION - A transmitted signal estimate based on signals received in a layer i within a multiple input, multiple output transmission system and based upon selected constellation points for other, previously processed layers is quantized to a nearest constellation point. A list of candidates headed by the nearest constellation point and with remaining candidates presorted by proximity to the head is selected, for each such quantized estimate based on constellation point selections for previously processed layers. To select K best candidates for the transmitted signal estimates of the current layer i, the proximity of the candidates at the head of each list to the signal estimate for the current layer are compared, and the closest candidate is selected. The list containing the selected candidate is advanced, and proximity of the transmitted signal estimate to all list heads is again evaluated and the closest candidate selected. | 03-28-2013 |
20130078019 | FUSING DEVICE AND METHOD USING INDUCTION HEATING AND IMAGE FORMING APPARAUS INCLUDING THE FUSING DEVICE - An induction heating fusing device and method of an image forming apparatus including: a pressure roller; a heating element that forms a fusing nip together with the pressure roller and is rotatable; an inductor that is installed in a rotation axis direction on the outer circumference surface of the heating element, includes a main coil and a plurality of control coils located on the main coil, and inductively heats the heating element; and a controller that selectively drives at least one of the plurality of control coils depending on the width of a printing paper passing though the fusing nip, and controls the main coil and the plurality of control coils so that a current direction of the main coil and a current direction of the plurality of control coils become the same as or opposite to each other depending on the width of the printing paper. | 03-28-2013 |
20130078547 | NANO-POROUS NANO-COMPOSITE, METHOD OF PREPARING THE SAME, AND SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELL INCLUDING THE NANO-POROUS NANO-COMPOSITE - A nano-composite, including: a plurality of secondary particles, each secondary particle including a mixture of nano-size primary particles, wherein the mixture of nano-size primary particles includes particles including a nickel oxide or a copper oxide, and particles including zirconia doped with a trivalent metal element or ceria doped with a trivalent metal element, and wherein the nano-size primary particles define a plurality of nano-pores. | 03-28-2013 |
20130079929 | ROBOT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A robot and method of controlling the robot, the method including setting a target walking motion of the robot using an X-axis displacement, a y-axis displacement, and a z-axis rotation of a robot base, detecting and processing data of a position, a speed and a gradient of the robot base, a z-axis external force exerted on the foot, and a position, an angle, and a speed of each rotation joint using sensors, setting a support state and a coordination system of the robot, processing a state of the robot, performing an adaptive control by generating a target walking trajectory of the robot according to the target walking motion when a supporting leg of the robot is changed, setting a state machine representing a walking trajectory of the robot, and controlling a walking and a balancing of the robot by tracing the state machine that is set. | 03-28-2013 |
20130080615 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A COORDINATOR - A method and an apparatus for electing a coordinator of a network based on information regarding coordinator capacity including information regarding at least one item for determining whether a corresponding device is suitable as a coordinator. | 03-28-2013 |
20130080801 | COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER TO EXTERNAL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A computer system includes multiple ports to which at least one external device is connected and which are connectable to multiple power supplying lines branched from a power supplying line for supplying electric power to the at least one external device; a switching unit which controls connections between the power supplying lines and the ports; and a controller which controls the switching unit so that two or more power supplying lines among the power supplying lines are connected to a first port, to which one of the at least one external device is connected, among the ports. | 03-28-2013 |
20130081045 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PARTITION SCHEDULING FOR MANYCORE SYSTEM - An apparatus for performing partition scheduling in a manycore environment. The apparatus may perform partition scheduling based on a priority and in this instance, may perform partition scheduling to minimize the number of idle cores. The apparatus may include a partition queue to manage a partition scheduling event; a partition scheduler including a core map to store hardware information of each of the plurality of cores; and a partition manager to perform partition scheduling with respect to the plurality of cores in response to the partition scheduling event, using the hardware information. | 03-28-2013 |
20130081088 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PLAYING BROADCAST CONTENT IN BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for playing broadcast content in a broadcasting system are provided. The method and the apparatus enable a viewer to watch an entire event by broadcasting the event through different networks in a condition that the event may not be broadcast from start to finish over a single broadcasting network. | 03-28-2013 |
20130081432 | LIFTER AND WASHING MACHINE HAVING THE SAME - A lifter simply mounted on a drum and a washing machine having the same. The washing machine includes a cabinet, a tub arranged within the cabinet, a drum arranged within the tub to accommodate laundry and rotated by rotary force transmitted from a driving source, and a plurality of lifters provided on the inner circumferential surface of the drum to move the laundry within the drum. Each of the plurality of lifters includes a plurality of hooks provided along a frame formed at the lower end of each of the plurality of lifters so as to allow each of the plurality of lifters to be hung to the drum, and at least one protrusion protruding from the lower end of each of the plurality of lifters so as to allow each of the plurality of lifters to be fixed to the inner circumferential surface of the drum. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082250 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION FILM, PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE AND COLOR IMAGE SENSOR HAVING THE PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE - A blue color photoelectric conversion film includes: a p-type layer formed by depositing tetracene; a p,n-type layer formed by co-depositing tetracene and naphthalene- tetracarboxylic-dianhydride (“NTCDA”) on the p-type layer; and an n-type layer formed by depositing NTCDA on the p,n-type layer. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082316 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICES INCLUDING INTERPOSED FLOATING GATES - Provided are three-dimensional nonvolatile memory devices and methods of fabricating the same. The memory devices include semiconductor pillars penetrating interlayer insulating layers and conductive layers alternately stacked on a substrate and electrically connected to the substrate and floating gates selectively interposed between the semiconductor pillars and the conductive layers. The floating gates are formed in recesses in the conductive layers. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082368 | EMI SHIELDED SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE AND EMI SHIELDED SUBSTRATE MODULE - An EMI shielded semiconductor package includes a semiconductor package and an EMI shield layer formed on at least a part of a surface of the EMI shielded semiconductor package. The EMI shield layer includes a matrix layer; a metal layer positioned on the matrix layer; and a first seed particle positioned in an interface between the matrix layer and the metal layer. Unlike a conventional shielding process that is performed for a device level, a shielding process may be performed for a mounting substrate level, and thus the semiconductor package and the substrate module may be manufactured with high-productivity at low costs in a short period of time. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082651 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS CHARGING - Methods and apparatus are provided for wireless charging. Wireless power is supplied by a wireless power supply apparatus and is received at a wireless power reception apparatus. Wireless charging is performed by the wireless power reception apparatus. It is determined whether a human body is approaching while the wireless power reception power apparatus is receiving the wireless power. The wireless charging is interrupted, when it is determined that the human body is approaching. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082717 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING PERFORMANCE OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for measuring performance of an electronic device are provided. The apparatus includes an electromagnetic wave measuring device for measuring an actual level of an electromagnetic wave of an electronic device, and an analysis controller for applying a previously stored level change value to the actual level of the electromagnetic wave to compute a measured level of the electromagnetic wave. The method and the apparatus for measuring performance of an electronic device can easily measure an electromagnetic wave level of the electronic device without using a device suggested by an international standard. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082827 | GROUP-WISE DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - Methods and apparatus are provided for group-controlling devices. Group information on interoperable devices among a plurality of electronic devices is acquired. The interoperable devices indicated in the group information are controlled as a group. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082888 | METHOD FOR FABRICATING ANTENNA DEVICE OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - An antenna device of a mobile communication terminal is provided, the device including at least one radiation pattern and at least one magneto dielectric module or dielectric module installed in a selected position on the radiation pattern to tune one or more resonance frequencies of the radiation pattern according to resonance frequencies required for the terminal The radiation pattern is selected from among one or more radiation patterns fabricated according to a usable frequency band. The one or more radiation patterns each include one or more resonance frequencies. The magneto dielectric module is selected from among one or more magneto dielectric modules fabricated for controlling the one or more resonance frequencies of the one or more radiation patterns. The dielectric module is selected from among one or more dielectric modules fabricated for controlling the one or more resonance frequencies of the one or more radiation patterns. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083069 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERACTIVELY DISPLAYING ELECTRONIC FILE IMAGES - A method and apparatus are provided for displaying electronic files. Electronic file images are displayed in at least one divided exhibition region. It is determined whether a plurality of electronic file images is selected from the electronic file images based on a selection input. A display change input is received for changing a display of the plurality of electronic file images when the plurality of electronic file images is selected from the electronic file images. A display of the plurality of electronic file images is changed according to the display change input. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083212 | DIGITAL IMAGE CAPTURING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method and an apparatus are provided for capturing a moving image and a still image. Moving-image capturing is ceased, when a still image-capturing request is generated. Still-image capturing operation parameters are set in the image sensor. The image sensor is exposed to generate still-image data. Moving-image capturing operation parameters are set in the image sensor, when generation of the still-image data is complete. The image sensor is exposed to generate the moving-image data. The still-image data is quality-processed and compressed to generate still-image frame data. Moving-image frame data generated by quality-processing and size-adjusting the moving-image data are connected and compressed to generate a moving-image stream. Quality-processed virtual moving-image frame data is generated using the still-image data. The quality-processed virtual moving-image frame data is inserted into a loss section of the moving-image stream corresponding to a period in which the moving-image capturing is ceased. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083309 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO CORRECT IMAGE - An apparatus and method of correcting an image are provided. The apparatus includes a receiver to receive a depth value and a luminous intensity, the depth value and the luminous intensity being measured by at least one depth sensor, and a correction unit to read a correction depth value of a plurality of correction depth values mapped to different depth values and different luminous intensities from a first storage unit and to correct the measured depth value using the read correction depth value, the correction depth value being mapped to the measured depth value and the measured luminous intensity. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083525 | LIGHT EMITTING DIODE LIGHTING MODULE - A light emitting diode (LED) lighting module is provided including an LED array, and at least one of a diffusing portion and a reflecting portion. The LED array, equipped with at least one LED, may include a side wall which surrounds the at least one LED . The diffusing portion may be detachably coupled to the LED array and may include a diffusion plate which diffuses light emitted from the at least one LED The reflecting portion may be detachably coupled to one of the LED array and the diffusing portion and may reflect light emitted from the at least one LED. The LED array may be selectively coupled with the diffusing portion, the reflecting portion, or both the diffusing portion and the reflecting portion. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083682 | DOWNLINK TIMING REFERENCE FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION - A method, apparatus and a system are disclosed. A method of operating a user equipment includes receiving one or more signals from one or more transmission points for a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission. The method also includes identifying a timing reference for receiving the coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission as a time when a signal is first received from one of the transmission points. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083835 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL QUALITY FEEDBACK WITH A K-BEST DETECTOR IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A receiver in a multiple input, multiple output (MIMO) system is configured to perform a method for generating channel quality feedback information. The method includes receiving, from a MIMO transmitter, pilot signals in each MIMO layer. The method also includes estimating the MIMO channel using the received pilot signals and performing a QR decomposition of the estimated MIMO channel. The method further includes predicting a probability of error for each MIMO layer after the QR decomposition of the estimated MIMO channel. The method still further includes determining a corresponding signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) for each MIMO layer based on the probability of error for the each MIMO layer. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083863 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR LOW COMPLEXITY FEEDBACK IN A MIMO WIRELESS NETWORK - A receiver in a multiple input, multiple output (MIMO) system is configured to perform a method for generating channel quality feedback information. The method includes receiving, from a MIMO transmitter, pilot signals in each MIMO layer. The method also includes selecting an optimal precoder matrix for each MIMO layer using a first detection metric. The method further includes determining a signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) for each MIMO layer using a second detection metric and the optimal precoder. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084822 | APPARATUS GENERATING SUBCARRIER FOR TRANSMISSION BETWEEN ULTRA-HIGH FREQUENCY CHANNELS AND METHOD GENERATING OF THE SAME - Apparatus for generating a plurality of radio-frequency RF subcarrier signals for transmission between two adjacent ultra-high frequency UHF broadcast channels comprises a signal generator for generating a plurality of local oscillator LO signals, and a plurality of mixers each arranged to mix one of the LO signals with one of a plurality of input signals to generate one of the RF subcarrier signals, said input signal including information to be transmitted by said RF subcarrier signal. Variable gain amplifiers can be provided to independently amplify the RF subcarrier signals before they are combined. The LO signals can have the same frequency and the input signals can have different frequencies, or the LO signals can have different frequencies and the input signals can have the same frequency. A second LO signal with a different frequency to a first LO signal can be obtained by dividing a reference frequency by a predetermined value and mixing with the first LO signal. Methods of generating a plurality of RF subcarrier signals are also disclosed. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084880 | RECEIVER AND RECEIVING METHOD FOR SCALABLE BANDWITH - Provided are a receiver and a receiving method for a scalable bandwidth in a mobile station of an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) system. The receiving method includes the steps of: (a) filtering a received RF signal; (b) oscillating a frequency according to a center frequency control signal to output a local oscillation frequency; (c) down-converting the filtered RF signal by using the local oscillation frequency; (d) scalable-filtering the down-converted signal while adjusting a bandwidth according to a bandwidth control signal; (e) controlling gain of the scalable-filtered signal; (f) converting the gain-controlled analog signal into a digital signal by using a sampling frequency matching with a corresponding bandwidth according to an ADC control signal; and (g) demodulating the converted digital signal, outputting the center frequency control signal, the bandwidth control signal, and the ADC control signal according to control information received from an upper layer. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086213 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTENT - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving content is provided. A method for transmitting content in a transmitter includes generating a file with one or more packages including at least one asset, and transmitting the generated file to a terminal. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086214 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING APPLICATION DATA - An apparatus and a method for synchronizing application data are provided. The method includes generating an application list for a first apparatus and transmitting an application list request message for requesting an application list of a second apparatus from the first apparatus to the second apparatus; receiving an application list response message from the second apparatus; and performing synchronization for an identical application between the first apparatus and the second apparatus. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086455 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF QC-LDPC CONVOLUTIONAL CODING AND LOW-POWER HIGH THROUGHPUT QC-LDPC CONVOLUTIONAL ENCODER AND DECODER - A low-density parity check (LDPC) encoder and input configured to receive an incoming signal stream. The encoder generates, from a block code H-matrix comprising a data portion and a parity check portion, a continuous H-matrix by concatenating the data portion into successive, recurring, data blocks that are separated by a specified symbol interval, and performs LDPC encoding of each data portion using the parity check portion associated with the data portion using its associated parity check portion. Additionally, a Trellis-based low-density parity check (LDPC) decoder configured to receive an encoded stream and decode the received signal to recover the signal stream. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086612 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTIMEDIA CONTENT LIST AND SUB-LIST, AND BROADCAST RECEIVING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A broadcast receiving apparatus and method of providing a sub-list thereof are provided. A method of providing a sub-list of the present broadcast receiving apparatus displays a video contents list which contains a plurality of video contents and a sub-list on one screen, selects at least one video content of the plurality of video contents contained in the video content list, and adds the selected at least one video content to the sub-list and displays it. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086760 | ROBOT CLEANER - The robot cleaner includes a main body configured to remove dust from a floor while traveling on the floor, the main body having a lateral rim defining the external appearance of a lateral surface of the robot cleaner, and at least one side brush assembly mounted to the main body to clean the corner of the floor. The side brush assembly includes a side arm pivotably coupled to the main body, the side arm moving between a first position where the side arm is inserted into the main body and a second position where the side arm protrudes outward from the lateral rim of the main body, a brush unit provided at the side arm to sweep the floor, and a rim cover coupled to the side arm to form a part of the lateral rim of the main body when the side arm is inserted into the main body. | 04-11-2013 |
20130086846 | DOOR OF REFRIGERATOR AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - In a refrigerator door in which a decoration member is mounted to a door frame using a foam material, the foam material fills a space formed between the decoration member mounted to a front side of the door frame and a rear panel mounted to a rear side of the door frame. Accordingly, the decoration member can be fixed to the door frame through direct contact with the foam material. | 04-11-2013 |
20130086928 | REFRIGERATOR AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A refrigerator includes a low-temperature storage compartment damper to control supply of cool air to a low-temperature storage compartment, a high-temperature storage compartment damper to control supply of hot air to a high-temperature storage compartment, and a controller to control the low-temperature storage compartment damper to be opened and the high-temperature storage compartment damper to be closed while controlling a compressor and blowing fan to be driven so that the temperature of the low-temperature storage compartment reaches a low set temperature, to control the driving of the compressor and blowing fan to be stopped and the low-temperature storage compartment damper to be closed when the temperature of the low-temperature storage compartment reaches the low set temperature, and to control a defrosting heater and the blowing fan to be driven and the high-temperature storage compartment damper to be opened when the supply of cool air is stopped. | 04-11-2013 |
20130086953 | WASHING MACHINE HAVING BALANCER - A washing machine with a balancer that may be commonly used irrespective of the size of a drum. The washing machine includes a cabinet, a drum rotatably disposed in the cabinet, an annular recess provided at the drum, and a balancer assembly mounted to the recess. The balancer assembly includes a balancer to offset unbalanced load generated in the drum during rotation of the drum and at least one balancer guide coupled to an outer circumference of the balancer to constitute the balancer assembly, the balancer guide being mounted to the recess along with the balancer so that an outer diameter of the balancer assembly corresponds to the recess. | 04-11-2013 |
20130087488 | APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING REDUCING WATER - An apparatus for producing reducing water that maintains a neutral range of pH and exhibits superior reducing force. The apparatus for producing reducing water includes an electrolytic bath including a cathode chamber provided with a cathode, an anode chamber provided with an anode, and an intermediate chamber interposed between the cathode chamber and the anode chamber, wherein the cathode chamber and the intermediate chamber are provided with an inlet through which water is supplied, and an outlet through which water is discharged, a cation exchange membrane is provided between the cathode chamber and the intermediate chamber, and the intermediate chamber includes a cation exchange resin that dissociates hydrogen ions when the cation exchange resin reacts with water. | 04-11-2013 |
20130087707 | INFRARED THERMAL DETECTOR AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - According to example embodiments, an infrared thermal detector includes a substrate, a detector spaced apart from the substrate, and a thermal legal configured to transmit a signal from the detector to the substrate. The detector is configured to absorb incident infrared light via localized surface Plasmon resonance, and the detector is configured to change a resistance value according to a temperature change caused by the absorbed infrared light. | 04-11-2013 |
20130087891 | SEMICONDUCTOR CHIP AND FABRICATING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a method of fabricating a semiconductor chip. The method includes forming a silicon layer; forming a first layer formed on the silicon layer and including a first seal ring surrounding a first chip area and a second seal ring surrounding a second chip area; and forming a second layer formed on the first layer and including a metal interconnection connecting one of the first and second chip areas and an external terminal. | 04-11-2013 |
20130087929 | Semiconductor Packages And Electronic Systems Including The Same - Provided are semiconductor packages and electronic systems including the same. A first memory chip may be stacked on a first portion of a substrate. A controller chip may be stacked on a second portion of the substrate, which is different from the first portion. At least one first bonding wire may directly connect the first memory chip with the controller chip. At least one second bonding wire may directly connect the first memory chip with the substrate, and may be electrically connected with the at least one first bonding wire. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088313 | SUPERCONDUCTING MAGNET APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a superconducting magnet apparatus with a switch that automatically connects or disconnects an external power source to a superconducting coil, and a method of controlling the same. The superconducting magnet apparatus includes a superconducting coil that generates a magnetic field when an electric current from an external power source is applied thereto, and a switch that supplies or shuts off an electric current output from the external power source by connecting or disconnecting the superconducting coil to the external power source. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088455 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING FUNCTION IN TOUCH DEVICE - A method for operating a function in a touch device capable of simultaneously changing an option and executing the function based on an input touch event during execution of a function using a function button provided in a certain mode which is executed in a touch device supporting touch based input and an apparatus thereof is provided. The method includes executing a second function associated with option setting according to a touch event input to a function button; and executing a first function allocated to the function button according to an option value set by the second function when the input touch event is released. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088478 | DRIVING DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A driving device includes an output timing controller which controls an output timing of a first driving voltage and a second driving voltage respectively generated from a first voltage generator and a second voltage generator. A third driving voltage output from the output timing controller is provided to a first data driver and a second data driver, and also provided to a gamma voltage generator to generate a plurality of gamma voltages. Accordingly, a reverse electric potential between the third driving voltage and the gamma voltages is prevented from being generated in the first and second data drivers, therefore, preventing the first and second data drivers from being damaged. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088649 | REMOTE CONTROL APPARATUS, REMOTE CONTROL METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A remote control apparatus, a remote control method and a display apparatus are provided. The remote control apparatus includes a communicator which communicates with an electronic device in a wireless manner; a connector configured to be connected to an external input device; a signal processor which receives an input command which is transmitted by an external input device connected to the connector, and converts the input command into a wireless signal; and a controller which controls the communicator to transmit the wireless signal to the electronic device. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088755 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INITIALIZATION OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS USING NAND FLASH MEMORY - A device and method for controlling the initiation of an image forming apparatus are provided using a NAND flash memory. The device for controlling initiation of an image forming apparatus includes: a NAND flash memory for storing a boot program and system control programs for initiating the image forming apparatus; a random-access-memory (RAM) for temporarily storing an execution program and data; and a driving unit arranged to first read the boot program and an engine control program among the system control programs from the NAND flash memory, execute the boot program and the engine control program, then read remaining system control programs from the NAND flash memory and store the remaining system control programs in the RAM when the boot program and the engine control program are being executed. Since the remaining system control programs and data that have not been read during printing preparation are read by driving a driving unit of the image forming apparatus, the preparation time for the image forming apparatus to begin printing operation can be greatly shortened. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088863 | LIGHTING DEVICE - A lighting device may include a circuit substrate comprising a first surface and a light emitting device, and a cover to which the circuit substrate is installed, so as to receive the light emitting device. The cover includes at least one opening, and at least one portion of a second surface is exposed to an external side though the at least one opening. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088923 | NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND PROGRAMMING METHOD - A method of programming a nonvolatile memory device comprises selectively programming memory cells from a first state to a second state based on lower bit data, selectively programming the memory cells from the second state to an intermediate state corresponding to the lower bit data, and selectively programming the memory cells from the intermediate state to a third or fourth state based on upper bit data. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089046 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING FOR ENHANCING LINK PERFORMANCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for distributed scheduling in a transmission node of a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a power signal through a first tone in a Transmission (Tx) block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers, receiving a power signal from a reception node through a second tone indicating that data transmission is possible in a first Reception (Rx) block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers, and receiving a power signal from the reception node through a third tone including information about a link identifier that is permissible to the reception node, in a second Rx block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089121 | METHOD OF DEMODULATING MDCM SIGNAL USING HARD DECISION AND METHOD OF DEMODULATING MDCM SIGNAL USING SOFT DECISION - A method of demodulating a modified dual carrier modulation (MDCM) signal using hard decision includes generating real symbol vector candidates and imaginary symbol vector candidates which correspond to an MDCM signal pair; calculating a first norm between a real part of the MDCM signal pair and each of the real symbol vector candidates and determining as a real symbol vector a real symbol vector candidate that has the minimum first norm among the real symbol vector candidates; and calculating a second norm between an imaginary part of the MDCM signal pair and each of the imaginary symbol vector candidates and determining as an imaginary symbol vector an imaginary symbol vector candidate that has the minimum second norm among the imaginary symbol vector candidates. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089216 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECOGNIZING AN EARPHONE IN A PORTABLE DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for recognizing an earphone in a portable terminal are provided. The method includes detecting a connection to the earphone, recognizing a type of the connected earphone, determining whether a re-recognition signal of the connected earphone is input, and re-recognizing the type of the connected earphone when the re-recognition signal is input. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089235 | MOBILE APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A method of controlling a mobile apparatus includes acquiring a first original image and a second original image, extracting a first feature point of the first original image and a second feature point of the second original image, generating a first blurring image and a second blurring image by blurring the first original image and the second original image, respectively, calculating a similarity between at least two images of the first original image, the second original image, the first blurring image, and the second blurring image, determining a change in scale of the second original image based on the calculated similarity, and controlling at least one of an object recognition and a position recognition by matching the second feature point of the second original image to the first feature point of the first original image based on the change in scale. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089542 | ANTI C-MET ANTIBODY AND USES THEREOF - An anti c-Met antibody or antibody fragment and pharmaceutical composition comprising same, as well as a method for preventing and treating cancer by administering the antibody to a subject. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089557 | ANTIBODY SPECIFICALLY BINDING TO EPITOPE IN SEMA DOMAIN OF C-MET - An antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to an epitope in a SEMA domain of c-Met protein, and pharmaceutical compositions, methods, kits, nucleic acids, and cells related thereto. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090065 | METHOD OF OPERATING GESTURE BASED COMMUNICATION CHANNEL AND PORTABLE TERMINAL SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING THE SAME - Methods and apparatus are provided for operating a close proximity communication channel based on a gesture. A gesture event is generated on a touch screens of a portable terminal. The portable terminal includes a close proximity communication module. The portable terminal generates a context message corresponding to the gesture event. The context message is transmitted to at least one other portable terminal. The close proximity communication channel is established based on the context message. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090081 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING EMERGENCY CALL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for providing an emergency call in a mobile communication system are provided. In the method, a User Equipment (UE) transmits, to a Proxy-Call Session Control Function (P-CSCF) entity, a first message including first information indicating that the UE requests an emergency call and receives, from the P-CSCF entity a second message including second information indicating whether a serving Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) supports a Non Voice Emergency Service (NOVES), and indicating a media type which the serving PLMN supports. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090133 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING POINT OF INTEREST IN CONTENTS SHARING SYSTEM - A mobile device for use in a contents sharing system is provided. The mobile device includes a communications interface configured to communicate with a location processor and to transmit activity information, relating to usage of the mobile device, and location information, relating to a location of the mobile device, to the location processor. The location information is used for identifying at least one Point Of Interest (POI). | 04-11-2013 |
20130090241 | SUPERCONDUCTIVE ELECTROMAGNET APPARATUS - A superconductive electromagnet apparatus and a magnetic resonance imaging apparatus including the superconductive electromagnet apparatus are provided. The superconductive electromagnet apparatus includes a thermal anchor, a cryogenic cooling device which cools the thermal anchor, and at least one connecting ring into which the thermal anchor is inserted and a plurality of wires which are connected to the connecting ring. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090912 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A DEVICE WHICH PRODUCES AND EXECUTES AN APPLICATION - A method for controlling a server is provided. The method includes controlling a server which communicates with a device producing an application using an application production tool, and includes receiving an operation source which corresponds to an application produced by the device, performing emulation regarding the application using the received operation source, and transmitting the result of the emulation execution to an external device. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091887 | REFRIGERATOR AND INTEGRATED RELAY MODULE OF COMPRESSOR FOR THE SAME - A relay module includes a case forming an exterior of the relay module, a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) device configured to control the supply of power to the compressor, a holder mounted at the case and configured to accommodate the PTC device, a start capacitor electrically connected to the PTC device, a first connecting terminal having a first PTC connecting terminal connected to the PTC device and a first capacitor connecting terminal connected to the start capacitor, and a second connecting terminal having a second PTC connecting terminal connected to the PTC device and a second capacitor connecting terminal connected to the start capacitor. The first capacitor connecting terminal and the second capacitor connecting terminal are spaced apart a predetermined distance from a bottom surface of the case. | 04-18-2013 |
20130092530 | APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING ELECTROLYTIC REDUCED WATER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus for producing electrolytic reduced water capable of electrolyzing purified water, which is filtered through reverse osmosis, by use of concentrated water that remains after the purification. The apparatus includes a water purifying apparatus, and an electrolytic cell provided with a first chamber having a cathode, a second chamber having an anode, and a third chamber disposed between the first chamber and the second chamber to receive concentrated water from the water purifying apparatus. | 04-18-2013 |
20130092558 | APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING ELECTROLYTIC REDUCED WATER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus for producing electrolytic reduced water, the apparatus including a water purifying unit configured to generate purified water by filtering water, an electrolytic reduced water generating unit comprising a first electrode and a second electrode, which have different polarities, configured to receive the purified water through a first pipe connected to the water purifying unit and configured to generate reduced water containing dissolved hydrogen gas by performing electrolysis on the purified water through the first electrode and the second electrode. a control unit configured to determine a point of time for switching polarities of the first electrode and the second electrode based on the detected water quality and to control an operation of the power supply unit such that the polarities of the first electrode and the second electrode are switched if it is determined that the point of time is reached. | 04-18-2013 |
20130092560 | ELECTRODE SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CALCULATING CHARACTER VALUES OF SOLUTION USING THE SAME - Disclosed is an electrode system capable of more accurately measuring properties of solutions using a porous platinum electrode. The electrode system includes a low porosity platinum electrode in which platinum is deposited in a porous form on the surface of an electrode, and a high porosity platinum electrode having a higher roughness factor than the low | 04-18-2013 |
20130092961 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE MODULE - According to example embodiments, a light emitting device (LED) module includes a substrate, a LED on the substrate, a first reflector on the substrate, and a phosphor structure contacting the first reflector. The first reflector may surround the LED from a plan view. The first reflector may have a width at a middle portion of the reflector that is smaller than a width at a bottom portion of the reflector. The LED module may obtain a desired view angle depending on various applications by adjusting a height of the first reflector and/or a difference between the height of first reflector and a height of a phosphor structure. | 04-18-2013 |
20130092980 | PHOTODETECTOR STRUCTURES INCLUDING CROSS-SECTIONAL WAVEGUIDE BOUNDARIES - A photodetector structure can include a silicon substrate and a silicon layer on the silicon substrate, that can include a first portion of an optical transmission medium that further includes a silicon cross-sectional transmission face. A germanium layer can be on the silicon substrate and can include a second portion of the optical transmission medium, adjacent to the first portion can include a germanium cross-sectional transmission face butt-coupled to the silicon cross-sectional transmission face. | 04-18-2013 |
20130092998 | Memory Devices Capable Of Reducing Lateral Movement Of Charges - Memory devices are provided, the memory devices include a tunneling insulating layer disposed on a substrate, a charge storage layer disposed on the tunneling insulating layer, a blocking insulating layer disposed on the charge storage layer and a control gate electrode disposed on the blocking insulating layer. The control gate electrode may have an edge portion spaced farther apart from the blocking insulating layer than a central portion of the control gate electrode to concentrate charge density distribution on a central portion of a memory cell. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093317 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A flat panel display device including a display area where an image is displayed and a non-display area located at an outside of the display area includes bank portions arranged in a pattern in the display area and partitioning a plurality of openings, emission elements located in the openings, dummy bank portions formed in the non-display area and integrated therewith, and a sealing passivation layer having a multi-layered structure of organic films and inorganic films alternately arranged, one organic film being located at an interface directly contacting the emission element and one inorganic film located firstly on an outermost portion of the dummy bank portions when the sealing passivation layer extends from the display area to the non-display area. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093340 | LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS AND LED DRIVING METHOD USING THE SAME - Provided are a light emitting apparatus and a LED driving method using the same. The light emitting apparatus may include: a light source including first to nth LED groups driven by direct current (DC) power and sequentially connected in series; and a driving controller detecting a current flowing in an output terminal of the light source and changing the number of LED groups driven in the light source when the detected current is outside of a predetermined current range. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093404 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROTECTING SUPPLY MODULATOR - An apparatus and a method for recognizing an electric over-stress of a hybrid supply modulator including a linear regulator and an Switching Mode Power Supplier (SMPS), and protecting a network from the electric over-stress are provided. The hybrid supply modulator includes at least one sensing unit and at least one actuator unit. The at least one sensing unit senses at least one of a current and a voltage at one or more points defined in advance within a supply modulator network. The at least one actuator unit performs a protection action corresponding to at least one electric over-stress situation represented by the sensing result. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093511 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING EFFICIENCY IN POWER AMPLIFIER - An apparatus and method for enhancing the whole efficiency of power amplification in a supply modulated amplifier are provided. The power amplification apparatus includes a controller, a Doherty power amplifier, and a supply modulated amplifier. The controller selects a power amplifier among the Doherty power amplifier and the supply modulated amplifier. The Doherty power amplifier amplifies a power of a transmission signal when the Doherty power amplifier is selected by the controller. The supply modulated amplifier amplifies the power of the transmission signal using a supply voltage determined considering the amplitude of the transmission signal, when the supply modulated amplifier is selected by the controller. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093513 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EXPANDING OPERATION REGION OF POWER AMPLIFIER - An apparatus and a method for expanding an operation region in an envelope tracking power amplifier are provided. The apparatus for amplifying power of a transmission signal includes an amplitude component determination unit, a supply modulator, and a power amplify module. The amplitude component determination unit determines an amplitude component of a transmission signal. The supply modulator generates a supply voltage to be provided to the power amplify module depending on the amplitude component of the transmission signal determined by the amplitude component determination unit. The power amplify module amplifies power of the transmission signal depending on the supply voltage generated by the supply modulator. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093521 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTERLEAVING SWITCHING IN POWER AMPLIFIER - An apparatus of a hybrid power modulator using interleaving switching is provided. The apparatus includes a linear switching unit for generating an output signal by comparing an envelope input signal and a feedback signal, an interleaving signal generator for generating an interleaving switching signal arranged not to supply the signal to input stages of P-type Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor (MOS) Field Effect Transistors (FETs) and N-type MOS FETs of power cells at the same time by comparing the output signal and a reference signal, and a switching amplifying unit for determining a level of the switching signal using the interleaving switching signal. Hence, the hybrid power modulator using the interleaving switching method in the envelope signal of the wide bandwidth maintains high efficiency and high linearity. In addition, the buck converter can use the single inductor by preventing the simultaneous on/off of the power cells. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093778 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a signal processor which processes a broadcast signal; an application executor which executes at least one application; a storage which stores a code command to change a use of a memory area, the storage including a first memory area allocated for processing the broadcast signal and a second memory area allocated for execution of the application; and a controller which, if the application is executed, changes, based on the code command, the first memory area to an area for execution of the application. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093841 | IMAGE PHOTOGRAPHING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image photographing device displays a preview panoramic image and data regarding moving velocity and direction of the image photographing device during panorama photographing in real time. The image photographing device includes a photographing unit to photograph a plurality of images, an image processing unit to convert the images photographed by the photographing unit into preview image data and to generate preview panorama data using the preview image data, and a display unit to simultaneously output a screen to display the preview image data, a screen to display a process of synthesizing the preview panorama data, a moving direction display screen indicating a relative difference between the moving direction of the image photographing device and a predetermined reference direction, and a moving velocity display screen indicating a relative difference between the moving velocity of the image photographing device and a predetermined reference velocity. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094050 | PRINTING APPARATUS WHICH IS CAPABLE OF EDITING PRINTING DATA, AND A PRINTING METHOD FOR USE WITH THE PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing apparatus, including a user input unit which receives a first user command to initiate a printing operation, a display unit which displays information relating to the printing operation, a printing unit which performs printing with respect to printing data, and a controller which controls the display unit to display reference information of the printing data before the printing, and which controls the printing unit to perform the printing according to a second user command. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094246 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A backlight unit, a display module and a display device capable of effectively distributing heat inside, the display device including a display panel, a bottom sash disposed at a rear side of the display panel, a plurality of light emitting diodes (LEDs) configured to provide the display panel with light, at least one printed circuit board (PCB) which is disposed at an edge of a front surface of the bottom sash and on which the plurality of LEDs are mounted, and at least one heat radiation sheet mounted on the bottom sash to distribute heat emitted from the plurality of LEDs. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094287 | SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICES AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A semiconductor device includes a bit line, a first cell string and a second cell string. The first cell string includes a first selecting transistor connected to the bit line in series and having a threshold voltage greater than a first reference voltage, a second selecting transistor having a threshold voltage smaller than a second reference voltage, cell transistors and a ground selecting transistor. The second cell string includes a third selecting transistor connected to the bit line in series and having a threshold voltage smaller than the first reference voltage, a fourth selecting transistor having a threshold voltage greater than the second reference voltage, cell transistors and a ground selecting transistor. A channel region of the first selecting transistor has an enhancement mode and a first conductive type. A channel region of the third selecting transistor has a depletion mode and a second conductive type. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094469 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION THROUGH FAST FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting information through a fast feedback channel in a wireless communications system are provided. The apparatus includes a plurality of mappers for mapping a sequence, corresponding to an index to be fed back, to a first set of resource blocks in a fast feedback channel by using a first mapping pattern and to a second set of resource blocks in the fast feedback channel by using a second mapping pattern, and a transmitter for transmitting the sequence mapped to a plurality of sets of resource blocks, wherein the sequence is mapped to each of the plurality of sets of resource blocks, and wherein each element of the sequence is mapped to each resource block. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094480 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING CONNECTION IDENTIFIER FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method and a device for generating a Connection Identifier (CID) for Device-to-Device (D2D) communication are provided. A transmitting device transmits a request signal for requesting direct communication between the transmitting device and a receiving device on a resource unit of a first resource index determined based upon at least one of a device ID of the transmitting device and a device ID of the receiving device during a predetermined first period, receives information about at least one used CID being used by at least one surrounding device from the peripheral device during a second period following the first period, transmits generation information including at least one available CID acquired during the second period on a resource unit of a second resource index being identical to the first resource index during a third period following the second period, and determines at least one CID to be used for D2D communication between the transmitting device and the receiving device based on the generation information. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094494 | Method And Apparatus For Interworking Voice And Multimedia Services Between CSI Terminal And IMS Terminal - A method and apparatus is provided for communication between a first terminal capable of using both a Circuit Switched (CS) call and an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) session, and a second terminal capable of using the IMS session, in a communication system supporting a Combined CS call and IMS session (CSI service). If the second terminal sends a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) request (INVITE) message to originate a voice service or a multimedia service including the voice service with the first terminal, a CSI Application Server (AS) of an IMS domain managing the first terminal separates a voice service-related component included in the request message from a multimedia service-related component, and generates and sends first and second request messages to the first terminal. Upon receipt of first and second response messages corresponding to the first and second request messages from the first terminal, the CSI AS generates a combined response message and sends the combined response message to the second terminal. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094502 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING FORWARD ERROR CORRECTION PACKET IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving a Forward Error Correction (FEC) packet in a mobile communication system are provided. In the FEC packet transmission method, an FEC packet transmission apparatus transmits an FEC delivery block to an FEC packet reception apparatus. The FEC delivery block includes N payloads. Each of the N payloads includes a payload header. Each payload header included in each of C payloads among the N payloads includes packet oriented header information and an FEC delivery block oriented header information fragment. The packet oriented header information is applied to a related payload, and the FEC delivery block oriented header information fragment is generated by fragmenting FEC delivery block oriented header information applied to the N payloads. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094545 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIMEDIA DATA IN HYBRID NETWORK - An apparatus and a method for transmitting multimedia data in a hybrid network are provided. The apparatus includes a payload part including at least one of first data synchronized according to a time to be reproduced and second data other than the first data, a first header part including information on the payload part, a packet part for generating a packet, the packet part including a second header part including information on the packet, and a transceiver for generating and transmitting a signal including the payload part, the first header part, and the packet part to the hybrid network. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094553 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CALIBRATION OF SUPPLY MODULATION IN TRANSMITTER - A transmit apparatus having a supply modulator is provided. The apparatus includes a detector and the supply modulator. In the method, the detector detects an output signal of the supply modulator. Also, the supply modulator receives the detected output signal of the supply modulator from the detector and calibrates a modulation characteristic of the supply modulator. The transmit apparatus having a supply modulator includes a modulator/demodulator (modem) and the supply modulator. The modem provides a calibration signal for calibrating a modulation characteristic of the supply modulator, to the supply modulator. The supply modulator outputs a modulated signal in accordance with the calibrated modulation characteristic of the supply modulator based on the calibration signal from the modem. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094673 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OUTPUTTING AUDIO SIGNAL - An apparatus for outputting an audio signal with improved sound quality is provided. The apparatus includes a modulation and amplification unit for pulse modulation and switching amplification of an input audio signal and generating an amplified signal which corresponds to the input audio signal; and a vacuum tube amplification unit for inputting a vacuum tube signal generated by attenuating the amplified signal and adding harmonics of a vacuum tube to the amplified signal, to the modulation and amplification unit to provide a mellow sound. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094770 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY UNLOCKING MOBILE DEVICE - A system and a method for dynamically unlocking a mobile device are provided. The method includes displaying various lock images, where at least one of the parts is altered, when an attempt is made to unlock the mobile device, determining whether a lock image, detected according to a user input, matches a preset image, and unlocking the mobile device according to the result of matching between the detected lock image and the preset image. The system and method increases the level of security when an unlock attempt is made in a public place. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094869 | FUSING UNIT OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A fusing unit and an image forming apparatus including the same, and method are provided. The fusing unit senses an error such as local overheating in a surface heater, which uniformly emits heat throughout the surface of a belt member. The fusing unit includes a heating member with a pattern to heat a recording medium, a power supply to supply power to the heating member, a pressing member to transmit rotational force to the heating member while in contact with the heating member and to apply pressure to the recording medium, a driver to rotatably drive the pressing member, a pattern sensor to sense the pattern, and a controller to determine whether there is an error in the rotation of the heating member, based on an output from the pattern sensor. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094872 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus capable of avoiding positional interference between an electrical potential sensor and a developing device during the installation or separation of the developing device. The positional interference is prevented by moving the electrical potential sensor out of the movement path of the developing device in association with the opening/closing movement a cover for an access opening in the body of the image forming apparatus for the installation/separation of the developing device. A link device connects the cover and the electrical potential sensor to each other so as to cause the movement of the electrical potential sensor in linkage with the opening/closing of the cover. The link device serves as an anti-interference device that prevents the positional interference between the developing device and the electrical potential sensor. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095305 | GRAPHENE PATTERN AND PROCESS OF PREPARING THE SAME - Provided are a graphene pattern and a process of preparing the same. Graphene is patterned in a predetermined shape on a substrate to form the graphene pattern. The graphene pattern can be formed by forming a graphitizing catalyst pattern on a substrate, contacting a carbonaceous material with the graphitizing catalyst and heat-treating the resultant. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095589 | ARRAY SUBSTRATE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - In an array substrate capable of improving the quality of displayed images and a method for manufacturing the array substrate, the array substrate includes a base substrate, a first conductive pattern including a gate line and a first light-blocking pattern, a semiconductor layer overlapping the light-blocking pattern, a second conductive pattern including a data line and a storage line overlapping the first light-blocking pattern, and a pixel electrode overlapping the storage line to form a storage capacitor. The first conductive pattern may further include a second light-blocking pattern overlapping the semiconductor layer which is formed under the data line. The first and second light-blocking patterns block light proceeding toward the semiconductor layer formed under the storage line and under the data line, respectively, so that the semiconductor layer may be prevented from being excited by light energy. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095653 | NON-VOLATILE MEMORY DEVICES INCLUDING VERTICAL NAND STRINGS AND METHODS OF FORMING THE SAME - A NAND based non-volatile memory device can include a plurality of memory cells vertically arranged as a NAND string and a plurality of word line plates each electrically connected to a respective gate of the memory cells in the NAND string. A plurality of word line contacts can each be electrically connected to a respective word line plate, where the plurality of word line contacts are aligned to a bit line direction in the device. | 04-18-2013 |
20130096717 | ROBOT CLEANER AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - Disclosed are a robot cleaner and a method for controlling the same, capable of controlling a travelling or cleaning pattern of a robot cleaner in accordance with extension and retraction operations of an auxiliary cleaning tool to perform an efficient cleaning operation. The robot cleaner includes a plurality of auxiliary cleaning units mounted to a bottom of the robot cleaner such that the auxiliary cleaning units are extendable and retractable, an obstacle sensor to sense an obstacle in a cleaning region of the robot cleaner, and a control unit to extend the auxiliary cleaning units while travelling in a wall tracing manner along the periphery of the cleaning region, and to retract the auxiliary cleaning units while the robot cleaner travels in an inner portion of the cleaning region when traveling of the periphery of the cleaning region is finished. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097386 | CACHE MEMORY SYSTEM FOR TILE BASED RENDERING AND CACHING METHOD THEREOF - A cache memory system and a caching method for a tile-based rendering may be provided. Each of cache lines in the cache memory system may include delayed-replacement information. The delayed-replacement information may indicate whether texture data referred to at a position of an edge of a tile is included in a cache line. When a cache line corresponding to an access-requested address is absent in the cache memory system, the cache memory system may select and remove a cache line to be removed from an associative cache unit, based on delayed-replacement information. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097460 | METHOD OF TESTING UNIVERSAL FLASH STORAGE (UFS) INTERFACE AND MEMORY DEVICE IMPLEMENTING METHOD OF TESTING UFS INTERFACE - A method is provided for performing a self-test on a memory device in a test mode, where the memory device includes a universal flash storage (UFS) link layer and a UFS physical layer having a transmitting unit and a receiving unit. The method includes generating a first signal; sending the first signal from a test unit through the UFS link layer to the transmitting unit in the UFS physical layer to be transmitted to the receiving unit; receiving a second signal at the test unit from the receiving unit in the UFS physical layer through the UFS link layer, the second signal being the first signal received by the receiving unit; and testing an operation performed by at least one of the UFS physical layer and the UFS link layer based on the first signal and the second signal. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097470 | ENCODING APPARATUS AND ENCODING METHOD IN DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An encoding method and apparatus in a data communication system are provided. The method includes inputting a source block including a plurality of source payloads, converting the source block to an information block including a plurality of information payloads according to an Information Block Generation (IBG) mode selected from a plurality of IBG modes, transmitting a delivery block generated by adding a parity block generated by encoding the information block according to a selected encoding scheme to the source block to a receiver, and transmitting information indicating the selected IBG mode to the receiver. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097474 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING FORWARD ERROR CORRECTION PACKET IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving a Forward Error Correction (FEC) packet in a mobile communication system are provided. In the FEC packet transmission method, an FEC packet transmission apparatus transmits an FEC delivery block to an FEC packet reception apparatus, wherein the FEC delivery block includes K source payloads and P parity payloads, each of the K source payloads and the P parity payloads includes a payload header, and each of the payload headers includes length information related to a length of a related payload. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097627 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MULTIMEDIA SERVICE - A method for receiving a multimedia service is provided. The method includes receiving service specific information for at least one multimedia service provided from different networks, selecting one service based on the service specific information, and receiving the selected service. The service specific information includes one of a first service map table including information about at least one service which is transmitted over a plurality of logical channels, and a second service map table including information about at least one service which is transmitted over a single logical channel. Each of the first and second service map tables includes asset-related information. | 04-18-2013 |
20130098097 | REFRIGERATOR WITH ICEMAKER COMPARTMENT HAVING AN IMPROVED AIR FLOW - A refrigerator with an ice making device. The refrigerator includes a body defined with a refrigerating compartment, a freezing compartment, and an ice making compartment, the ice making compartment arranged in the refrigerating compartment while being thermally insulated from the refrigerating compartment, a first evaporator arranged in the refrigerating compartment, a second evaporator arranged in the freezing compartment, a refrigerating duct for circulating cold air from the first evaporator to the refrigerating compartment, a freezing duct for circulating cold air from the second evaporator to the freezing compartment, and an ice making flow passage for communicating the second evaporator and the ice making compartment. The second evaporator, ice making compartment, and ice making flow passage form a closed circuit such that the cold air in the ice making compartment does not enter the refrigerating compartment. | 04-25-2013 |
20130098293 | CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION APPARATUS - A chemical vapor deposition apparatus can include a reaction chamber having a reaction space therein; a wafer boat disposed in the reaction space, the wafer boat arranged and structured to support a plurality of wafers; and a gas supplying part disposed in the reaction chamber to supply two or more reaction gases to the plurality of wafers. The gas supplying part can include a plurality of gas pipes disposed in the reaction chamber to supply the two or more reaction gases from outside to the reaction space; and a plurality of supplying pipes disposed around the wafer boat, wherein each of the supplying pipes is connected to two or more corresponding gas pipes, and wherein each supplying pipe is configured to supply the two or more reaction gases supplied by the two or more corresponding gas pipes to a corresponding one of the wafers. | 04-25-2013 |
20130098401 | ROBOT CLEANER AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A robot cleaner includes a body to travel on a floor, an obstacle sensing unit to sense an obstacle approaching the body, an auxiliary cleaning unit mounted to a bottom of the body, to be extendable and retractable, and a control unit to control extension or retraction of the auxiliary cleaning unit when the obstacle is sensed. The control unit recognizes a zone of a charger and performs a control operation to prevent the auxiliary cleaning unit from extending in the charger zone. | 04-25-2013 |
20130098540 | GRAPHENE-TRANSFERRING MEMBER, GRAPHENE TRANSFERRER, METHOD OF TRANSFERRING GRAPHENE, AND METHODS OF FABRICATING GRAPHENE DEVICE BY USING THE SAME - Graphene transferring members, graphene transferrer, methods of transferring graphene, and methods of fabricating a graphene device, may include a metal thin-film layer pattern and a graphene layer sequentially stacked on an adhesive member. The metal thin-film layer and the graphene layer may have the same shape. After transferring the graphene layer onto a transfer-target substrate during the fabrication of a graphene device, the metal thin-film layer is patterned to form electrodes on respective ends of the graphene layer by removing a portion of the metal thin-film layer. | 04-25-2013 |
20130098894 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL ELECTRIC POWER OF COIL WHICH PERFORMS INDUCTION HEATING IN IMAGING APPARATUS - Provided is a method of controlling electric power of a coil which performs induction heating in an imaging apparatus. The method includes: detecting an input current of the coil; detecting a resonant current of the coil; calculating a difference between the detected resonant current and the detected input current; and controlling electric power supplied to the coil based on the difference. These operations are repeatedly performed whenever the detected input current is changed. | 04-25-2013 |
20130099212 | LIGHT EMITTING DIODE - A light emitting diode that includes: a light source; a buffer layer disposed on the light source and including a first matrix polymer; a polymer layer disposed on the buffer layer and including an organic/inorganic hybrid polymer; and an emission layer disposed on the polymer layer and including a light emitting particle dispersed in a second matrix polymer, wherein one selected from the light source, the buffer layer, the emission layer, and a combination thereof includes one selected from sulfurous component, a nitrogenous component, and a combination thereof. | 04-25-2013 |
20130099213 | SEMICONDUCTOR NANOCRYSTAL-POLYMER COMPOSITE, METHOD OF PREPARING THE SAME, AND COMPOSITE FILM AND OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A semiconductor nanocrystal-polymer composite including a semiconductor nanocrystal, a polymer comprising a plurality of carboxylate anion groups (—COO | 04-25-2013 |
20130099248 | NITRIDE SEMICONDUCTOR LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - There is provided a nitride semiconductor light emitting device including an n-type nitride semiconductor layer, an active layer disposed on the n-type nitride semiconductor layer, and a p-type nitride semiconductor layer disposed on the active layer. One or more current diffusion layers are disposed on a surface of the n-type nitride semiconductor layer. The current diffusion layer(s) includes a material having greater band gap energy than that of a material forming the n-type nitride semiconductor layer so as to form a two-dimensional electron gas layer at an interface with the material forming the n-type nitride semiconductor layer. | 04-25-2013 |
20130099255 | SEMICONDUCTOR LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING ZINC OXIDE-BASED TRANSPARENT CONDUCTIVE THIN FILM, AND FABRICATION METHOD THEREOF - There is provided a semiconductor light emitting device having a zinc oxide-based transparent conductive thin film in which a Group III element is doped to have waveforms having a plurality of periods in a thickness direction. | 04-25-2013 |
20130099267 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE PACKAGE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - A light emitting device (LED) package and a manufacturing method thereof are provided. The LED package may include a package body including a cavity, a first lead frame and a second lead frame that are disposed in the cavity of the package body, and an LED mounted on a bottom surface of the cavity of the package body, the LED including a transparent substrate, a first semiconductor layer, an active layer, and a second semiconductor layer that are laminated sequentially in one of a first direction that is parallel to the bottom surface of the cavity and a second direction that is inclined with respect to the bottom surface of the cavity. | 04-25-2013 |
20130099650 | REFRIGERATOR AND DOOR FOR THE SAME - A door for a refrigerator having a reduced number of constituent elements, resulting in reduction in material and processing costs as well as manufacturing time is provided. The door may include a reinforced glass panel defining a front surface, a pair of lateral frames to support the reinforced glass panel, a rear panel defining a rear surface, a pair of caps including upper and lower caps, and a foam charged into an interior space of the door to couple the reinforced glass panel, lateral frames, rear panel and caps to one another. Each lateral frame comes into contact with two surfaces including a lateral surface and a rear surface of the reinforced glass panel to support the reinforced glass panel. Also, each lateral frame may be formed via extrusion molding of PVC synthetic resin and is painted via liquid painting. | 04-25-2013 |
20130099671 | POWER SUPPLY DEVICE AND DRIVING DEVICE - A power supply device includes a driving device. The power supply device supplies DC power to a light source unit having multiple light sources. The driving device determines whether a current flowing in the light source unit is outside a pre-set current range. When the current flowing in the light source unit is outside the pre-set current range, the driving device changes the number of light sources driven in the light source unit. | 04-25-2013 |
20130099815 | PROBE CARD HANDLING CARRIAGE - A probe card handling carriage is applicable to various working environments. The probe card handling carriage includes a main body provided to be travelable on the ground, a drawer unit provided to be movable in a forward and backward direction with respect to the main body, and a transfer robot installed on the drawer unit to transfer a probe card. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100013 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF SHARING A COMPONENT THEREOF - A portable terminal capable of sharing at least a portion of a component, and a method therefor, are provided. The portable terminal includes an interface unit configured to connect with another portable terminal and a controller configured to activate a sharing mode in which at least a portion of a component is shared with the other portable terminal when connected with the other portable terminal through the interface unit. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100156 | PORTABLE TERMINAL CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT THEREOF - Disclosed is a method for controlling a backlight of a portable terminal, which includes from a memory previously stored backlight brightness values that correspond to a backlight steps, retrieving a stored brightness value corresponding to one of a plurality of brightness steps selected by a user, regulating the brightness of the portable terminal according to the retrieved brightness value, and displaying the currently selected brightness step on the display unit, wherein the brightness steps correspond to incremental levels of brightness. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100315 | METHOD OF ECONOMIZING POWER IN IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM AND IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM USING THE METHOD - A method of operating an image pickup system includes generating a first control signal in response to a long duration exposure mode selectively input by a user, setting circuits to process image data associated with modes other than long duration exposure mode to a standby mode in response to the first control signal, generating a second control signal when the standby mode has been established, opening a shutter in response to the second control signal, and performing a long duration exposure to accumulate a charge corresponding to an optical signal incident on an image sensor of the image pickup system when the shutter is open. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100481 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND WARMING UP METHOD THEREOF - A controlling method of an image forming apparatus includes receiving a wake up command for the image forming apparatus in a power save mode; confirming prestored authority of a user to use a plurality of operations of the image forming apparatus; and selectively performing warming up for at least one operation of the image forming apparatus according to the authority of the user. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100735 | Flash Memory Device and Operating Method for Concurrently Applying Different Bias Voltages to Dummy Memory Cells and Regular Memory Cells During Erasure - Integrated circuit flash memory devices, such as NAND flash memory devices, include an array of regular flash memory cells, an array of dummy flash memory cells and an erase controller. The erase controller is configured to concurrently apply a different predetermined bias voltage to the dummy flash memory cells than to the regular flash memory cells during an erase operation of the integrated circuit flash memory device. Related methods are also described. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100755 | SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE IMPLEMENTING COMPREHENSIVE PARTIAL ARRAY SELF REFRESH SCHEME - A semiconductor memory device performing a comprehensive partial self refresh (CPSR) scheme, in which a CPSR operation of not performing a self refresh operation on the segments included in each bank is disclosed. The semiconductor memory device includes a mask information register configured to generate mask information by storing information indicating a bank and a segment on which the self refresh operation is not performed; and a mask operation circuit configured to not perform the self refresh operation on the segments of each of the banks in response to the mask information. The semiconductor memory device efficiently performs a refresh operation according to user convenience and supports lower power consumption. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100855 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WI-FI CONNECTION USING WI-FI PROTECTED SETUP IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for Wi-Fi connection based on Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) in a portable terminal are provided. The method includes entering a group owner mode of Wi-Fi Direct when enabling of WPS is requested, after entering the group owner mode, entering a WPS session mode where the portable terminal is operable in a WPS registrar mode, determining whether an Access Point (AP) whose WPS session of the WPS registrar mode is enabled or a device whose group owner mode is enabled, exists nearby, and when an AP whose WPS registrar mode is enabled is discovered, disabling the WPS registrar mode and the group owner mode, enabling a WPS session where the portable terminal is to operate in a WPS enrollee mode, and accessing the discovered AP. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100887 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING VOICE CALL CONTINUITY USING DIFFERENT NETWORKS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for providing call continuity in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a first communication unit for setting a call with a counterpart terminal in a first network, a second communication unit for setting a call with the counterpart terminal in a second network while the call is set in the first network, and a control unit for terminating the call of the first network after the call setup is completed in the second network. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100991 | DIGITAL PRE-DISTORTION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF FOR CHANGING MEMORY DEGREE DEPENDING ON INPUT LEVEL - An apparatus and a method for operating a memory compensation Digital Pre-Distortion (DPD) are provided. In the method for operating a memory compensation DPD system, an input signal is received. An input average power of the input signal is determined. When the input average power of the input signal belongs to a non-linear section of the input average power, DPD is performed on a previous signal corresponding to a memory degree set depending on at least one non-linear section of the input average power. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100998 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, A PARALLEL INTERFACE SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREOF - A method of communication to a semiconductor device includes: transmitting a sampling clock signal from a first semiconductor device to a second semiconductor device; transmitting a training signal from the first semiconductor device to the second semiconductor device while transmitting of the sampling clock signal, the training signal comprising plural test patterns sent sequentially to the second semiconductor device, phases of at least some of the test patterns being adjusted to be different from each other during transmitting of the training signal; receiving first information from the second semiconductor device over a first signal line, the first signal line separate from a data bus connected between the first semiconductor device and the second semiconductor device; and transmitting a data signal over the data bus while transmitting the sampling clock signal, the data signal sent at a timing with respect to the sampling clock signal responsive to the received first information. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101026 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING AND/OR DECODING MOVING PICTURES - A method of encoding moving pictures using a plurality of quantization matrices. The method involves selecting one of the plurality of quantization matrices in consideration of an at least one characteristics of an input image; transforming the input image; and quantizing the transformed input image using the selected quantization matrix. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101056 | RECEIVER CIRCUIT AND SYSTEM INCLUDING P-TYPE SENSE AMPLIFIER - A receiver circuit includes a first p-channel metal oxide semiconductor (PMOS) transistor, an input circuit, and an amplifier. The first PMOS transistor is configured to apply a power supply voltage to a power node in response to a clock signal. The input circuit is coupled to the power node, and configured to receive the power supply voltage, and the input circuit includes a plurality of PMOS transistors configured to generate a first sensing signal in response to an input signal and configured to generate a second sensing signal in response to at least one reference signal. The amplifier is configured to amplify the first sensing signal and the second sensing signal to generate a first output signal and a second output signal. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101089 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - The X-ray imaging apparatus includes an X-ray generator to generate X-rays having at least two different energy levels and irradiate the X-rays onto a subject, a detector to detect the X-rays irradiated by the X-ray generator and transmitted through the subject, and a device to obtain images from the X-rays detected by the detector, to obtain bone image information and soft tissue image information of the subject, based on the obtained X-ray images, and to produce one image including the bone image information and the soft tissue image information. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101118 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING BROADCAST SERVICE USING ENCRYPTION KEY IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing a broadcast service in a communication system is provided. The method includes generating a key pair comprising a first key and a second key, generating at least one of forward encryption keys by applying a forward hash chain to the first key, generating at least one of reverse encryption keys by applying a reverse hash chain to the second key, generating at least one of encryption keys using the at least one of forward encryption keys and the at least one of reverse encryption keys, encrypting broadcast service data using the at least one of encryption keys, and broadcasting the encrypted broadcast service data. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101150 | Speaker Device For Mobile Terminal - A speaker device for use in a mobile terminal includes a speaker frame with a speaker unit mounted therein, and a frame cover provided at the rear side of the speaker frame to form a resonance space between the speaker frame and the frame cover. Sound that is output in a forward direction of the speaker unit is emitted to a front space of the speaker frame, and sound that is output to the rear of the speaker unit is emitted through the resonance space. The speaker device provides the resonance space at the rear side of the speaker frame to reinforce the output of midrange and bass tones, thereby reproducing the original sound as accurately as possible. The speaker device enables a user to enjoy vivid sound when reproducing a multimedia file or viewing a digital multimedia broadcast (DMB) program on a small-sized device, such as a mobile terminal. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101270 | METHOD OF STORING STATUS INFORMATION ABOUT CONTENT REPRODUCING DEVICE, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOWING CONTENT TO BE AUTOMATICALLY REPRODUCED USING THE STATUS INFORMATION - Provided are a method of storing status information in a first content reproducing device, and a method of allowing content to be automatically reproduced in a second content reproducing device based on the status information stored in the first content reproducing device. The method of storing status information includes: monitoring an operation of the first content reproducing device; generating status information about the monitored operation; and storing the status information in the first content reproducing device. The method of allowing content to be automatically reproduced includes: checking if the first and second content reproducing devices are connected to each other; reading a log file recording the status information from the first content reproducing device if the first and second content reproducing devices are connected to each other; interpreting the status information; and selectively performing an operation according to a result of the interpreting. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101306 | POWER CONTROL APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A power control apparatus and an image forming apparatus including the same are disclosed. The power control apparatus can directly enable or disable a DC/DC converter for converting reference DC power to a secondary DC power without an additional microcomputer based power circuit by connecting an enable or disable operation of the DC/DC converter with an operation of a power button by a user. Accordingly, the number of components of a power control circuit can be reduced to decrease material cost and simplify the power control circuit. Furthermore, the power control apparatus and the image forming apparatus including the same can reduce unnecessary power consumption in a system off state. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101666 | LIPOSOME INCLUDING ELASTIN-LIKE POLYPEPTIDE CONJUGATED TO MOIETY CONTAINING HYDROPHOBIC GROUP, CHEMOSENSITIZER AND ANTICANCER AGENT AND USE THEREOF - A liposome including a lipid bilayer, an elastin-like polypeptide (ELP) conjugated to a hydrophobic moiety; a chemosensitizer; and an anticancer agent, a pharmaceutical composition including the same, and a method of delivering a chemosensitizer and an anticancer agent to a target site of a subject by using the liposome. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101835 | CARBON NANOTUBE PASTE COMPOSITION, EMITTER PREPARED USING THE COMPOSITION, AND ELECTRON EMISSION DEVICE INCLUDING THE EMITTER - A carbon nanotube paste composition including carbon nanotubes, an organopolysiloxane including an alkenyl group, an organohydrogensiloxane including a hydrosilyl group, and a first catalyst effective to catalyze an addition reaction between the alkenyl group and the hydrosilyl group. | 04-25-2013 |
20130101901 | LITHIUM-TRANSITION METAL COMPLEX COMPOUNDS HAVING Nth ORDER HIERARCHICAL STRUCTURE, METHOD OF PREPARING THE SAME AND LITHIUM BATTERY COMPRISING AN ELECTRODE COMPRISING THE SAME - A lithium-transition metal complex compound has an n | 04-25-2013 |
20130101928 | PHOTOLITHOGRAPHY METHOD INCLUDING TECHNIQUE OF DETERMINING DISTRIBUTION OF ENERGY OF EXPOSURE LIGHT PASSING THROUGH SLIT OF EXPOSURE APPARATUS - The energy distribution of exposure light directed passing through the slit of an exposure apparatus is determined. A photoresist layer on a substrate is exposed over a plurality of shots while changing the intensity of the exposure light for each shot. Then the photoresist layer is developed to form a sample photoresist layer. An image of the developed sample photoresist layer is analyzed for color intensity. Values of the color intensity across a selected one of the shots are correlated with values of the intensity of the exposure light to produce an energy distribution of the exposure light along the length of the slit. The energy distribution is used to change the slit so that a more desirable energy distribution may be realized when the slit is used in a process of manufacturing a semiconductor device. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102260 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCOVERING DEVICE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for discovering a device in a portable terminal, which can restrict an operation of discovering a device repeated in a communication mode of the portable terminal, are provided. The apparatus includes a memory for storing at least one condition for stopping the discovery of a device, and a control unit for, when the at least one condition for stopping the discovery of a device is satisfied in a device discovering operation for a connection in a communication mode, controlling such that the device discovering operation is stopped. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102345 | UPLINK CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An UpLink (UL) control method and apparatus for in a wireless communication system supporting beamforming are provided. A method of a Mobile Station (MS) for UL control in the wireless communication system supporting the beamforming includes receiving a plurality of DownLink (DL) reference signals from a plurality of Base Station (BS) transmission beams using a plurality of MS reception beams having different directivity, measuring a path loss based on a reception signal strength of each of the plurality of DL reference signals received through different transmission/reception beams, selecting an MS transmission beam for uplink based on the path loss value measured for each of the plurality of DL reference signals, and transmitting a UL signal to a BS using the selected MS transmission beam. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102898 | LIPOSOME INCLUDING ELASTIN-LIKE POLYPEPTIDES AND USE THEREOF - A liposome comprising elastin-like polypeptides, a pharmaceutical composition comprising the liposome, and a method of delivering active agents to a target site using the liposome. | 04-25-2013 |
20130103884 | FILE SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A file system including a first memory unit which is non-volatile and has a plurality of blocks, a control unit configured to select one of the plurality of blocks of the first memory unit, determine whether the selected block is a valid block, control a data write with respect to the selected block if the selected block is a valid block, divide the plurality of blocks into valid blocks and bad blocks by checking the plurality of blocks of the first memory unit, generate an address table by mapping the valid blocks and the bad blocks to addresses and control a loading of the address table generated, and a second memory unit which is volatile and stores the address table for the plurality of blocks of the first memory unit. An address table of a flash memory, which is a non-volatile memory, is stored in another memory | 04-25-2013 |
20130103893 | SYSTEM COMPRISING STORAGE DEVICE AND RELATED METHODS OF OPERATION - A memory system comprises a storage device and a host. The host classifies pages stored in the storage device into a plurality of data groups according to properties of the pages, and transmits setup information regarding the classified data groups to the storage device. | 04-25-2013 |
20130104003 | MEMORY SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RECORDING/REPRODUCING DATA THEREOF - A memory system and a method for recording/reproducing data thereof, the memory system including a flash memory, and a memory controller configured control an operation to record data on the flash memory or to reproduce the recorded data from the flash memory, wherein the memory controller includes an encoder configured to generate an Error Correction Code (ECC) from data that is to be recorded in the flash memory and to convert the generated ECC by using a particular ECC, a memory interface configured to record the data and the converted ECC to the flash memory, and a decoder configured to restore the converted ECC, which is read from the flash memory, by using the particular ECC and to detect and correct an error of the data, which is read from the flash memory, by using the restored ECC, and the particular ECC is an ECC with respect to 0xff data. | 04-25-2013 |
20130104123 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR MANAGING THE IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROVIDING METHOD OF THE IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus is provided. The image forming apparatus includes a network interface unit which is connected to a host device in which a manager program is stored, a printing unit which performs a printing job, a storage unit which stores a management information base (MIB), and an agent program, and a control unit which communicates with the host device using a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). If an application is newly installed, the control unit updates the MIB. Therefore, it is possible to easily add, modify, or delete a management object (MO). | 04-25-2013 |
20130111943 | NON-AZEOTROPIC MIXED REFRIGERANT CYCLE AND REFRIGERATOR EQUIPPED THEREWITH - A non-azeotropic mixed refrigerant cycle and a refrigerator equipped with the same are disclosed. The non-azeotropic mixed refrigerant cycle includes a first refrigerant tube to guide a refrigerant from a condenser to a first evaporator, a second refrigerant tube to guide the refrigerant from the first evaporator to a second evaporator, a third refrigerant tube to guide the refrigerant from the second evaporator to a compressor. A downstream portion of the first refrigerant tube is arranged within the second refrigerant tube, to form a first heat exchanger having a double tube structure. An upstream portion of the first refrigerant tube is arranged within the third refrigerant tube, to form a second heat exchanger having a double tube structure. Thus, the first and second heat exchangers are simplified. | 05-09-2013 |
20130112020 | BIOMATERIAL TEST APPARATUS INCLUDING A DISC - A biomaterial test apparatus includes a disc having a top surface and a bottom surface, and including at least one biomaterial test site, and a magnetic substance disposed in the disc, and including a protruding portion that protrudes toward the bottom surface of the disc. | 05-09-2013 |
20130112225 | DISH WASHER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A dish washer includes a washing tub accommodating a detergent containing a first enzyme activated at an active temperature range and a second enzyme activated at another active temperature range differing from the active temperature range of the first enzyme, and wash water in which the detergent is dissolved, a heating unit heating wash water, and a controller controls driving of the heating unit such that the temperature of wash water is maintained within the active temperature range of the first enzyme for a first designated time, and controls driving of the heating unit such that the temperature of wash water is maintained within the active temperature range of the second enzyme for a second designated time, when the first designated time has elapsed. | 05-09-2013 |
20130112296 | MICROFLUIDIC APPARATUS AND MICROFLUIDIC SYSTEM HAVING THE SAME - A microfluidic system capable of determining at least one of the existence and the amount of a fluid by use of an optical sensor even if the fluid is transparent. The microfluidic system includes a platform including at least one chamber configured to accommodate a fluid, at least one channel connected to the at least one chamber, and at least one protrusion disposed on an inner surface of the at least one chamber and configured to show a difference in transmittance according to the existence of the fluid. | 05-09-2013 |
20130112876 | INFRARED DETECTORS - In some example embodiments, an infrared detector may comprise a substrate; a resonator spaced apart from the substrate, the resonator absorbing incident infrared light; a thermoelectric material layer contacting the resonator and having a variable resistance according to temperature variation due to the absorbed incident infrared light; a lead wire electrically connecting the thermoelectric material layer and the substrate; a heat separation layer between the substrate and the thermoelectric material layer, the heat separation layer preventing heat from being transferred from the thermoelectric material layer to the substrate; and/or a ground plane layer preventing the incident infrared light from proceeding toward the substrate. The heat separation layer may at least reduce heat transfer from the thermoelectric material layer to the substrate. The ground plane layer may at least reduce an amount of the incident infrared light that reaches the substrate. | 05-09-2013 |
20130112969 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING P-TYPE ZNO NANOWIRES AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ENERGY CONVERSION DEVICE - A method of manufacturing silver (Ag)-doped zinc oxide (ZnO) nanowires and a method of manufacturing an energy conversion device are provided. In the method of manufacturing Ag-doped ZnO nanowires, the Ag-doped nanowires are grown by a low temperature hydrothermal synthesis method using a Ag-containing aqueous solution. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113006 | SEMICONDUCTOR LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND FABRICATION METHOD THEREOF - A semiconductor light emitting device include an n-type semiconductor layer, an active layer disposed on the n-type semiconductor layer, and a first p-type semiconductor layer disposed on the active layer. The first p-type semiconductor layer has an uneven structure formed on a surface thereof. A second p-type semiconductor layer has an impurity concentration higher than that of the first p-type semiconductor layer. The second p-type semiconductor layer is disposed on the first p-type semiconductor layer and has an uneven structure formed on a surface thereof. A reflective metal layer is formed on the second p-type semiconductor layer. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113029 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE HAVING VERTICAL CHANNEL TRANSISTOR AND METHODS OF FABRICATING THE SAME - A semiconductor memory device includes a first pair of pillars extending from a substrate to form vertical channel regions, the first pair of pillars having a first pillar and a second pillar adjacent to each other, the first pillar and the second pillar arranged in a first direction, a first bit line disposed on a bottom surface of a first trench formed between | 05-09-2013 |
20130113113 | WIRING STRUCTURE IN A SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, METHOD OF FORMING THE WIRING STRUCTURE, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING THE WIRING STRUCTURE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A wiring structure in a semiconductor device may include a first insulation layer formed on a substrate, a first contact plug, a capping layer pattern, a second insulation layer and a second contact plug. The first insulation layer has a first opening that exposes a contact region of the substrate. The first contact plug is formed on the contact region to partially fill up the first opening. The capping layer pattern is formed on the first contact plug to fill up the first opening. The second insulation layer is formed on the capping layer pattern and the first insulation layer. The second insulation layer has a second opening passing through the capping layer pattern to expose the first contact plug. The second contact plug is formed on the first contact plug in the second opening. Since the wiring structure includes the capping layer pattern, the wiring structure may prevent a contact failure by preventing chemicals from permeating into the first contact plug. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113123 | EVAPORATIVE HUMIDIFIER - An evaporative humidifier includes a humidifying element having water pockets drawing water up from a tub and then supplying the water to the upper portion of the humidifying element. The water pockets are formed between first and second covers. A first water pocket formation unit is provided on the first cover, a second water pocket formation unit is provided on the second cover, and the first and second water pocket formation units form the water pockets when the first and second covers are coupled. Therefore, the water pockets are formed through molds having a simple structure, as compared to the conventional water pocket, and thus manufacturing costs of the humidifying element assembly are reduced. Further, each water pocket includes plural sub water pockets formed at both sides of an inflow hole formed at the center of each water pocket, and thus carries a large amount of water. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113380 | LED DRIVING APPARATUS, LED DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel configured to display an image, an LED module configured to provide backlight to the display panel, an LED driving unit configured to apply a driving voltage to the LED module using an external power, an exterior unit configured to support the LED driving unit and the LED module and include a ground terminal provided separately from the external power, and an LED driving control unit which causes an operation of the LED driving unit to be stopped based on a current flowing in from the ground terminal. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113483 | MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The magnetic resonance imaging apparatus includes a main magnet to generate a static magnetic field in an imaging region, a gradient coil assembly to form a gradient in the static magnetic field, a radio frequency (RF) coil assembly to apply a first RF pulse and second RF pulse with respect to n (n≧2) slice regions located at different positions in the imaging region, to excite atomic nuclei of the slice regions, and a controller to control the RF coil assembly to apply a first RF pulse and second RF pulse having a first center frequency f | 05-09-2013 |
20130113548 | METHODS AND CIRCUITS FOR GENERATING REFERENCE VOLTAGE - A circuit for generating a reference voltage includes a first reference voltage generating circuit disposed outside a chip and a second reference voltage generating circuit disposed inside the chip. The first and second reference voltage generating circuits output first and second reference voltages to first and second output terminals, respectively. The second reference voltage generating circuit includes at least one pull-up resistor and at least one pull-down resistor. The pull-up resistor is coupled between a first node where an internal power supply voltage is coupled and the second output terminal. The pull-down resistor is coupled between a second node and the second output terminal, wherein a voltage at the second node is relatively lower than a voltage at the first node. A third reference voltage is outputted from a node where the first output terminal is coupled to the second output terminal. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113710 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Exemplary embodiments include a wireless transmitter and wireless receiver. The wireless transmitter and wireless receiver wirelessly transmit and receive data, respectively. The wireless transmitter and the wireless receiver each include a controller which outputs a power mode changing control signal to a power supply unit and a communication unit in response to a wakeup event, wherein the power supply unit changes a power mode from a standby mode to a normal mode in response to the power mode changing control signal. Both the wireless transmitter and receiver include a transmitter which transmits the power mode changing control signal to the other. With this configuration, there are provided an apparatus and a control method thereof which enable a wireless transmission of multimedia and consumes minimal power when in a standby mode. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113732 | TOUCH SCREEN AND MOBILE DEVICE WITH THE SAME - A capacitive touch screen panel and a mobile device with the panel are provided. The touch screen panel includes a glass cover for transmitting light and protecting the touch screen panel, a sensor sheet that forms an electrode pattern including first and second electrodes on the upper surface which is attached on the lower surface of the glass cover, and a noise shield sheet, coated on the lower surface of the sensor sheet, for allowing the transmission of light and blocking noise flowing to the electrode pattern. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113733 | DISPLAY PANEL AND MOBILE DEVICE WITH THE SAME - A display panel and a mobile device with the display panel are provided. The display panel includes a display module and a back light unit. The display module includes a glass substrate for displaying videos by controlling a transmittance and a color of light, an upper polarizer that is placed on an upper side of the glass substrate, and a lower polarizer that is placed on a lower side of the glass substrate and exposes an edge of the glass substrate. The back light unit includes: a light source, a light waveguide that is placed on a lower side of the lower polarizer and that transfers light from the light source to the lower polarizer, and a Flexible Printed Circuit Board (FPCB), which is placed at the edge of the glass substrate exposed by the lower polarizer, that supplies electric power to the light source, and that reflects light from the light source to the light waveguide. The display panel is cost-effective and has high optical efficiency. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113753 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING TOUCH SENSITIVITY OF TOUCH SCREEN PANEL - A method and an apparatus for improving touch sensitivity of a capacitive type touch screen panel are provided. In the method, the apparatus sequentially drives a plurality of transmitting channels of the touch screen panel using a predetermined scan frequency. The apparatus determines a sequential touch count by simultaneously scanning a plurality of receiving channels of the touch screen panel wherein the sequential touch count is the number of sequentially touched receiving channels. Also, the apparatus specifies a scan unit to be used for dividing the plurality of receiving channels into groups on the basis of the sequential touch count and for sequentially scanning the groups of the receiving channels. The apparatus determines a touch coordinate by sequentially scanning the plurality of receiving channels using the specified scan unit. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113754 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND TERMINAL FOR SUPPORTING TOUCH FUNCTION - A method and a system for supporting a touch function on a terminal for performing a touch operation in which a writing pressure is applied to a touch pen of the system including the touch pen and a terminal are provided. The method includes touching a touch pen to a touch panel of the terminal, the touch pen having a capacitance that corresponds to and varies with pressure applied to the touch pen, generating, by the terminal, an instruction word corresponding to a result of adding the capacitance corresponding to the pressure applied to the touch pen when the touch pen is touched to the terminal and a capacitance of the touch panel, and performing a user function corresponding to the instruction word. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113781 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is disclosed. The display apparatus includes a display panel having a scan electrode, a sustain electrode, and an address electrode, a driving unit which supplies a driving voltage to the scan electrode, the sustain electrode, and the address electrode so that each of a plurality of sub fields which form one frame include an address section and sustain section, and a control unit which controls the driving unit so that a width of the sustain pulse increases during the sustain section. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113836 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ROTATION OF SCREEN AND TERMINAL AND TOUCH SYSTEM SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for controlling rotation of a screen according to a user request regardless of an orientation state of the terminal is provided. The terminal for supporting screen rotation control, includes a sensor unit including a sensor for confirming a horizontal state of the terminal and a sensor for collecting angular velocity information of the terminal, a controller for confirming the horizontal state of the terminal based on sensing information of the sensor unit, and for confirming a rotated state or a rotation change state of the terminal in a corresponding horizontal state when the terminal is arranged in the horizontal state, and a display unit for outputting a screen having a different output direction according to the rotated state or the rotation change state of the terminal. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113844 | LED DRIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE LED DRIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel which displays an image; a light-emitting diode (LED) module which provides backlight to the display panel; an LED driving unit which applies a driving voltage to the LED module; and an LED driving control unit which senses the driving voltage from the LED module and stops an operation of the LED driving unit if the sensed driving voltage is lower than a first reference voltage or higher than a second reference voltage. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113849 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. A display apparatus includes a display panel which displays a 3D image with a left-eye image frame including a plurality of subfields and a right-eye image frame including a plurality of subfields, a driving unit which drives the display panel and a control unit which controls the driving unit to drive remaining subfields in advance as much as a subfield section of a plurality of subfields which are unused when an image having a grayscale level less than a predetermined value is being displayed. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113886 | 3D Image Photographing Apparatus and Method - A three-dimensional (3D) image photographing apparatus including: an image sensor; a 3D shutter which is disposed on the light path of the image light and comprises a first opening and a second opening, and which sequentially executes a first operation of passing a first image light by opening only the first opening, a second operation of blocking both the first opening and the second opening, and a third operation of passing a second image light by opening only the second opening; and a control unit which is electrically connected to the image sensor and the 3D shutter and which synchronizes a vertical synchronization signal which is applied to the image sensor with a starting time of the second operation by controlling the image sensor and the 3D shutter. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113950 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING MOTION BLUR IN MOBILE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for generating a motion blur in a mobile terminal are provided. It is determined whether motion halting occurs during video shooting. If the motion halting occurs, a motion vector of each block between first and second consecutive images where the motion halting has occurred is estimated. A motion blur is generated on the second image using the motion vector of each block, and the motion-blurred image is displayed on a display unit. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113957 | Digital Photographing Apparatus - A digital photographing apparatus including: a display unit for displaying a captured image; a position setting unit for setting a position on the display unit; an area setting unit for setting an area based on the position set by the position setting unit; a photometry unit for measuring luminance of the set area; an exposure value determination unit for determining an exposure value based on a photometric reference and a result of the measuring performed by the photometry unit. The digital photographing apparatus may capture a high quality image by properly adjusting exposure and white balance. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113974 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOBILE DEVICE - An apparatus and a method for controlling a display of a mobile device are provided. The method includes identifying a resolution of video data to be displayed in a video display mode, retrieving brightness control data corresponding to the identified resolution from a memory unit that stores a plurality of values of the brightness control data each of which corresponds to each of a plurality of resolution values, and sending the retrieved brightness control data to a display unit to display the video data with specific brightness determined based on the brightness control data. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113992 | METHODS OF GENERATING A PIXEL CLOCK SIGNAL FROM A TRANSMISSION CLOCK SIGNAL AND RELATED DATA TRANSMISSION METHODS FOR MULTIMEDIA SOURCES - Methods of generating a pixel clock signal for a multimedia source are provided in which a transmission clock signal having a first frequency is generated from a reference clock signal that has a second frequency. The generated transmission clock signal is multiplied by a multiple to generate the pixel clock signal. The pixel clock signal has a third frequency that is the product of the second frequency and the multiple, | 05-09-2013 |
20130114001 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING AND TRANSMITTING BROADCAST SIGNALS - A broadcasting transmitting/receiving apparatus and a control method thereof are disclosed. The broadcasting transmitting/receiving apparatus includes: a signal receiving unit which receives a digital TV signal; a first signal processing unit which acquires video and/or audio from the received digital TV signal; a second signal processing unit which generates an analog TV signal which includes the acquired video and/or audio; an antenna unit which transmits the generated analog TV signal; and a controller which controls the first and second signal processing units to transmit the analog TV signal which corresponds to the digital TV signal selected from among a plurality of channels. With this configuration, it is possible for a user to view a digital TV broadcasting on an existing analog TV at minimal additional cost. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114107 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, CLOUD SERVER, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING THEREOF - An electronic apparatus is provided, which includes a searching unit searching for image forming devices to which the electronic apparatus is connectable, a user interface unit receiving a selection of an image forming device, by which a printing job is to be performed, of the searched image forming devices and receiving a selection of a document file, of which the printing job is to be performed, of document files stored in a cloud server, an updating unit receiving device information of the selected image forming device from the selected image forming device and updating device information of image forming devices pre-registered in the cloud server using the received device information of the image forming device, and a communication interface unit receiving print data of the selected document file from the cloud server and transferring the received print data to the selected image forming device. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114246 | LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS, BACKLIGHT UNIT HAVING THE SAME AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A light source apparatus, and a backlight unit including the same, and a method of manufacturing the light source apparatus are provided. The light source apparatus includes: a base substrate; a light source disposed on the base substrate; a lens disposed above the light source and including a hollow part in which the light source is housed and having a shape corresponding to an outer peripheral surface of the light source; and an adhesive fixing the lens to the base substrate in a state in which the outer peripheral surface of the light source contacts at least a part of an inner surface of the hollow part. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114300 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A backlight unit of a display apparatus, the backlight unit includes a light source unit disposed on at least one edge of a display panel; and a light guide plate disposed at rear of the display panel. The light guide plate includes a first pattern part including a plurality of first pattern lines formed on a lower surface of the light guide plate, and which extend perpendicularly to a transmission direction of the radiated light, and which totally reflect the radiated light to an upper surface of the light guide plate, and a second pattern part including a plurality of second pattern lines formed on the upper surface of the light guide plate, and which extend parallel with the transmission direction of the radiated light, and which guide light transmitted in the light guide plate to travel and exit along the second pattern lines. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114487 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING UPLINK PACKET DATA SERVICE - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving downlink control information in a mobile communication system supporting an uplink packet data service are provided. To transmit packet data in an HARQ mobile communication system, a second transceiver receives an RG as rate control information from a first transceiver. The second transceiver sets the allowed maximum data rate of an HARQ process to which the RG is applied to the allowed maximum data rate of an HARQ process previous to the HARQ process, if the RG indicates hold. The second transceiver transmits packet data within the set allowed maximum data rate to the first transceiver. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114534 | CONTROL CHANNEL DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MIMO SYSTEM - A control channel transmission/reception method and apparatus are provided. The control channel transmission method of a base station includes acquiring a criterion for sorting control channels, sorting the controls channels into at least two control channel sets based on the criterion, configuring the control channels by allocating at least one antenna port to each control channel set, and transmitting the control channels as configured. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114574 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEFINING TIMING REFERENCE FOR SECONDARY CELLS IN A SECONDARY TIMING ADVANCE GROUP - A user equipment (UE) is configured to perform a method for determining a timing reference for a secondary cell (SCell) in a secondary timing advance group (sTAG). The method includes selecting a SCell among a plurality of SCells within a sTAG as an uplink timing reference cell based on a predefined rule that is known at the UE and an eNB in communication with the UE. The method also includes receiving a downlink carrier from the selected SCell and determining, from the downlink carrier, a downlink timing used as a reference for an uplink transmission timing. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114575 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ-ACK FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method for transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK) feedback information is provided. The method includes obtaining HARQ-ACK feedback information, a total number of bits of which is less than or equal to four through performing group bundling on the HARQ-ACK feedback information of all sub-frames in a current HARQ-ACK bundling window of two Component Carriers (CCs), determining a number of Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resources provided for transmission of the HARQ-ACK feedback information according to data transmission modes of the two CCs, and a number of elements in the bundling window, and transmitting the HARQ-ACK feedback information after the group bundling to a base station on PUCCH channel resources adopting a PUCCH format 1b of channel selection according to the PUCCH channel resources mapped from the HARQ-ACK feedback information after the group bundling and modulation symbols. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114710 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING VIDEO BY PREDICTION USING REFERENCE PICTURE LIST, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECODING VIDEO BY PERFORMING COMPENSATION USING REFERENCE PICTURE LIST - A video prediction encoding method including setting a default number of reference images assigned to a list combination (LC) reference list in units of pictures, the LC reference list including at least one reference image from among a plurality of reference images included in reference lists L | 05-09-2013 |
20130114758 | COMMUNICATION INTERFACE APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR REDUCING NOISE OF DIFFERENTIAL SIGNALS - A communication interface apparatus is provided. The communication interface apparatus includes a differential signal generation unit which generates a differential signal on the basis of a ground of a display apparatus; a transformer which amplifies a difference between the generated differential signal and the ground of the display apparatus at a preset ratio on the basis of a ground of an external apparatus; and an output unit which outputs the amplified differential signal. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114820 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EMULATING SOUND - A method of emulating a sound of an audio apparatus by using a sound emulation apparatus includes obtaining k past samples (where k is a natural number that is equal to or greater than 1) by delaying a current sample of an audio signal; applying a plurality of characteristic functions indicating an input/output relationship of the audio apparatus to the current sample and the k past samples, respectively; and adding the current sample and the k past samples, to which the plurality of characteristic functions have been applied, respectively, to generate an emulation sound of the audio apparatus. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114885 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING STEREO IMAGE ACCORDING TO FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS OF INPUT IMAGE AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPRODUCING THE CREATED STEREO IMAGE - A method and an apparatus for creating a stereo image adaptively according to the characteristic of an input image and a method and an apparatus for reproducing the created stereo image are provided. The method for creating a stereo image includes selecting one of a left view image and a right view image that constitute the stereo image and measuring the directivity of high frequency components of the selected image, and synthesizing the left view image and the right view image into a stereo image in a format depending on the measured directivity. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114908 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD CAPABLE OF PROVIDING CHARACTER INFORMATION - An image processing apparatus and control method capable of providing character information are disclosed the apparatus includes a signal receiving unit which receives an image signal; an image processing unit which processes the received image signal so that an image based on the image signal can be displayed; a searching unit which searches search words; and a controller which controls the searching unit to search at least one of the search words included in the displayed image and provide a user with a result of the search for the search word. With this configuration, users can more conveniently search character information included in contents being watched. | 05-09-2013 |
20130115122 | ROTARY COMPRESSOR - A rotary compressor having an improved supporting structure and a smaller size thereof, reducing the vibration and noise and providing various fields of application other than an air conditioner, the rotary compressor provided with a compression part and a driving part and including a first case forming an external appearance of the rotary compressor, a second case provided inside the first case and provided with the compression part and the driving part at an inner side thereof, and a supporting member configured to support the second case and provided at an inner side of the first case. | 05-09-2013 |
20130115420 | NANO COMPOSITE WITH SUPERHYDROPHOBIC SURFACE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A nano composite with superhydrophobic surfaces including a bulk portion and a surface portion having a superhydrophobic pattern, wherein the bulk portion and the surface portion include the same material, and methods of manufacturing of the nano composite. | 05-09-2013 |
20130116015 | WIRELESS HEADSET AND BATTERY STATUS INDICATION METHOD THEREOF - A wireless headset capable of wireless communication with an external device is provided. The wireless headset includes a status indication unit, which emits one of at least three colors of light, and a control unit which controls the status indication unit. The control unit determines whether the wireless headset is connected to an external power source and controls to light a first color when the wireless headset is connected and a residual battery charge of the wireless headset is at a low level, to light a third color when the wireless headset is connected and the residual battery charge is at a high level, and to blink the first color when the wireless headset is not connected to the external power and the residual battery charge is at the low level. | 05-09-2013 |
20130116447 | FUSED POLYHETEROAROMATIC COMPOUND, ORGANIC THIN FILM INCLUDING THE COMPOUND, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE ORGANIC THIN FILM - A low-molecular-weight fused polycyclic heteroaromatic compound may have a compact planar structure in which seven or more rings are fused together. The compound may exhibit a relatively high charge mobility and enable the use of a deposition process or a room-temperature solution process when applied to devices, therefore realizing improved processibility. An organic thin film and electronic device may include the fused polycyclic heteroaromatic compound. | 05-09-2013 |
20130116706 | SURGICAL ROBOT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A method for controlling a surgical robot includes calculating an external force acting on a robot arm mounted with a surgical instrument, filtering the external force acting on the robot arm when a central point of an incision is set, calculating a virtual force to enable the surgical instrument which is positioned away from the central point of the incision to return to the central point of the incision, and applying the calculated virtual force to the filtered external force, to control movement of the robot arm. As a result, it is possible to compactly design the surgical robot and thereby reduce the volume of the surgical robot. | 05-09-2013 |
20130116820 | WALKING ROBOT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A walking robot generates a target trajectory for walking on stairs using a target trajectory used for walking on level ground. A control method controls the robot by generating a target trajectory for walking on stairs using a target trajectory used for walking on level ground. The stairs-walking target-trajectory is generated via simplified calculation using the level-walking target-trajectory. | 05-09-2013 |
20130116823 | MOBILE APPARATUS AND WALKING ROBOT - A mobile apparatus and a position recognition method thereof capable of enhancing performance in position recognition, such as accuracy and convergence in position recognition of the mobile apparatus performs the position recognition by use of a distributed filter system, which is composed of a plurality of local filters independently operating and a single fusion filter that integrates the position recognition result performed by each of the plurality of local filters. The mobile apparatus includes a plurality of sensors, a plurality of local filters configured to receive detection information from at least one of the plurality of sensors to perform a position recognition of the mobile apparatus, and a fusion filter configured to integrate the position recognition result of the plurality of local filters and to perform a position recognition of the mobile apparatus by using the integrated position recognition result. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117579 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PORTABLE TERMINAL FOR APPLICATION DATA PROTECTION - A method of operating a portable terminal for encrypting application data is provided. The method includes receiving data input to an application, encrypting the received data by using at least one of an application unique key and a combination of a device unique key of the portable terminal and an application IDentification (ID) that is globally unique, and storing the encrypted data. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117617 | SEMICONDUCTOR TEST DEVICE AND METHOD OF GENERATING ADDRESS SCRAMBLE USING THE SAME - The method of generating an address scramble includes receiving address information for each of a plurality of memory cells included in a semiconductor memory device and the address information that includes a logical address and a physical address corresponding to each of the memory cells; generating an address scramble logical expression, the address scramble logical expression relating logical addresses to physical addresses based on the address information; and reducing the address scramble logical expression using a given algorithm. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117698 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A display method of a display apparatus is provided. The display method includes displaying an interaction image including one or more objects therein, detecting a touch input with respect to the interaction image, and if detecting the touch input, changing a display status of the interaction image to express physical interaction of the one or more objects in response to the touch input. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117795 | APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A BROADCAST STREAM INCLUDING AN ONLINE SERVICE IN A CHANNEL LIST AND A METHOD THEREOF - Provided are an apparatus and method for generating a combined channel list including broadcast services and one or more online services. The apparatus includes: a broadcast receiver which receives a broadcast stream comprising a plurality of broadcast services, and a plurality of logical channel numbers (LCNs) for the plurality of broadcast services; a network communicator which communicates with a network; and a processor which generates a channel list, wherein the broadcast receiver receives information indicating a network location through the received broadcast stream, the network communicator connects to the indicated network location to receive online service information including an LCN of an online service receivable by the network communicator, and the processor generates the channel list based on the plurality of LCNs of the plurality of broadcast services and the LCN of the online service. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117808 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENHANCING SECURITY IN HETEROGENEOUS COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - An apparatus and method for enhancing security and stability in a heterogeneous computing environment that supports an open standard parallel program are provided. A method of enhancing security in a heterogeneous computing environment may include loading a source code kernel corresponding to an application program to be installed in a host system, determining whether the source code kernel is targeted for integrity check, based on a security policy of the host system, prior to cross-compiling the source code kernel, requesting a security engine of a computing device to check an integrity of the source code kernel, when the source code kernel is determined to be targeted for the integrity check, and controlling an operation of a runtime compiler based on a check result received from the security engine. | 05-09-2013 |
20130118210 | WASHING MACHINE HAVING VIBRATION REDUCING APPARATUS AND VIBRATION REDUCING METHOD USING THE SAME - A washing machine with a vibration reducing apparatus is capable of reducing a tub by use of the gyroscopic effect. If the drum is rotated in an imbalanced state where the laundry is positioned at a side of the drum without being uniformly distributed, a biased force is applied to a rotary shaft, and the drum performs an eccentric motion, causing vibration of the tub. The vibration of the tub is increased when the drum rotates at a high speed. The washing machine measures vibration of the tub at the high speed, and generates a vibration restraining force, thereby preventing the vibration from being transmitted to the outside due to a reaction force. The efficiency in reducing the excessive vibration of the tub is enhanced, so that the interval between the tub and the frame is reduced, thereby increasing the capacity of the washing machine. | 05-16-2013 |
20130118211 | DRUM WASHING MACHINE - A drum washing machine provided with a dynamic absorber capable of reducing the vibration of a low frequency band, the drum washing machine including a body, a drum rotatably installed at an inside the body, a tub installed to vibrate while surrounding the drum, and a dynamic absorber installed at the tub to directly reduce vibration delivered to the tub, wherein the dynamic absorber includes a mass body and an elastic member configured to elastically support the mass body for the mass body to move toward a direction of the vibration of the tub to reduce the vibration of the tub. | 05-16-2013 |
20130118528 | ROBOT CLEANER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A robot cleaner and a control method thereof includes determining whether a first cleaning mode has been selected, upon determining that the first cleaning mode has been selected, defining a plurality of cleaning regions based on a position of the robot cleaner, and sequentially cleaning the defined cleaning regions. | 05-16-2013 |
20130118572 | CONDUCTIVE PASTE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SOLAR CELL INCLUDING AN ELECTRODE FORMED USING THE CONDUCTIVE PASTE - A conductive paste includes a conductive powder, a metallic glass having a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to about 600° C. and a supercooled liquid region of greater than or equal to 0 K, and an organic vehicle, and an electronic device and a solar cell include an electrode formed using the conductive paste. | 05-16-2013 |
20130119270 | WAVELENGTH DIVISION DEVICES, MULTI-WAVELENGTH LIGHT GENERATORS AND OPTICAL BIOSENSOR SYSTEMS USING THE SAME - A multi-wavelength light generator includes a broadband light source and a wavelength division device. The multi-wavelength light generator is configured to generate a first output light having a first line width. The wavelength division device is configured to divide a wavelength of the first output light to provide a plurality of second output lights. Each of the second output lights has a second line width narrower than the first line width, and each of the second output lights is used as a light source of each channel of an optical sensor. | 05-16-2013 |
20130119423 | SEMICONDUCTOR LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND PACKAGE - A semiconductor light emitting device and package containing the same include: a light emitting structure including a first conductivity-type semiconductor layer, an active layer, and a second conductivity-type semiconductor layer. A light extraction layer is disposed on the light emitting structure and includes a light-transmissive thin film layer having light transmittance, a nano-rod layer including nano-rods disposed on the light-transmissive thin film layer, and a nano-wire layer including nano-wires disposed on the nano-rod layer. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120243 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus and a control method thereof, the display apparatus including: an image acquirer which acquires an image of a plurality of users; a display which displays the image acquired by the image acquirer; and a controller which selects a user making a predetermined gesture among the plurality of users in the image and controls the display apparatus to perform an operation corresponding to the selected user out of operations which are capable of being performed by the display apparatus when the image of the plurality of users is acquired through the image acquirer and the predetermined gesture is recognized from the acquired image. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120251 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MUTUALLY CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A system and a method for an electronic device among a plurality of electronic devices connected to each other to control at least one other electronic device among the plurality of electronic devices are provided. The method includes detecting whether a first electronic device of the plurality of electronic devices connects to a second electronic device of the plurality of electronic devices, performing, when the first electronic device and the second electronic devices are connected to each other, an enumeration process where the first electronic device and the second electronic device both transmit and receive information regarding their respective drivers to each other; and controlling the second electronic device using an input unit of the first electronic device and controlling the first electronic device using an input unit of the second electronic device. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120276 | DISPLAY MODE SWITCHING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - The present application relates to a display mode switching device and method for a portable electronic device. In particular, the present application relates to a portable electronic device that can switch display modes of an integrated display and input device to facilitate composition of a text message by switching between a portrait mode and a landscape mode. A portable electronic device may use a display mode switching method in which a posture of the portable electronic device can be checked, and a display mode can be selected based on the posture. A portrait-mode text messaging composition window with a portrait-mode key map and a landscape-mode text messaging composition window with a landscape-mode key map can be displayed in the selected display mode. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120294 | APPARATUS WITH TOUCH SCREEN FOR PRELOADING MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An apparatus for a touch screen is provided. The apparatus includes a touch screen having a first window in which a first application is run and a second window in which a second application is run, a storage element for storing a plurality of applications including the first and second applications, and preset information about an arrangement order in which the plurality of applications are placed, and a controller for controlling the touch screen to display the first and second applications in the first and second windows, respectively, and determining a predetermined number of applications, with respect to the first and second applications, for preloading in an active region of the storage element from among the plurality of applications based on the preset information about the arrangement. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120295 | MOBILE DEVICE FOR EXECUTING MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS AND METHOD FOR SAME - A mobile device for executing multiple applications is provided. The mobile device includes a touch screen for displaying a first window where a first application is executed, a second window where a second application different from the first application is executed, and a controller for displaying an execution keys for executing the multiple applications, determining whether a simultaneous execution input for the first application and the second application is input or not, and if the simultaneous execution input is input then displaying the first application on the first window and the second application on the second window. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120302 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DATA DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a data displaying method thereof are disclosed. The device includes at least one sensor including a touch sensor to generate touch events according to touch events, a flexible sensor to generate a bend signal to detect bend events, and a pressure sensor to generate a pressure signal to detect pressure events, a storage unit to store a function table, and a controller to control the components of the device. The function table is configured to define control operations to reproduce currently output contents based on the touch events, the bend events, the pressure events, and events combined thereof. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120370 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING ASTHENOPIA OF THREE DIMENSIONAL IMAGE - A method of measuring asthenopia of displayed 3-dimensional (3D) images, the method including: | 05-16-2013 |
20130120447 | MOBILE DEVICE FOR EXECUTING MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile device for executing multiple applications and a method thereof are provided, in which a touch screen is included, a multi-application panel is displayed in a portion of the touch screen, including a plurality of multi-application sets, each multi-application set having a plurality of applications, and when at least one of the plurality of multi-application sets is touched in the multi-application panel, a controller executes a plurality of applications included in the touched multi-application set and displays the executed applications on the touch screen. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120520 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING EMOTION EXPRESSION SERVICE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for providing an emotion expression service in a mobile communication terminal are provided. The method includes performing a video call with another terminal, recognizing, by the mobile communication terminal, a shaking of the other terminal using images received from the other terminal, and generating a vibration of the mobile communication terminal corresponding to the recognized shaking of the other terminal. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120623 | IMAGE METHOD AND APPARATUS - Disclosed is an imaging sensor. The image sensor may comprise a plurality of pixels. At least one of the plurality of pixels may comprise a plurality of photo-diodes, wherein the plurality of photo-diodes share a portion of a detecting. The detecting circuit may comprise at least one of a reset transistor, a source follower, a selective transistor and a Floating Diffusion (FD) node. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120630 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TEMPERATURE IN MOBILE DEVICE - A temperature control system of a mobile device is provided. The system includes a memory for storing a set temperature value and a release temperature value, a temperature sensor for sensing an internal temperature of the mobile device; at least one module that emits heat, and a controller. The controller compares the output of the temperature sensor with the set temperature value in a normal mode in order to determine whether the mobile device is overheated, and controls, if the mobile device is overheated, the at least one module to operate in a heat generation suppressing mode, compares the output of the temperature sensor with the release temperature value in the heat generation suppressing mode in order to determine whether to release the heat generation suppressing mode, and executes the normal mode if the heat generation suppressing mode is released according to the comparison result. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120631 | METHOD OF OPERATING CAMERA INCLUDING INFORMATION SUPPLEMENT FUNCTION AND TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method of operating a camera including an information supplement function which supports to write a specific type of information desired by a user during a camera operation, and a terminal for supporting the same are provided. The method includes activating the camera module, and outputting to a display unit, an information editing area having an information supplement function together with at least one of a preview area for outputting the preview image, a photographed image area according to completion of photographing, and an on-photographing area according to a state of on-photographing of at least one of time points when a preview image of an object for photographing at least one of a picture and a moving picture by the activated camera module is output, when a photographing for one of a picture and a moving picture is complete, and when a moving picture is being photographed. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120773 | Terminal Device Having Correction Function For Natural Color And Method Thereof - A terminal device having a correction function for natural color and a method thereof are provided for creating an image closest in color to the natural color. A priority storing unit stores at a reference color data area a range of natural colors which are colors of objects existing in the natural world. A color editing unit corrects natural color image data corresponding to the natural color area, based on a command for correcting the natural area existing in a predetermined image from the user. A controlling unit decides whether the natural color image data corrected by the color editing unit is included in the reference color data area. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121060 | NON-VOLATILE MEMORY ELEMENTS AND MEMORY DEVICES INCLUDING THE SAME - Non-volatile memory elements, memory devices including the same, and methods for operating and manufacturing the same may include a memory layer between a first electrode and a second electrode spaced apart from the first electrode. The memory layer may include a first material layer and a second material layer, and may have a resistance change characteristic due to movement of ionic species between the first material layer and the second material layer. At least the first material layer of the first and second material layers may be doped with a metal. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121185 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING MOBILITY MANAGEMENT IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH LARGE NUMBER OF ANTENNAS - A base station and mobile station are configured to perform control beam association. A method at the base station includes transmitting at least one first control beam including reference signals on which the mobile station can perform a measurement. The method also includes receiving a first measurement report from the mobile station of the at least one first control beam. The method further includes, based on the first measurement report, selecting at least one of the at least one first control beam for at least one control channel for the mobile station to associate with. The method still further includes transmitting control information in the at least one control channel to the mobile station using the at least one selected control beam, the control information comprising at least one resource allocation indication for the mobile station. The at least one selected control beam is associated to the mobile station. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121213 | DATA ACQUISITION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a terminal for acquiring information on the media supported by an emergency center to provide the terminal with the emergency call service using non-voice media as well voice media are provided. A method includes receiving information on media supported by an Internet Protocol (IP) Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) from a server, storing the information on the media supported by the IMS, and transmitting a signal to a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) based on the information on the media supported by the IMS and the terminal. The emergency call processing method of the present invention allows only the terminal capable of NOVES to perform the media information acquisition procedure, thereby avoiding overhead caused by media acquisition attempts of a large number of terminal. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121273 | METHOD OF REFERENCE SIGNALING RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In legacy systems such as 3 | 05-16-2013 |
20130121276 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for transmitting control information by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes determining a precoder to be applied to a resource and a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) port, the resource being used to transmit the control information, and the DMRS port corresponding to the resource and being used to transmit a DMRS, precoding the resource and the DMRS port by using the determined precoder, and transmitting the control information and the DMRS to a user equipment. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121342 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN MULTI-ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal in a multi-antenna system is provided. The method includes designating an analog beam to a plurality of generated modulation symbol sequences corresponding to a plurality of antenna ports, for each antenna port of the plurality, multiplexing signals, to which a beam is designated by the beam assignment, to a plurality of beam groups each having the same antenna beam combination, mapping beam group signals generated by the beam multiplexing, to at least one Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol and time and frequency resources, generating OFDM symbol signals corresponding to one or more antenna beams by OFDM-converting the beam group signals according to the resource mapping, converting the OFDM symbol signals into analog Radio Frequency (RF) signals, and transmitting the analog RF signals via a plurality of antenna elements by carrying the analog RF signals on associated antenna beams by analog beamforming. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121465 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - The X-ray imaging apparatus includes an X-ray generator to generate X-rays having at least two different energy levels and irradiate the X-rays onto a subject, a detector to detect the X-rays irradiated by the X-ray generator and transmitted through the subject, and a device to obtain images from the X-rays detected by the detector, to obtain bone image information and soft tissue image information of the subject, based on the obtained X-ray images, and to produce one image including the bone image information and the soft tissue image information. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121477 | RADIOGRAPHIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A radiographic apparatus includes an X-ray source unit, a measurement unit configured to measure either one or both of a force and a torque applied to the X-ray source unit, at least one motor configured to move the X-ray source unit, and a system control unit configured to control the at least one motor to move the X-ray source unit according to a direction and a magnitude of the either one or both of the force and the torque measured by the measurement unit. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121733 | DEVELOPING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a developing device. The developing device includes a housing having a toner containing unit and a developing unit, a partition member, having a toner supply window, coupled to the housing to partition the toner containing unit and the developing unit, a barrier film attached to the partition member to close the toner supply window, the barrier film having one end exposed out of the housing through a discharge port provided at a side wall of the housing, and a sheet member to guide and discharge the barrier film out of the housing. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121890 | PHOTOCATALYST-CONTAINING FILTER MATERIAL, AND PHOTOCATALYST FILTER INCLUDING THE FILTER MATERIAL - A filter material containing a photocatalyst that has both adsorption and decomposition functions is disclosed. A filter employing the filter material is also disclosed. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122395 | COMPOSITION, COMPOSITE PREPARED FROM THE COMPOSITION, ELECTRODE USING THE COMPOSITION OR THE COMPOSITE, COMPOSITE MEMBRANE INCLUDING THE COMPOSITE, AND FUEL CELL INCLUDING THE COMPOSITE MEMBRANE - A composition including a cross-linkable compound and at least one selected from compounds represented by Formula 1, a composite obtained from the composition, an electrode including the composition or the composite, a composite membrane including the composite, and a fuel cell including the composite membrane, | 05-16-2013 |
20130122806 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING PICC IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for selecting a Proximity Interface Coupling Card (PICC) of a portable terminal having a Near Field Communication (NFC) module including multiple PICCs are provided. The method includes activating the NFC module when the portable terminal is at a power-off state, determining whether a key signal for activating one PICC among the multiple of PICCs is inputted in the activated NFC module, and activating the PICC mapped with the inputted key signal when the key signal is inputted. | 05-16-2013 |
20130123015 | IMAGE SENSOR, OPERATION METHOD THEREOF AND APPARATUSES INCUDING THE SAME - An operation method of an image sensor includes determining a distance between the image sensor and an object, and activating at least one of a color pixel, a depth pixel and a thermal pixel included in a pixel array of the image sensor based on a determined distance and a reference distance. | 05-16-2013 |
20130123603 | MEDICAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING MEDICAL IMAGE USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a medical device which displays an object relating to an image considered to include an indication relating to a pathological entity, such as, for example, a lesion, on a terminal on which a medical image is displayed, and a method for displaying a medical image by using the same. The medical device includes a display device, a communication device which communicates with an external device, and a controller which displays an image which includes the indication relating to a pathological entity on the display device when the communication device receives image information relating to a subject. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124197 | MULTI-LAYERED SPEECH RECOGNITION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A multi-layered speech recognition apparatus and method, the apparatus includes a client checking whether the client recognizes the speech using a characteristic of speech to be recognized and recognizing the speech or transmitting the characteristic of the speech according to a checked result; and first through N-th servers, wherein the first server checks whether the first server recognizes the speech using the characteristic of the speech transmitted from the client, and recognizes the speech or transmits the characteristic according to a checked result, and wherein an n-th (2≦n≦N) server checks whether the n-th server recognizes the speech using the characteristic of the speech transmitted from an (n−1)-th server, and recognizes the speech or transmits the characteristic according to a checked result. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124842 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF BOOTING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING HIBERNATION FUNCTION - A method of booting an image forming apparatus having a hibernation function. In the method, when booting of the image forming apparatus starts, whether a storage device has a defect is checked based on a flag indicating whether the hibernation function is activated, and a system of the image forming apparatus is booted using a stored boot image. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124871 | APPLICATION EXECUTION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF TERMINAL - An application execution system and a method for executing applications, at a terminal, with security check on the application package are provided. The system includes an application creator including an enabler, for creating an application package including a plurality of binary codes and content files, and for adding a checksum file generated by ciphering, at the enabler, information on a main binary of the application package, and a terminal storing the application, for determining a validity of the application package, and for executing an application according to the validity of the application package, and a subsystem including a checker, for ciphering the main binary of the application package using the checker added to the open function in response to the call, for notifying, when the result of the ciphering and the checksum file match with each other, the operating system of the successful validation. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124887 | COMPUTER SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A computer system includes memory units; a power supply to supply power to the memory units; and a controller to control the supply of power to the plurality of memory units so as to intercept power supplied from the power supply to at least one of the memory units, among the plurality of memory units according to user input. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124894 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SAVING POWER IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A portable terminal for providing a Wi-Fi Peer-to-Peer (P2P) function is provided. An apparatus and a method of a portable terminal for enhancing a data transmission performance by adjusting a Notice of Absence (NoA) duration in a NoA-based power saving mode are provided. The apparatus includes a communication unit for receiving Notice of Absence (NoA) information for a power saving mode, a control unit for controlling a client of a group to enter the power saving mode based on the NoA information, and a power management unit for generating the NoA information for the power saving mode. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124896 | LOW-POWER SYSTEM-ON-CHIP - A system-on-chip comprises a power-off domain block; and a power-on domain block that analyzes externally transferred data during a power-down state of the power-off domain block, wherein the power-on domain block executes an operation of the power-off domain block or a wake-up operation, based on an analyzed result of the externally transferred data. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124897 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL POWER SUPPLY TO NETWORK DEVICE - An apparatus to control power of an electronic device includes a local area network (LAN) controller to control network communication of the electronic device, a communication interface connected to an external dongle to perform the network communication, a connection detector to detect whether a first signal for connection with the LAN controller is received from the external dongle, and a power controller to supply power to the LAN controller when the first signal is detected and to shut off power to the LAN controller when the first signal is not detected. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124937 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE SERVICE SYSTEM - A method for transmitting data in a second device that performs a Device-to-Device (D2D) service is provided. The method includes determining cooperative communication, if a value indicating a channel condition between a first device and a third device is less than or equal to a predetermined threshold, overhearing data transmitted from the first device to the third device and overhearing a response signal transmitted from the third device to the first device, to identify a transmission-failed data block of the first device, and if there are data transmission resources left at a predetermined scheduled data transmission time, transmitting the transmission-failed data block of the first device to the third device by piggybacking the transmission-failed data block on transmission data of the second device. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124941 | CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK CODE GENERATING CIRCUIT, SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE, AMD METHOD OF DRIVING SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE - Disclosed are a semiconductor memory device, and a method of driving the same, and a cyclic redundancy check code generating circuit capable of performing cyclic redundancy check. A semiconductor memory device according to an aspect of the present invention includes a memory cell array, a data processing unit receiving data that is read from the memory cell array and selectively outputting at least some of the data according to ordering information, bit structure information, and burst length information, and a check code generating unit generating a cyclic redundancy check code to detect an error in the data being output, the check code generating unit generating and outputting the cyclic redundancy check code by using the read data, the ordering information, the bit structure information, and the burst length information. | 05-16-2013 |
20130125067 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING MOVEMENT OF CURSOR - A display apparatus and method capable of controlling the movement of a cursor are provided. The display apparatus includes an input unit which receives a cursor movement command; a display unit which displays a cursor and at least one object on a screen and moves the cursor in accordance with the cursor movement command; and a control unit which, in response to the cursor being placed in contact with the at least one object, controls the display unit to automatically move the cursor to a target point in the at least one object, wherein a size of the cursor varies depending on properties of the movement of the cursor. Therefore, it is possible to minimize the probability of a cursor mistakenly being moved to an object automatically against the intention of a user. | 05-16-2013 |
20130125173 | SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS, SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - A signal processing apparatus is provided. The signal processing apparatus includes: a memory unit in which a plurality of channels and Internet addresses corresponding to the channels are stored; a network connecting unit which is connectable to the Internet; and a control unit which controls the network connecting unit to connect to an Internet address corresponding to a channel selected by a user and to receive content provided from the connected Internet address. | 05-16-2013 |
20130125764 | VENTILATION APPARATUS AND COOKING SYSTEM HAVING THE SAME - A ventilation system that allows air to be directly discharged indoors, a the ventilation system including a body and a ventilation apparatus provided at an edge of an upper surface of the body and configured to take in polluted air generated during cooking, wherein the ventilation apparatus includes a suction port configured to take in the polluted air, a suction fan provided at an inside the body and configured to generate a suction force for the polluted air to be taken in through the suction port, a passage through which the air taken in through the suction port passes, at least one filter mounted at an inside the passage and configured to purify the air passing through the passage, and an exit port communicating with one end portion of the passage and configured to discharge the air purified by the at least one filter indoors. | 05-23-2013 |
20130126082 | METAL COPPER CLAD LAMINATE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING METAL CORE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD USING THE SAME - There are provided a metal copper clad laminate (MCCL) and a method of manufacturing a metal core printed circuit board (MCPCB) using the same. The MCCL includes a metal plate; a first polyimide adhesive layer laminated on the metal plate, the first polyimide adhesive layer having a shape corresponding to that of the metal plate so as not to expose an upper surface of the metal plate; a polyimide insulating layer laminated on the polyimide adhesive layer; and copper cladding laminated on the polyimide insulating layer. | 05-23-2013 |
20130126094 | SUBSTRATE PROCESSING APPARATUS - Disclosed is a substrate processing apparatus with an improved structure to reduce impurities in a chamber being attached to a substrate during processing of the substrate. The substrate processing apparatus generates plasma to process a substrate and includes a sidewall configured to receive the substrate on a receiving portion surrounded by the sidewall and a dielectric coupled to an upper part of the sidewall configured to hermetically seal the receiving portion, wherein the dielectric includes a shielding portion protruding from a bottom of the dielectric opposite the substrate to an inside of the receiving portion and a curved portion in a region at which the bottom and the shielding portion are connected to each other. | 05-23-2013 |
20130126219 | MULTI-PLY CIRCUIT BOARD WITH FIBER BUNDLES - Provided is a circuit board that includes a first layer on which circuit patterns are disposed, a second layer opposite to the first layer and on which external terminals are disposed, and a core portion disposed between the first and second layers and including a first ply and a second ply which are stacked. The first ply includes a first fiber bundle extending in a first direction, a second fiber bundle extending in a second direction, and a non-fiber area defined by the first and second fiber bundles. The second ply includes a first fiber bundle extending in a third direction and a second fiber bundle extending in a fourth direction. The first and second fiber bundles of the second ply overlap at least part of the non-fiber area of the first ply. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127056 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES INCLUDING DUAL DAMASCENE METALLIZATION STRUCTURES - A semiconductor device can include a dual-damascene metallization structure that may provide a reduced resistance by providing barrier layers that are different materials. The semiconductor device can include a device layer and a lower conductive layer that can be electrically connected to the device layer. A lower barrier layer can surround the lower conductive layer and an upper conductive layer can be disposed on the lower conductive layer and can be electrically connected to the lower conductive layer. An upper barrier layer can surround the upper conductive layer and can including material that is different from a material included in the lower barrier layer. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127486 | Test Pad Structure, A Pad Structure For Inspecting A Semiconductor Chip And A Wiring Substrate For A Tape Package Having The Same - A test pad structure may include a plurality of test pads and a plurality of connection leads. A plurality of the test pads may be sequentially arranged from a wiring pattern on a substrate and arranged in rows parallel with one another. The plurality of the test pads may include a first group of test pads having at least one pad and a second group of test pads having at least two pads. A plurality of the connection leads may extend from end portions of the wiring pattern to be connected to the plurality of test pads. A plurality of the connection leads may include at least one inner lead passing between the at least two pads of the second group of the test pads and arranged in a first row closest to the first group of the test pads. The at least one inner lead may be connected to at least one pad of the at least two pads of the second group of the test pads arranged in a second row next to the first row. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127754 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes: an image processing unit which processes an image signal; a display unit which displays a picture or an image based on the image signal; a user input unit which includes a touch pad to receive a touch input from a user; and a controller which, according to a user's first touch input received in one of four edge regions of the touch pad corresponding to four edge regions of the picture, respectively, displays, on the picture, a first UI of a function of a category corresponding to the edge region in which the user's first touch input is received, of function categories allocated for the four edge regions of the picture, and performs the function according to the user's first touch input. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127841 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL (3D) IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR 3D IMAGING AND DISPLAYING CONTENTS ACCORDING TO START OR END OF OPERATION - A method of displaying contents performed by a display apparatus, the method including: displaying the contents according to a current operation mode; and when data for 3D display of an object is displayed, in a case where an operation is determined to end, displaying data for 2D display of the object on a display device, instead of the data for 3D display of the object. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127991 | SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION CODING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR 3D VIDEO - An encoding apparatus and method for encoding supplementary information of a three-dimensional (3D) video may determine that an updated parameter among parameters included in camera information and parameters included in depth range information is a parameter to be encoded. The encoding apparatus may generate update information including information about the updated parameter and information about a parameter not updated, perform floating-point conversion of the updated parameter, and encode the update information and the floating-point converted parameter. A decoding apparatus and method for decoding supplementary information of a 3D video may receive and decode encoded supplementary information by determining whether the encoded supplementary information includes update information. When update information is included, the decoding apparatus may classifying the decoded supplementary information, perform floating-point inverse conversion of the updated parameter, and store latest supplementary information in a storage. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127996 | METHOD OF RECOGNIZING STAIRS IN THREE DIMENSIONAL DATA IMAGE - A method of recognizing stairs in a 3D data image includes an image acquirer that acquires a 3D data image of a space in which stairs are located. An image processor calculates a riser height between two consecutive treads of the stairs in the 3D data image, identifies points located between the two consecutive treads according to the calculated riser height, and detects a riser located between the two consecutive treads through the points located between the two consecutive treads. Then, the image processor calculates a tread depth between two consecutive risers of the stairs in the 3D data image, identifies points located between the two consecutive risers according to the calculated tread depth, and detects a tread located between the two consecutive risers through the points located between the two consecutive risers. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128073 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING WHITE BALANCE - An apparatus and method for adjusting a white balance, and more particularly, an apparatus and method for adjusting a white balance of an image captured with a complex light source are provided. The apparatus includes a camera unit, and a controller for controlling recognition of a facial image from an image captured by the camera unit and, if it is determined that the image has been captured with a complex light source based on a comparison between a white balance gain calculated based on a facial skin color of the recognized facial image and a white balance gain calculated based on a white balance scheme, for adjusting a white balance of the captured image based on a final white balance gain extracted by interpolating the two white balance gains. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128098 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, DRIVING CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An image pickup apparatus includes an image pickup unit to photograph a subject by using a photographing device, a control unit to determine an operation mode of the image pickup apparatus, and, when the operation mode of the image pickup apparatus is a manual focusing mode, the control unit selects a focus detecting method to be applied among a plurality of focus detecting methods according to a focus operation of a user, a determination unit to determine a focus state for the subject by using the selected focus detecting method, and a user interface unit to indicate the determined focus state. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128132 | TUNABLE TERAHERTZ METAMATERIAL FILTER - A tunable terahertz (THz) metamaterial (MTM) filter including: a first wire grid and a second wire grid that are arranged parallel to each other; a dielectric substrate and a liquid crystal layer that are sequentially disposed between the first wire grid and the second wire grid; a plurality of metal strips that are disposed between the dielectric substrate and the liquid crystal layer; and a first control electrode electrically connected to the first wire grid and a second control electrode electrically connected to the second wire grid. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128311 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS SUPPORTING PEER-TO-PEER CONNECTION AND METHOD OF EXECUTING APPLICATION PROGRAM THEREOF THROUGH INTERNET PROTOCOL ADDRESS LINKAGE - An application program may be executed through an Internet protocol (IP) address linkage in an image forming apparatus supporting a peer-to-peer connection. The application program may be executed by performing a method which includes connecting the image forming apparatus to a wireless device through a wireless local area network, driving a soft access point (AP) module of the image forming apparatus so that the image forming apparatus functions as an AP, driving a dynamic host configuration protocol server of the image forming apparatus to allocate a dynamic IP address to the connected wireless device, and linking the dynamic IP address allocated to the wireless device with a static IP address that is preset with respect to the wireless device. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128323 | IMAGE SCANNING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMAGE SCANNING - An image scanning apparatus is provided. The image scanning apparatus includes a user interface unit receiving a color to be removed during a scanning operation, a scanning unit scanning an original copy by using a color-changeable light source, a storage unit storing the scanned image of the scanned original copy and a control unit controlling the light source to output a color corresponding to the received color onto the original copy. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128324 | RASTER IMAGE CONVERSION APPARATUS, IMAGE SCANNING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONVERTING RASTER IMAGE, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A raster image conversion apparatus, a method of converting a raster image, an image scanning apparatus, and a computer-readable recording medium. The method includes dividing the raster image into a background area, a single color area, and a multicolored area, generating metacommands respectively corresponding to the background area, the single color area, and the muiticolored area, and generating a metafile based on the generated metacommands, such that the generation of the metacommands includes vectoring a contour of the single color area and generating a metacommand corresponding to the vectored contour. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128671 | FLASH MEMORY DEVICE AND PROGRAM METHOD - Disclosed is a flash memory device and programming method that includes; receiving buffer data and determining between a high-speed mode and a reliability mode for buffer data, and upon determining the reliability mode storing the buffer data in a first buffer region, and upon determining the high-speed mode storing the buffer data in a second buffer region. The memory cell array of the flash memory including a main region and a separately designated buffer region divided into the first buffer region and second buffer region. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128683 | Semiconductor Devices and Methods for Changing Operating Characteristics and Semiconductor Systems Including the Same - A method of changing a parameter in a semiconductor device is provided. The method includes receiving and storing data in a storage region; and changing at least one between a DC characteristic and an AC timing characteristic of a parameter, used to access a non-volatile memory cell included in a memory core of the semiconductor device, according to the data stored in the storage. | 05-23-2013 |
20130129097 | SOUND QUALITY EVALUATION APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus for evaluating sound quality and a method thereof may include generating an original sound, measuring a test sound generated from a subject of sound quality evaluation, analyzing a signal of the test sound measured according to a time domain, generating a plurality delay signals that are delayed from the signal of the time domain by one period, determining a degree of matching by matching the signal of the time domain to each delay signal, determining whether a white nose is occurred based on the degree of matching, and outputting the status of the white noise on the subject of the sound evaluation. The signal of the test sound may be analyzed according to a frequency domain, and a degree of occurrence of buzz and rattle is determined based on a fundamental frequency of the frequency domain and a plurality of Harmonics corresponding to the frequency domain. | 05-23-2013 |
20130129109 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECOGNIZING EARPHONE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for preventing an erroneous operation according to generation of an interrupt signal during separation and mounting procedures of an earphone are provided. The method includes detecting generation of an interrupt associated with a change in a connection state between the earphone and an interface unit, determining the connection state when the generation of the interrupt is detected, determining whether a preset stabilizing time for stabilizing the change in the connection state has elapsed, determining whether the determined connection state is identical with a connection state before the generation of the interrupt when the preset stabilizing time elapses, and maintaining the connection state before the generation of the interrupt when the determined connection state is identical with the connection state before the generation of the interrupt. | 05-23-2013 |
20130129113 | SOUND SOURCE SIGNAL FILTERING APPARATUS BASED ON CALCULATED DISTANCE BETWEEN MICROPHONE AND SOUND SOURCE - Provided is a sound source signal filtering method and apparatus. The sound source signal filtering method includes: generating two or more microphone output signals by combining sound source signals input through a plurality of microphones; calculating distances between the microphones and a sound source from which the sound source signals are emitted by using distance relationships according to frequencies of the sound source signals extracted from the generated microphone output signals; and filtering the sound source signals to obtain one or more sound source signals corresponding to a predetermined distance by using the calculated distances. Accordingly, it is possible to obtain only sound source signals emitted from a sound source at a particular distance from the microphone array among a plurality of sound source signals input through the microphone array. | 05-23-2013 |
20130129139 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY VISUALIZING A COLLECTION OF IMAGES IN THE FORM OF A COLLAGE - A method and apparatus of presenting a collection of images in the form of a collage is provided. The method dynamically visualizes the collection of images in the form of a collage. The method includes receiving the image from the collection of the images; adjusting parameters of dynamic visualization; analyzing distribution of colors in local areas of the images and the collage; modifying the image by adding the decorative elements of which the appearance depends on the distribution of colors in the local areas of the images and the local areas of the collage; modifying the collage by changing an appearance of decorative elements in the image; determining a position of the modified image on the modified collage; and generating a sequence of frames showing an occurrence of the modified image in the collage. | 05-23-2013 |
20130129171 | COMPUTER-AIDED DIAGNOSIS METHOD AND COMPUTER-AIDED DIAGNOSIS APPARATUS THEREFOR - A Computer-Aided Diagnosis (CAD) apparatus for correctly detecting a nodule is provided. The CAD apparatus includes an input device for receiving a first image captured by emitting X-rays towards a user and a second image that is discriminated from the first image and is an image of the user; an information acquisition device for acquiring a bone model of the user by using the second image; and a CAD device for compensating for the first image by using the bone model. | 05-23-2013 |
20130129358 | TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR AUTO PAIRING, REMOTE CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A terminal apparatus for auto pairing and a remote control apparatus and method thereof are provided. The terminal apparatus includes an IR receiving unit configured to receive an IR signal including first identification information of an external apparatus from the external apparatus, a radio frequency (RF) communication unit configured to perform wireless communication with the external apparatus which transmit the IR signal including the first identification information, a storage unit configured to store a pairing list including identification information of at least one external apparatus, and a control unit configured to control the RF communication unit to perform pairing for wireless communication with the external apparatus according to whether or not identification information of at least one external apparatus in the pairing list corresponds to the received first identification information. | 05-23-2013 |
20130129382 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus capable of easily achieving installation of developing units on a developing tray is disclosed. The disclosed image forming apparatus includes a tray section, a plurality of developing units each provided with guide protrusions, and a developing tray including a plurality of supports to support the guide protrusions of the developing units, and a plurality of guides each adapted to guide a corresponding one of the guide protrusions to a corresponding one of the supports. The guides have widths gradually increasing in a direction from a first end of the tray section to a second end of the tray section, respectively. | 05-23-2013 |
20130129539 | ROTARY COMPRESSOR AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - A rotary compressor having a reduced vibration and noise thereof, and capable of minimizing the deformation of components to improve the performance and the reliability, thereby providing applications for various fields other than for an air conditioner | 05-23-2013 |
20130129731 | ANTI C-MET ANTIBODY AND USES THEREOF - An anti c-Met antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof comprising a heavy-chain variable region having heavy-chain complementarity determining region (CDR) amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 2 and 3, and a light-chain variable region having light-chain CDR amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 4, 5, and 6; and a method of wound healing, tissue regeneration, or cell proliferation comprising administration of same; as well as related compositions and methods. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130150 | ELECTROLYTE MEMBRANE FOR FUEL CELL, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE ELECTROLYTE MEMBRANE, MEMBRANE-ELECTRODE ASSEMBLY FOR FUEL CELL INCLUDING THE ELECTROLYTE MEMBRANE, AND FUEL CELL INCLUDING THE MEMBRANE-ELECTRODE ASSEMBLY - An electrolyte membrane for fuel cells, the electrolyte membrane including a polymer film and a polymerization product of a composition comprising i) a plurality of inorganic particles surface-treated with a surface treatment agent including the polymerizable double bonds and ii) a polymerizable acid monomer, wherein the inorganic particles and the polymerizable acid monomer are impregnated within the polymer film. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130472 | SEMICONDUCTOR CHIPS HAVING GUARD RINGS AND METHODS OF FABRICATING THE SAME - Provided is a semiconductor chip. The semiconductor chip includes a semiconductor substrate including a main chip region and a scribe lane region surrounding the main chip region. An insulating layer is disposed over the semiconductor substrate. A guard ring is disposed in the insulating layer in the scribe lane region. The guard ring surrounds at least a portion of the main chip region. The guard ring has a brittleness greater than a brittleness of the insulating layer. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130478 | Non-Volatile Memory Device And Method Of Manufacturing The Same - A multi-layered non-volatile memory device and a method of manufacturing the same. The non-volatile memory device may include a plurality of first semiconductor layers having a stack structure. A plurality of control gate electrodes may extend across the first semiconductor layers. A first body contact layer may extend across the first semiconductor layers. A plurality of charge storage layers may be interposed between the control gate electrodes and the first semiconductor layers. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130748 | METHOD FOR REPRODUCING MUSIC FILE OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A mobile communication terminal is provided including an audio processing unit, a speaker, a connecting unit that connects to an external audio output device and indicates whether the external audio output device is connected, and a control unit configured to, while in a silent mode, control the audio processing unit to reproduce a music file and to output audio signals, corresponding to the reproduced music file, through the speaker, the silent mode being a mode wherein a vibration signal is generated upon receiving an incoming call, if the external audio output device is connected to the connecting unit, output the audio signals to the external audio output device, and if the external audio output device is disconnected from the connecting unit while the audio signals are being output to the external audio output device, control the display unit to display a user interface for continuing reproduction of the music file. | 05-23-2013 |
20130131514 | BEAMFORMING METHOD, BEAMFORMING APPARATUS, AND MEDICAL IMAGING SYSTEM PERFORMING THE BEAMFORMING METHOD - A beamforming apparatus includes a storage for storing a plurality of basis vectors obtained from a beamforming coefficient of a previously-measured echo signal; a weight calculator for calculating a weight to be applied to an echo signal reflected from a target; and a synthesizer for applying the weight to the echo signal reflected from the target and synthesizing signals to which the weight is applied. | 05-23-2013 |
20130131880 | POWER MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD - A power management apparatus and method are disclosed. The power management apparatus includes a communication unit to receive power management data including information about a pricing system being used by a consumer of power, a controller to create a power management screen on which the amount of power consumed is displayed according to the pricing system being used by the consumer, and an output unit to output the power management screen. According to the power management apparatus, a power consumer can be provided with information about various electricity pricing systems. Furthermore, information about current power rates and information on current power consumption can be displayed such that the consumer checks the information and efficiently uses power. | 05-23-2013 |
20130132210 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND MEDIUM FOR GENERATING AUDIO FINGERPRINT AND RETRIEVING AUDIO DATA - Provided are device, method, and medium for generating an audio fingerprint and retrieving audio data. The device for generating an audio fingerprint includes: a coefficient extracting section partially decoding audio data in a compression area and extracting MDCT (Modified Discrete Cosine Transform) coefficients; a coefficient selecting section selecting an MDCT coefficient robust to noises from the extracted MDCT coefficients; a modulation spectrum generating section transforming the selected MDCT coefficient by the use of a Fourier transform method and generating a modulation spectrum; and a bit conversion section quantizing the generated modulation spectrum and generating an audio fingerprint. As a result, it is possible to accurately and rapidly retrieve the audio data recorded in a variety of environments. Since elements based on MP3 are used, it is possible to apply to MP3 applications in various manners. In addition, it is possible to apply to classification of audio data such as classification of music moods and classification of music genres and various other fields such as extraction of a specific event from moving images of sports. | 05-23-2013 |
20130132650 | STORAGE DEVICE BASED ON A FLASH MEMORY AND USER DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - Disclosed is a storage device which includes a flash memory storing data; and a controller controlling the flash memory and performing an invalidation operation in response to a trim command of a host, wherein the controller configures a trim sector bitmap using trim information provided from the host at the invalidation operation and manage the trim sector bitmap by a region unit. | 05-23-2013 |
20130132912 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A graphical user interface, a display apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes: a display unit which displays thereon an image comprising a plurality of user interface (UI) objects and a pointer; a pointer adjuster which generates the pointer and moves the pointer based on a user command for moving the pointer received from an input device; and a controller which controls the pointer adjuster to adjust a moving speed of the pointer according to a density of the UI objects displayed on the display unit. | 05-23-2013 |
20130133351 | AIR CONDITIONER - An air conditioner includes a body installed at an outdoor space, and an air discharge tube to guide cold air discharged from the body to an indoor space. An evaporator and a condenser are installed in the body. The evaporator is disposed at a higher level than the condenser. Accordingly, it possible to transfer condensed water generated from the evaporator to the condenser by gravity. | 05-30-2013 |
20130133354 | REFRIGERATOR - A refrigerator includes a water storage vessel configured to be mounted to the door of the refrigerator, a supply passage configured to connect the storage space of the water storage vessel to an ice making apparatus and dispenser to supply the water in the water storage vessel to the ice making apparatus and the dispenser, a valve installed at an intersection of the supply passage and configured to perform a passage conversion, and a pump configured to pump the water in the water storage vessel so that the water flows to the supply passage, wherein the water storage vessel is provided with a water storage vessel lever capable of changing the position of at least one portion of the supply passage so that the at least one portion of the supply passage is connected to/disconnected from a remaining portion of the supply passage. | 05-30-2013 |
20130133867 | SPIRAL FIN HEAT EXCHANGER WITH A NEW FIXED MANNER - A spiral fin heat exchanger with a new fixed manner includes a bended fin tube comprising a inner tube on which fins are provided, and several fixing members are provided on the fin tube, the fixing member includes an upper bracket and a lower bracket, and the upper bracket comprises a cover plate and a vertical plate, the upper bracket is fixedly connected with the lower bracket, and the fins on the fin tube are caught between the cover plate and the lower bracket, a positioning groove is provided on the vertical plate, and the inner tube of the fin tube is caught in the positioning groove. The spiral fin heat exchanger can fix the fins and the inner tube of the fin tube simultaneously through the upper and lower brackets of the fixing member, thereby achieving the effect of dual fixation, such that the fin tube can be fixed more firmly and is not easy to loosen, which can in turn reduce the noise of spiral fin heat exchanger effectively. | 05-30-2013 |
20130134120 | HOIST APPARATUS AND HOIST TRANSPORTING SYSTEM - Disclosed is a hoist apparatus having an improved structure to load an object to be transported in a horizontal direction. The hoist apparatus includes a travel unit to travel along a rail, a carrier unit coupled to the travel unit so as to move in a first direction, and a cart unit coupled to the carrier unit so as to move in a second direction different from the first direction, wherein the cart unit includes a body portion, in which an object to be transferred is located, and a drive portion to drive the body portion in the second direction. | 05-30-2013 |
20130134361 | GRAPHENE BALL STRUCTURE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A graphene dot structure and a method of manufacturing the same. The graphene dot structure includes a core including a semiconductor material; and a graphene shell formed on the surface of the core. The graphene dot structure may form a network. | 05-30-2013 |
20130134501 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A VERTICAL-TYPE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING A VERTICAL-TYPE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - In a vertical-type semiconductor device, a method of manufacturing the same and a method of operating the same, the vertical-type semiconductor device includes a single-crystalline semiconductor pattern having a pillar shape provided on a substrate, a gate surrounding sidewalls of the single-crystalline semiconductor pattern and having an upper surface lower than an upper surface of the single-crystalline semiconductor pattern, a mask pattern formed on the upper surface of the gate, the mask pattern having an upper surface coplanar with the upper surface of the single-crystalline semiconductor pattern, a first impurity region in the substrate under the single-crystalline semiconductor pattern, and a second impurity region under the upper surface of the single-crystalline semiconductor pattern. The vertical-type pillar transistor formed in the single-crystalline semiconductor pattern may provide excellent electrical properties. The mask pattern is not provided on the upper surface of the single-crystalline semiconductor pattern in the second impurity region, to thereby reduce failures of processes. | 05-30-2013 |
20130134800 | POWER SUPPLY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A power supply apparatus, which includes a load, an outside power source to supply the load with a power voltage and a switch electrically connected between the load and the outside power source, including a temperature detector unit configured to detect a temperature of the load, a no-power contact point unit provided with a relay, which is electrically connected between the load and the switch, and configured to activate a contact point of the relay before the power voltage is applied to the load, and a control unit configured to turn on the switch according to a power supply command that is input from an outside and configured to control an on/off of the switch according to the temperature of the load detected. | 05-30-2013 |
20130134949 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING POWER FOR MOBILE DEVICE - An apparatus and method of managing power for a mobile device is disclosed, which can prevent an inflow of overcurrent to the device when the device is charged. The apparatus includes a state judgment unit to judge whether a battery of the mobile device is being charged, a voltage level detection unit to detect a voltage level of the battery if the battery is judged as being charged, and a control unit to control a driving of the mobile device in accordance with the detected voltage level. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135231 | TOUCH SCREEN AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A touch screen and a method of manufacturing the same are provided. The touch screen includes a glass substrate, a first plurality of sensing electrodes arranged in a multi-row and a multi-column layout on the glass substrate and in which first sensing electrodes positioned in a same row or a same column are directly connected, a plurality of second sensing electrodes independently formed and arranged in a multi-row and a multi-column layout on the glass substrate, a bridge for electrically connecting two of the second sensing electrodes positioned in a same column or a same row, and an insulating portion positioned between the bridge and at least one of the first sensing electrodes in order to prevent the first sensing electrode and the second sensing electrode from electrically contacting, wherein the bridge is made of silver. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135308 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RENDERING VOLUME DATA - A method renders volume data having multi-resolution. The volume data is divided into a plurality of sub-volumes according to a resolution, a sampling interval for each of the plurality of sub-volumes is determined based on resolutions of the plurality of sub-volumes, sub-volumes present in a path of a ray passing through each of pixels on a projection plane onto which the volume data is projected from one viewpoint are sampled according to the sampling intervals thereof, and a rendering value of each of the pixels on the projection plane is obtained by synthesizing a plurality of sampling values corresponding to each of the pixels from among sampling values obtained through the sampling. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135342 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PORTABLE TERMINAL OF CONTROLLING WINDOW GENERATED IN DIFFERENT PROCESS - An apparatus and method of a portable terminal of controlling a window generated in a different process are provided. The method includes displaying a 1st window through a 1st process, displaying a 2nd window through a 2nd process different from the 1st process, and, if a specific key of the 1st window is input, displaying a 3rd window through the 1st process together with the 2nd window. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135512 | MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND DOCKING STATION THEREOF - A mobile electronic device including: a body including an accommodation space; and an aroma capsule that is accommodated in the accommodation space, is removable from the accommodation space, and includes an aroma to diffuse a fragrance. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135520 | APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING AUTOFOCUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An apparatus for adjusting an autofocus and a method of controlling the same are provided. The apparatus includes an imaging device that photographs light from a subject so as to generate an image signal; a contrast calculation unit that calculates a first contrast value of an image from the image signal; a correction unit that corrects a luminance of the image signal if the calculated first contrast value is equal to or less than a reference value; and a focus adjustment unit that adjusts a focus by using a second contrast value that is calculated from the corrected image signal, thereby providing an improved focus adjustment function. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135522 | IMAGE PHOTOGRAPHING APPARATUS - An image photographing apparatus capable of maintaining the size of a sensor plate even in a case when the size of a shutter assembly is increased, the image photographing apparatus including a shutter assembly configured to control an amount of light entered, an image sensor disposed at a rear of the shutter assembly to change the light to an electrical signal, a sensor plate configured to support the image sensor, and a main frame configured such that the shutter assembly and the sensor plate are be mounted thereon, wherein the main frame includes a frame base, and a shutter mounting portion protrudedly formed from the frame base such that the shutter assembly is mounted in a sliding manner on the shutter mounting portion. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135655 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, SIGNAL OUTPUTTING APPARATUS, AND SIGNAL OUTPUTTING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a function unit to perform one or more functions of the image forming apparatus; and a control unit to control the function unit to perform the functions of the image forming apparatus, wherein the control unit includes: a first signal generator to generate a first signal comprising a control signal to control the function unit; a second signal generator to generate a second signal comprising a pulse signal with a predetermined high frequency; a synthesizer to generate a third signal by synthesizing the first signal and the second signal during an edge period of the first signal; and an outputter to output the third signal. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135882 | LIGHT EMITTING DIODE FOR AUTOMOTIVE LAMP - A light emitting diode (LED) module for an automotive lamp includes a plurality of supporting rods, a plurality of heat sinks, a circuit board and a plurality of LEDs. The supporting rods are connected to a bottom surface of a lamp housing having a predesigned shape. The heat sinks are respectively connected to an upper end of the supporting rods. The heat sinks are standardized to have at least one size. The circuit board is disposed on an upper surface of the plurality of heat sinks, to be bent according to an arrangement of the heat sinks. The LEDs are disposed on an area where the heat sinks are disposed, on the circuit board. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135911 | AC-DC CONVERTER - An alternating current to direct current (AC-DC) converter is provided. The converter includes a rectifying unit configured to rectify an AC voltage that is being input, a boost converter unit connected to the rectifying unit and provided with a single inductor, a first switch, and a second switch formed thereto, a smoothing unit configured to smooth the voltage passing through the boost converter unit, and a control unit configured to control an ON/OFF of the first switch and the second switch such that the boost converter unit is operated as a power factor correction circuit or as an inrush current limiting circuit, so that the inrush current is stably controlled by reducing additional circuit structures configured for limiting an inrush current. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136186 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING MOTION VECTOR USING PLURALITY OF MOTION VECTOR PREDICTORS, ENCODER, DECODER, AND DECODING METHOD - Provided are a method and apparatus for estimating a motion vector using a plurality of motion vector predictors, an encoder, a decoder, and a decoding method. The method includes calculating spatial similarities between the current block and the plurality of neighboring partitions around the current block, selecting at least one of the neighboring partitions based on the calculated spatial similarities, and estimating a motion vector of the selected partition as the motion vector of the current block. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136193 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING BROADCAST DATA - An encoding apparatus and a method of encoding a source block including different types of data payloads are provided. The method includes dividing the source block into a predetermined number M of sub blocks, generating a predetermined number P | 05-30-2013 |
20130136262 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SECURITY IN MOBILE WiMAX NETWORK SYSTEM - A method for providing security between a radio access station and an access control router in a mobile microwave access network includes: receiving, by the radio access station and the access control router, the same certificate from a licensed certification authority; generating, by the access control router, an access service network traffic encryption key (asn_TEK); encrypting, by the access control router, a message to be transmitted with the generated asn_TEK and transmitting the encrypted message to the radio access station; verifying, by the radio access station, the certificate of the licensed certification authority appended to the message received from the access control router to check the asn_TEK, and decrypting the message received from the access control router to obtain an actual message; encrypting, by the radio access station, the actual message with the checked asn_TEK and transmitting the encrypted message to the access control router. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136302 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CALCULATING THREE DIMENSIONAL (3D) POSITIONS OF FEATURE POINTS - An apparatus for calculating spatial coordinates is disclosed. The apparatus may extract a plurality of feature points from an input image, calculate a direction vector associated with the feature points, and calculate spatial coordinates the feature points based on a distance between the feature points and the direction vector. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136483 | IMAGE CARRIER AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - An image forming apparatus includes an image carrier on which an electrostatic latent image is formed, where the image carrier may include an image carrier body having a hollowness and image carrier flanges, which are installed at both ends of the image carrier body. Each image carrier flange may include a blower fan integrally formed therewith, so that air outside of the image carrier body is moved from one end of the image carrier body, at which a drive gear is positioned, to the other end of the image carrier body as the image carrier rotates. Waste developer which may accumulate on the drive gear is reduced, thereby preventing the operational error of the image carrier and thus avoiding the degradation of the image quality. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136498 | TRANSFER DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A transfer device and an image forming apparatus having the same are provided. Shapes of cam profiles of first cam members and second cam members controlling movement of first slider members moving a first transfer roller corresponding to a black developer, and second slider members moving a second transfer roller corresponding to a color developer. Times are different as when movement of the first slider members is completed and when movement of the second slider members is completed in mode conversion among a ready mode, a mono mode and a color mode, and thus a driving load generated when the first and second cam members are rotated is reduced, non-uniformity of the rotating speeds of the first and second cam members is reduced, and problems generated due to non-uniform rotating speeds of the cam members are reduced. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136666 | SEPARATION MEMBRANE, METHOD OF MANUFACTURE THEREOF, AND APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SEPARATION MEMBRANE - A separation membrane including an alloy including a Group 5 element and Ir, wherein the alloy includes a body centered cubic crystal structure. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137009 | ELECTRODE CATALYST FOR FUEL CELL, METHOD OF PREPARING THE SAME, AND MEMBRANE ELECTRODE ASSEMBLY AND FUEL CELL INCLUDING ELECTRODE CATALYST - An electrode catalyst for a fuel cell which including alloy particles including a Group 8 metal and a Group 9 metal. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137373 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING TO DEVICE IN WIRELESS TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for connecting to a device in a wireless terminal, and more particularly, to an apparatus and method for more conveniently connecting to a desired device in a communication mode of a wireless terminal are provided. The apparatus includes a near distance communication module for exchanging device information for a communication connection through a contact with a specific device, and a controller for controlling the near distance communication module to connect communication to the specific device based on the exchanged device information. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138245 | ROBOT AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A robot, which may accurately detect whether or not the robot is gripping an object, even without a tactile sensor, as a result of using a sorter that utilizes a torque generated from a joint of a hand and the shape of the hand as feature data, and a control method for the robot includes a state sensing unit to sense a state of the robot, a feature vector producing unit to extract feature data from the state sensing unit and to produce a feature vector using the feature data, and a learning-based data sorter to judge an operating state of the robot using the feature vector produced by the feature vector producing unit and to output the judged result. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138431 | SPEECH SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION APPARATUSES AND SPEECH SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHODS - A speech signal transmission apparatus includes an extractor to extract speech signals from speech source signals collected by a plurality of microphones, a power calculator to calculate powers of speech signals of multiple channels and set any one of the speech signals of the multiple channels as a reference speech signal, a synchronization adjustor to adjust synchronization of the other speech signals based on the reference speech signal, a signal generator to generate extraction signals by offsetting the reference speech signal from the other synchronization-adjusted speech signals, an encryptor to compress and encrypt the reference speech signal and the extraction signals, and a transmitter to transmit the compressed and encrypted reference speech signal and extraction signals. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138445 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING BIT RATE FOR AUDIO CONTENT - An apparatus and a method for determining a bit rate of audio content, and more particularly, an audio content bit rate determining apparatus and a method capable of quickly and correctly identifying audio content compressed at a constant bit rate from among audio content compressed at a variable bit rate and a constant bit rate, are provided. The apparatus includes a first bit rate determiner for determining a bit rate type of audio content having frames with the same frame size by skipping a predetermined number of frames with respect to the audio content, and a second bit rate determiner for determining a bit rate type of audio content having frames with different frame sizes by skipping a predetermined number of frames with respect to the audio content. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138772 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, APPARATUS PROVIDING APPLICATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus and a control method thereof which communicate with each other to provide and receive at least one application, an apparatus providing the at least one application and a control method thereof, the display apparatus including: a display unit; a communication unit which communicates with a server that provides a plurality of applications and a list of the plurality of applications; a storage unit which stores therein at least one application downloaded through the communication unit and deletion history information of the at least one application; and a controller which displays on the display unit an image of the list of the plurality of applications to download the at least one application, and transmits to the server the deletion history information of the at least one application to display on the display unit deletion/non-deletion of the at least one application in the image of the list of the plurality of applications. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138838 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING USB SWITCHING CIRCUIT IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for automatically switching the operation mode of a switching circuit in a portable terminal are provided. If an external device is connected to a connector interface unit, a signal is detected from the connector interface unit. The type of external device is identified by the detected signal. If the identified external device is a communication device, a communication mode is activated and a signal path is established between an internal module and the external device during the communication mode. A determination is made as to whether an internal event occurs in the portable terminal and an external event occurs in the external device, during the communication mode. The mode of the connector switching circuit is switched to a sleep mode if the internal and external events have not occurred. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138941 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL BOOTING OF COMPUTER SYSTEM - A method of controlling booting of a computer system includes determining whether a booting mode of a basic input/output system (BIOS) set in the computer system is a first mode in which supportability of an extensible firmware interface (EFI) is automatically determined, if the booting mode of the BIOS is determined as the first mode, determining whether an operating system (OS) that is stored in a first storing unit and performs booting of the computer system supports the EFI, setting the booting mode of the BIOS as one of a mode in which the EFI is supported and a mode in which the EFI is not supported, based on the determination result regarding whether the OS supports the EFI and controlling booting of the computer system in the set booting mode. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138986 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND POWER CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus includes a volatile memory and System-on-Chip (SoC) part. The SoC part includes an internal memory, a CPU for accessing the volatile memory in the normal mode; an interface part for receiving a external signal, and a control part for, when the interface part has no input during a first preset time, copying information stored to the volatile memory to the internal memory and converting to a first power saving mode to lower an operating frequency of the volatile memory and an operating frequency of the CPU, and when a normal mode switch signal is not input during a second preset time in the first power saving mode, controlling the CPU to access the information copied to the internal memory and converting to a second power saving mode to change the volatile memory to a self-refresh mode. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139036 | Flash Memory System and Read Method in Flash Memory System - Methods of operating nonvolatile memory devices include reading a first plurality of multi-bit nonvolatile memory cells in the nonvolatile memory device using a first plurality of read voltages to thereby generate first read data, and then rereading the first plurality of multi-bit nonvolatile memory cells using a second plurality of read voltages that differ, at least in part, from the first plurality of read voltages, to thereby generate second read data. An operation is then undertaken to perform first and second ECC decoding operations on the first and second read data, respectively, to thereby identify whether the first read data or the second read data more accurately reflects data stored in the first plurality of multi-bit nonvolatile memory cells during the reading and rereading. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139049 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE FOR SERVING A WEB SERVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming device includes a storage unit registering information on at least one server, a communication unit connected to at least one server registered in the storage via a network and receiving application information, a UI processing unit configuring an integrated UI displaying applications supported by at least one server, a display unit displaying the integrated UI and a control unit, if an application is selected from the integrated UI, requesting a web service to a server supporting the selected application. Therefore, convenience in the use of web services may increase. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139075 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE HAVING A PLURALITY OF PLATFORMS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING APPLICATION THEREOF - An image forming device includes a storage unit having a plurality of platforms, a UI processing unit configuring an integrated UI which displays applications executable in each platform, a display unit displaying the integrated UI and if an application is selected from the integrated UI, a control unit executing the selected application using a platform corresponding to the selected application. Therefore, a user may execute an application conveniently. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139084 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING UI CONTROL ELEMENTS IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method is provided that processes User Interface (UI) control elements in a mobile device with a touch screen. The method includes: displaying a checkbox; displaying a line according to a user's drawing gesture on the check box; enabling the checkbox if the length of the line is equal to or greater than a preset value; disabling, if the check box has previously been enabled, the checkbox by a user's touch gesture. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139203 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SEARCHING MULTIMEDIA CONTENT - A multimedia content searching apparatus includes: an image receiving unit that receives an image having additional information from an external device; an additional information reading unit that reads the additional information from the image received from the image receiving unit; a multimedia content searching unit that recommends a multimedia content to a user by searching for the multimedia content which is related to the additional information using the additional information read by the additional information reading unit; and an information comparing unit that compares the additional information read by the additional information reading unit with multimedia content information provided from a content provider, and the multimedia content searching unit searches for the multimedia content related to the additional information based on the result of the comparison by the information comparing unit. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139248 | METHOD OF AUTHENTICATING PASSWORD AND PORTABLE DEVICE THEREOF - A method of authenticating a password and a portable device thereof are provided. The method includes: displaying an input keyboard on which a plurality of objects are arranged; changing an object arranged on the input keyboard according to a manipulation of a user; and if an object pattern arranged in a designated position of the input keyboard corresponds to a preset password pattern, authenticating the user. Therefore, it is difficult to use artifacts on the display screen to trace a password after entry, and thus security is improved. As a result, a protection of personal information of a user is strengthened. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139380 | CHIP BONDING APPARATUS AND CHIP BONDING METHOD USING THE SAME - A chip bonding apparatus configured to bond chips to a circuit board using induction heating generated by an AC magnetic field may be provided. In particular, the chip bonding apparatus includes at least one stage unit configured to support a circuit board on which a chip is placed, a rotating unit configured to rotatively move the at least one stage unit at a desired angle, and a bonding unit including an induction heating antenna configured to perform induction heating such the chip is bonded to the circuit board. | 06-06-2013 |
20130139552 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING TEMPERED-GLASS PANELS FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A method for manufacturing tempered-glass panels for electronic devices is provided. The method includes pre-processing an original glass substrate so as to reduce weak portions that are formed in the original glass substrate when the original glass substrate is first tempered and then processed tempering the pre-processed original glass substrate and cutting the tempered pre-processed original glass substrate to produce a number of tempered-glass panels. The method can produce the tempered-glass panels from the original glass substrate, maintaining a certain level of production efficiency. | 06-06-2013 |
20130139558 | WASHING MACHINE - A full-automatic washing machine with a simple shaft system including a single rotating shaft to generate a composite current of wash water while having a pulsator and a drum integrally rotated during a washing cycle and a spin-dry cycle, thereby improving the washing power is provided. The washing machine includes a tub configured to store wash water, a drum disposed inside the tub, a driving apparatus to rotate the drum, and a circulating duct to guide wash water at a lower portion of the drum toward an upper portion of the drum. The drum includes a cylindrical body portion having an open upper and a lower surface, a bowl portion coupled to the lower surface of the body portion and having a center opened, and a bottom portion configured coupled to the center of the bowl portion to cover the center of the bowl portion. | 06-06-2013 |
20130139713 | NANO IMPRINT LITHOGRAPHY APPARATUSES AND METHODS - A nano imprint lithography apparatus includes a stamp including a main body having a first surface and a second surface, the first surface having a pattern to be imprinted on a substrate, and the second surface having at least one pole and at least one actuator configured to apply force to the at least one pole to deform the main body. The apparatus includes a stationary stage configured to support the substrate to which the pattern is transferred from the stamp. The apparatus further includes a controller configured to drive the at least one actuator to apply force to the at least one pole to deform the stamp and correct an alignment error between the stamp and the substrate. | 06-06-2013 |
20130139865 | COMPOSITE STRUCTURE OF GRAPHENE AND POLYMER AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A composite structure of graphene and polymer and a method of manufacturing the complex. The composite structure of graphene and polymer includes: at least one polymer structure having a three-dimensional shape; and a graphene layer formed on the at least one polymer structure. | 06-06-2013 |
20130140301 | WALL-MOUNTED MICROWAVE OVEN AND HOOD - A wall-mounted microwave oven includes a body comprising a lower case; and a hood mover movable with respect to the body. The hood mover includes a hood plate, a frame member to separably support the hood plate, and a moving member to move the frame member with respect to the body. The hood plate has an inlet formed at a bottom portion of the hood plate, to receive exhaust gas, and an exhaust passage defined in an interior of the hood plate. | 06-06-2013 |
20130140526 | HEXAGONAL BORON NITRIDE SHEET, METHOD OF PREPARING THE HEXAGONAL BORON NITRIDE SHEET, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE HEXAGONAL BORON NITRIDE SHEET - A hexagonal boron nitride sheet having: a two-dimensional planar structure with a sp | 06-06-2013 |
20130140697 | Electrode Connecting Structures Containing Copper - Provided are electrode-connecting structures or semiconductor devices, including a lower device including a lower substrate, a lower insulating layer formed on the lower substrate, and a lower electrode structure formed in the lower insulating layer, wherein the lower electrode structure includes a lower electrode barrier layer and a lower metal electrode formed on the lower electrode barrier layer, and an upper device including an upper substrate, an upper insulating layer formed under the upper substrate, and an upper electrode structure formed in the upper insulating layer, wherein the upper electrode structure includes an upper electrode barrier layer extending from the inside of the upper insulating layer under a bottom surface thereof and an upper metal electrode formed on the upper electrode barrier layer. The lower metal electrode is in direct contact with the upper metal electrode. | 06-06-2013 |
20130140933 | BRUSHLESS MOTOR - Disclosed herein is a brushless motor includes a rotor rotating about a rotation axis and having a rotor core and a plurality of magnets, and a stator disposed around the rotor, wherein the magnets are arranged to be equally spaced and embedded in an outer circumferential portion of the rotor core, and the rotor core includes a pair of slits symmetrically disposed about the reference line, wherein when a portion of the magnet between the center point and each of the edges is divided into eleven portions by parting lines parallel to the reference line, an inner end of the slit is positioned outside a parting line set as an eighth parting line when the parting lines are arranged in order from a side of the reference line toward the edge. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141265 | DIGITAL-ANALOG CONVERSION APPARATUS AND METHOD - An apparatus and a method for digital-analog conversion are provided. The apparatus includes a first cell matrix for outputting a current of a signal corresponding to a number of Most Significant Bits (MSBs) of an input digital signal, a second cell matrix for outputting a current of a signal corresponding to a number of Least Significant Bits (LSBs) of the input digital signal, an amplifier for amplifying the output current of the second cell matrix at a preset amplification, and an adder for adding the output current of the first cell matrix and the output current of the amplifier. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141439 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING ANIMATED ART EFFECTS ON STATIC IMAGES - A method and system for generating animated art effects while viewing static images, where the appearance of effects depends upon on the content of an image and parameters of accompanying sound is provided. The method of generating animated art effects on static images, based on the static image and accompanying sound feature analysis, includes storing an original static image; detecting areas of interest on the original static image and computing features of the areas of interest; creating visual objects of art effects according to the features detected in the areas of interest; detecting features of an accompanying sound; modifying parameters of visual objects in accordance with the features of the accompanying sound; and generating a frame of an animation including the original static image with superimposed visual objects of art effects. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141454 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES - A device for displaying images is provided, in which the device includes an image analyzing unit which analyzes an incoming unit frame image and provides a result of the analysis related to an area on which a color characteristic is expressed, which has a different characteristic from a color characteristic of a peripheral area, and a backlight which includes light emitting diodes (LED), each LED operates differently according to presence and absence of the area on which the color characteristic is expressed, which has a different characteristic from the color characteristic of a peripheral area is expressed, by using the result of analysis. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141613 | DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A digital image processing apparatus includes a storage unit that stores an image, a display unit that displays a stored image, a sensor that senses a motion of a user and generates a sensing signal, and a control unit that controls display of relevant information about an image displayed according to the sensing signal. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141720 | PLASMA DIAGNOSTIC APPARATUS AND METHOD - A plasma diagnostic apparatus includes a vacuum chamber unit having at least one electrode and having plasma generated inside. A bias power unit is disposed inside the vacuum chamber unit to apply a radio frequency voltage to an electrode that supports a wafer. A spectrum unit decomposes light emitted from inside the plasma according to wavelengths. A light detection unit detects the light decomposed according to wavelengths. A control unit controls a turn-on and turn-off process of the light detection unit according to a waveform of the radio frequency voltage. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141725 | LIGHT SOURCE CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method of light source classification includes determining a plurality of color regions in the CIE 1976 chromaticity diagram according to desired classification criteria. The plurality of color regions of the CIE 1976 chromaticity diagram are converted into a plurality of color classification regions defined by color coordinates of the CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram. The light source is classified into one of the plurality of color classification regions. This classification method may allow for precise classification based on actual color differences, while providing light sources having color uniformity in the same classification region. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141773 | METHOD OF AMPLIFYING MAGNETO-OPTICAL KERR EFFECT BY USING PHOTON CRYSTAL STRUCTURES, AND PHOTON CRYSTAL HAVING AMPLIFIED MAGNETO-OPTICAL KERR EFFECT, METHOD OF FABRICATING PHOTON CRYSTAL - A method of amplifying a magneto-optical Kerr effect by using photon crystal structures, and a photon crystal having an amplified magneto-optical Kerr effect, and a method of fabricating the photon crystal. The method of amplifying a magneto-optical Kerr effect by using photon crystal structures includes amplifying the magneto-optical Kerr effect by fabricating a magnetic photon crystal including a crystal magnet and using a periodically-structured surface of the crystal magnet. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141785 | OPTICAL COMPENSATION FILM - An optical compensation film includes: a first layer having positive birefringence; a second layer on the first layer and having negative birefringence; and a third layer on the second layer and having positive birefringence. A retardation value of the optical compensation film for incident light having a wavelength of about 550 nm is about 135 nm to about 145 nm, and a ratio of a thickness of the first layer or of the third layer to a thickness of the second layer is about 1.1 to 2.2. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141974 | NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD OF PROGRAMMING - A method of programming a nonvolatile memory device comprises pre-programming multi-bit data in a plurality of multi-level memory cells, reading the pre-programmed multi-bit data from the plurality of multi-level cells based on state group codes indicating state groups of the plurality of multi-level cells, and re-programming the read multi-bit data to the plurality of multi-level cells. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142000 | METHOD CONTROLLING DEEP POWER DOWN MODE IN MULTI-PORT SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY - Disclosed is a method of controlling a deep power down mode in a multi-port semiconductor memory having a plurality of ports connected to a plurality of processors. Control of the deep power down mode in the multi-port semiconductor memory is performed such that activation/deactivation of the deep power down mode are determined in accordance with signals applied through various ports in the plurality of ports. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142136 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE WIRELESS BACKHAUL AND NETWORKS - A communication network includes a base station configured to wirelessly communicate first communication traffic with a first network entity using a first beam, and communicate second communication traffic with a second network entity using a second beam. Each of the first and second communication traffic includes at least one of backhaul traffic, wireless access traffic, and traffic for coordination in-between network entities. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142173 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING UP UPLINK COMMON BEARER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for setting up an UpLink common bearer shared by a plurality of User Equipments (UEs) in a wireless communication network is provided. The apparatus includes a Serving GateWay (S-GW) for receiving a group identifier of a UE from a Mobility Management Entity (MME), sending a create bearer request message including the group identifier to a Packet Data Network (PDN) GateWay (P-GW), receiving a create bearer response message including UL common S | 06-06-2013 |
20130142232 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INTERFACE BETWEEN MODEM AND RF CHIP - An Analog-Digital Converter (ADC) is provided. The ADC includes a plurality of sigma-delta modulators, a plurality of decimators, a plurality of differentiators, and a plurality of XOR operators. The plurality of sigma-delta modulators respectively convert analog signals to digital pulses. The plurality of decimators respectively convert a first sampling rate of a corresponding digital pulse to a second sampling rate which is lower than the first sampling. The plurality of differentiators respectively differentiate signals converted at the second sampling rate to perform delta modulation. The plurality of XOR operators extract a signal component changing with respect to the delta-modulated signals. Therefore, the number of interface pins between a modem and an RFIC can be reduced. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142263 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING MOTION VECTOR USING PLURALITY OF MOTION VECTOR PREDICTORS, ENCODER, DECODER, AND DECODING METHOD - Provided are a method and apparatus for estimating a motion vector using a plurality of motion vector predictors, an encoder, a decoder, and a decoding method. The method includes calculating spatial similarities between the current block and the plurality of neighboring partitions around the current block, selecting at least one of the neighboring partitions based on the calculated spatial similarities, and estimating a motion vector of the selected partition as the motion vector of the current block. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142264 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING MOTION VECTOR USING PLURALITY OF MOTION VECTOR PREDICTORS, ENCODER, DECODER, AND DECODING METHOD - Provided are a method and apparatus for estimating a motion vector using a plurality of motion vector predictors, an encoder, a decoder, and a decoding method. The method includes calculating spatial similarities between the current block and the plurality of neighboring partitions around the current block, selecting at least one of the neighboring partitions based on the calculated spatial similarities, and estimating a motion vector of the selected partition as the motion vector of the current block. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142265 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING MOTION VECTOR USING PLURALITY OF MOTION VECTOR PREDICTORS, ENCODER, DECODER, AND DECODING METHOD - Provided are a method and apparatus for estimating a motion vector using a plurality of motion vector predictors, an encoder, a decoder, and a decoding method. The method includes calculating spatial similarities between the current block and the plurality of neighboring partitions around the current block, selecting at least one of the neighboring partitions based on the calculated spatial similarities, and estimating a motion vector of the selected partition as the motion vector of the current block. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142361 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ALTITUDE INFORMATION-BASED USER FUNCTIONS AND MOBILE DEVICE ADAPTED THERETO - A method for controlling altitude information-based user functions and a mobile device adapted thereto are provided. The mobile device includes a storage unit for storing audio data that will be output according to the activation of a user function, and auxiliary data that will be applied to the audio data if an audio data altering function is set when the user function is activated, a sensing unit for collecting altitude information to set auxiliary data that will be applied to the audio data according to the activation of the user function, a controller for creating altered audio data by applying predefined auxiliary data to audio data that will be output when the user function is executed, according to the altitude information, and an audio processing unit for outputting the altered audio data. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142412 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING IMAGE, AND MEDICAL IMAGING SYSTEM EMPLOYING THE APPARATUS - A method of processing an image is provided. The method includes generating a tissue emphasis image by emphasizing a predetermined tissue of at least two radiation images of different energy bands, and generating a diagnostic image by combining at least one of the at least two radiation images of different energy bands and the tissue emphasis image. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142447 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING AND DECODING IMAGE - Methods and apparatuses for encoding and decoding an image in which a block is searched for based on a representative value, rather than being searched for on a pixel-by-pixel basis, thereby search speed may be increased and computational complexity of a search operation may be reduced. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142448 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING BINARY IMAGE USING ADAPTIVE TEMPLATE AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECODING THE SAME - Provided are binary image encoding and decoding methods and binary image encoding and decoding apparatuses using an adaptive template. The binary image encoding method includes: applying a window having a predetermined size and shape to a predetermined number of previous pixels and peripheral pixels of the previous pixels, and acquiring correlations between the previous pixels and the peripheral pixels within the window; determining relative locations having high correlation with the previous pixels within the window based on the acquired correlations; generating a template based on the determined relative locations; and performing binary arithmetic encoding on a current pixel by using the generated template. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142524 | UNIT INSTALLABLE IN APPARATUS INCLUDING A CONSUMABLE CONTAINER AND A CHIP AND METHOD OF MANAGING THE SAME - A unit installable in an apparatus and a method of managing a unit installable in an apparatus are provided. The unit includes a processor mountable to a container. The chip includes a first memory to store data that is accessible and decodable by the apparatus to authenticate the unit. The chip includes a second memory to store recycling prevention information. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142697 | MICROFLUIDIC DEVICE AND MICROFLUIDIC SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - A microfluidic device capable of detecting whether a test is conducted as designed using a single chamber, and a microfluidic system including the same are provided. The microfluidic device includes a platform, a plurality of chambers disposed in the platform and configured to contain a fluid, and at least one channel connecting the chambers, wherein at least one of the chambers comprises a first container and a second container, a depth of the first container is greater than a depth of the second container, and a cross-sectional area of the first container is different from a cross-sectional area of the second container. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143327 | TEST APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A test apparatus in which detectors and objects to be detected are rotated at the same speed, and a control method thereof are provided. The test apparatus includes a rotation driving unit that includes a rotary shaft; a microfluidic device that is loaded on the rotary shaft and includes at least one object to be detected; a rotating member that is mounted on the rotary shaft and includes at least one detector to detect the objects of the microfluidic device; and a controller configured to operate the rotation driving unit such that the microfluidic device and the rotating member are rotated at the same speed on the rotary shaft. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143372 | METHODS OF FORMING PATTERNS OF A SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - Methods of forming patterns of a semiconductor device are provided. The methods may include forming a hard mask film on a semiconductor substrate. The methods may include forming first and second sacrificial film patterns that are spaced apart from each other on the hard mask film. The methods may include forming a first spacer on opposing sidewalls of the first sacrificial film pattern and a second spacer on opposing sidewalls of the second sacrificial film pattern. The methods may include removing the first and second sacrificial film patterns. The methods may include trimming the second spacer such that a line width of the second spacer becomes smaller than a line width of the first spacer. The methods may include forming first and second hard mask film patterns by etching the hard mask film using the first spacer and the trimmed second spacer as an etch mask. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143507 | BROADCAST RECEIVING APPARATUS AND BROADCAST RECEIVING METHOD - Provided are a broadcast receiving apparatus which simultaneously receives a plurality of channels using a single tuner and tunes to a channel without affecting other channels when changing a channel, and a broadcast receiving method thereof. The broadcast receiving apparatus includes a radio frequency (RF) receiver receiving RF broadcast signals of a plurality of channels; an intermediate frequency (IF) converter converting the RF broadcast signals of the plurality of channels into IF signals, respectively; a plurality of signal processors separately processing and outputting the converted IF signals; a noise generator generating a noise signal corresponding to the IF signals; and a controller performing control to output the noise signal instead of the IF signals when at least one of the plurality of channels is changed according to user's input. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143583 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING SAFE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station, a wireless terminal and a communication method of a wireless communication system are provided. The base station includes a receiver for receiving a signal from a wireless terminal or another base station, a transmitter for transmitting a signal to the wireless terminal or the another base station, and a controller for generating resource scheduling or control information for communication of the wireless terminal in a cell including at least two base stations included in a moving path of the wireless terminal and for transmitting the generated resource scheduling or control information to the wireless terminal and at least one of the base stations included in the cell. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143610 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DELIVERING SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE EFFICIENTLY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Short Message Service (SMS) delivery method and apparatus is provided for delivering an SMS message efficiently by selecting a network domain to attach to according to the service provided to a Mobile Station (MS) by the mobile operator network. An SMS delivery method of the present invention includes receiving, at a network node, an Attach/Routing Area Update (RAU) Request message including a parameter indicating an attach/update type and SMS-only service, and transmitting, when SMS in a Serving General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) Support Node (SGSN) is supported at the core network node, to the mobile station an Attach Accept message including a parameter indicating that SMS in SGSN is supported. The SMS delivery method of the present invention is capable of delivering SMS message efficiently in the wireless communication system. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143627 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes an output unit, a storage unit, an antenna, a sensor, and a controller. The output unit outputs a video or voice. The storage unit stores information about a user interface operation. The antenna transmits/receives a wireless signal of a corresponding communication frequency band and is moveable. The sensor acquires information of at least one motion of the antenna. The controller processes a wireless signal through the antenna and outputs the user interface operation according to the information received from the sensor, to the output unit with reference to the information of the storage unit. | 06-06-2013 |
20130144150 | ULTRASOUND IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING ULTRASOUND IMAGE - An ultrasound imaging apparatus and ultrasound image display method simultaneously obtain photo-acoustic information and elasticity information of a subject, and generate and display a single image having the photo-acoustic information and the elasticity information, thereby enhancing accuracy and efficiency of a diagnosis. The ultrasound imaging apparatus includes a probe to radiate light when stress is applied and when stress is not applied to the subject, and to receive a corresponding first acoustic wave signal and a second acoustic wave signal, a data acquisition unit to acquire first acoustic wave data and second acoustic wave data that each represent optical absorption rate information about the subject, an elasticity information generating unit to calculate elasticity information about the subject, an image generating unit to generate a single image having both of the optical absorption rate information and the calculated elasticity information, and a display unit to display the generated image. | 06-06-2013 |
20130144439 | WALKING ROBOT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A walking robot to prevent slippage of a swing foot on the ground and a control method thereof includes generating a target angle trajectory for each joint unit of legs, calculating a torque, which tracks the target angle trajectory, for each joint unit, determining whether slippage of a swing foot connected to a swing leg of the two legs occurs, calculating a final torque to be provided to each joint unit of the swing leg based on a velocity sensed from the swing foot if occurrence of slippage of the swing foot is determined, and providing the calculated final torque to each joint unit. By sensing whether slippage of the swing foot occurs when the swing foot touches the ground and restricting a torque to be applied to each joint unit based on the sensed result, stable walking of the robot is realized. | 06-06-2013 |
20130144632 | FRAME ERROR CONCEALMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND AUDIO DECODING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A frame error concealment method is provided that includes predicting a parameter by performing a regression analysis on a group basis for a plurality of groups formed from a first plurality of bands forming an error frame and concealing an error in the error frame by using the parameter predicted on a group basis. | 06-06-2013 |
20130144674 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MOBILE ADVERTISING SERVICES - A system and method that can customize mobile advertising services and increase the effectiveness of advertising is provided. The method includes registering contact details of one or more advertisers in a phone book, receiving one or more mobile advertising messages from the registered advertisers, notifying a user of the reception of the mobile advertising messages, and displaying the received mobile advertising messages according to the user's confirmation request. | 06-06-2013 |
20130145053 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECOGNIZING ACCESSORY IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and a system for recognizing an accessory in a portable terminal are provided. The system for the recognizing of the accessory includes the accessory which is connected to a portable terminal through a first Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface unit, and an auxiliary accessory connected to the accessory through a second USB interface unit or a ear jack interface unit, wherein the portable terminal senses a connection of the auxiliary accessory to the accessory according to a voltage variation of an identification terminal of a third accessory USB interface unit which is connected to the first USB interface unit. | 06-06-2013 |
20130145087 | MEMORY SYSTEM AND BLOCK MERGE METHOD - In one embodiment, the invention provides a memory system including a flash memory device including a plurality of memory blocks implementing a plurality of data blocks, a plurality of log blocks, and a plurality of free blocks. The memory system further includes a flash translation layer maintaining the number of the free blocks to be at least equal to a reference number by converting selected memory blocks among the data and log blocks into free blocks via at least one merge operation during a background period. Additionally, the flash translation layer converts selected ones of the free blocks into data and log blocks, respectively. | 06-06-2013 |
20130145192 | COMPUTER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A computer includes a CPU and a system unit, and further includes a power source which generates source power, a system driving power generator which converts the source power to system power and which provides power to the system unit, a CPU driving power generator which outputs driving power to drive the CPU, and a controller which selectively supplies the source power or the system power to an input terminal of the CPU driving power generator according to an operation mode of the CPU. Thus, a computer adjusts a level of power supplied to a CPU driving power generator according to a CPU mode and improves power efficiency, and includes a control method thereof. | 06-06-2013 |
20130145234 | Memory Systems and Block Copy Methods Thereof - Methods of operating memory systems and nonvolatile memory devices include performing error checking and correction (ECC) operations on M pages of data read from a first “source” portion of M-bit nonvolatile memory cells within the nonvolatile memory device to thereby generate M pages of ECC-processed data, where M is a positive integer greater than two (2). A second “target” portion of M-bit nonvolatile memory cells within the nonvolatile memory device is then programmed with the M pages of ECC-processed data using an address-scrambled reprogramming technique, for example. | 06-06-2013 |
20130145326 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus including: a display unit; a communication unit which receives information about a coordinate from an input device; and an image processor which displays an image including an object and a cursor on the display unit, and moves the cursor toward the object according to a position of the object in the image with respect to information about movement corresponding to a first input coordinate at an input start point and a second input coordinate at an input termination point, wherein the first input coordinate and the second input coordinate are received from the input device through the communication unit. | 06-06-2013 |
20130145640 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR TREATING A SUBSTRATE - A substrate treatment apparatus is provided. The apparatus may include a process chamber configured to have an internal space, a substrate supporting member disposed in the process chamber to support a substrate, a first supplying port configured to supply a supercritical fluid to a region of the internal space located below the substrate, a second supplying port configured to supply a supercritical fluid to other region of the internal space located over the substrate, and an exhaust port configured to exhaust the supercritical fluid from the process chamber to an exterior region. | 06-13-2013 |
20130145785 | AIR CONDITIONER - An air conditioner which controls capacity of an outdoor heat-exchanger unit without an on-off valve that exhibits high pressure loss, which prevents accumulation of refrigerant in an outdoor heat-exchanger, and which maintains reliability of a compressor or refrigeration cycle. The air conditioner includes a first expansion valve on a liquid line of a first outdoor heat- exchanger, a second expansion valve on a liquid line of a second outdoor heat-exchanger, a first connection line to connect a suction line to one port of the first | 06-13-2013 |
20130145894 | KNOB ASSEMBLY AND WASHING MACHINE HAVING THE SAME - A knob assembly having a simple structure allowing an easy assembly, and a washing machine having the same includes a cabinet, a control panel assembly disposed at an upper portion of a front side of the cabinet, and a knob assembly rotatably mounted on the control panel assembly to set a washing cycle, wherein the knob assembly includes a rotation knob configured to rotate while connected to the control panel assembly to set the washing cycle or a function according to a degree of rotation, and a knob cover coupled to the rotation knob to surround the rotation knob. | 06-13-2013 |
20130146830 | Semiconductor Devices and Methods of Manufacturing the Same - Semiconductor devices include lower interconnections, upper interconnections crossing over the lower interconnections, selection components disposed at crossing points of the lower interconnections and the upper interconnections, respectively, and memory components disposed between the selection components and the upper interconnections. Each of the selection components may include a semiconductor pattern having a first sidewall and a second sidewall. The first sidewall of the semiconductor pattern may have a first upper width and a first lower width that is greater than the first upper width. The second sidewall of the semiconductor pattern may have a second upper width and a second lower width that is substantially equal to the second upper width. | 06-13-2013 |
20130146842 | SEMICONDUCTOR LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A semiconductor light emitting device includes first conductivity type and second conductivity type semiconductor layers, an active layer disposed between the semiconductor layers and having a structure in which one or more quantum well layers and one or more quantum barrier layers are alternately disposed An electron blocking layer is disposed between the active layer and the second conductivity type semiconductor layer. A capping layer is disposed between the active layer and the electron blocking layer and blocking a dopant element from being injected into the active layer from the second conductivity type semiconductor layer. | 06-13-2013 |
20130146849 | POLYMER AND ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE INCLUDING THE SAME - A polymer having a repeating unit represented by Formula 1, wherein R | 06-13-2013 |
20130146890 | HIGH ELECTRON MOBILITY TRANSISTOR - A high electron mobility transistor (HEMT) according to example embodiments includes a first semiconductor layer, a second semiconductor layer on the first semiconductor layer, and a reverse diode gate structure on the second semiconductor layer. A source and a drain may be on at least one of the first semiconductor layer and the second semiconductor layer. A gate electrode may be on the reverse diode gate structure. | 06-13-2013 |
20130146990 | SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD - Embodiments of the invention provide a semiconductor integrated circuit device and a method for fabricating the device. In one embodiment, the method comprises forming a plurality of preliminary gate electrode structures in a cell array region and a peripheral circuit region of a semiconductor substrate; forming selective epitaxial films on the semiconductor substrate in the cell array region and the peripheral region; implanting impurities into at least some of the selective epitaxial films to form elevated source/drain regions in the cell array region and the peripheral circuit region; forming a first interlayer insulating film; and patterning the first interlayer insulating film to form a plurality of first openings exposing the elevated source/drain regions. The method further comprises forming a first ohmic film, a first barrier film, and a metal film; and removing portions of each of the metal film, the first barrier film, and the first ohmic film. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147005 | ELECTROPLATING METHODS FOR FABRICATING INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICES AND DEVICES FABRICATED THEREBY - Provided are methods of fabricating a semiconductor device and semiconductor devices fabricated thereby. In the methods, dummy recess regions may be formed between cell recess regions and a peripheral circuit region. Due to the presence of the dummy recess regions, it may be possible to reduce a concentration gradient of a suppressor contained in a plating solution near the dummy pattern region, to make the concentration of the suppressor more uniform in the cell pattern region, and to supply an electric current more effectively to the cell pattern region. As a result, a plating layer can be more uniformly formed in the cell pattern region, without void formation therein. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147022 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND METHODS OF FABRICATING THE SAME - A semiconductor device may include an interlayer insulating layer containing hydrogen and a first passivation layer configured to prevent or inhibit an out-gassing of the hydrogen. In the method, a second passivation layer configured to control a warpage characteristic of a wafer may be formed on the first passivation layer. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147048 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICES INCLUDING ELECTRODE SUPPORT STRUCTURES AND METHODS OF FABRICATING THE SAME - A semiconductor device includes a plurality of electrode structures perpendicularly extending on a substrate, and at least one support unit extending between the plurality of electrode structures. The support unit includes at least one support layer including a noncrystalline metal oxide contacting a part of the plurality of electrode structures. Related devices and fabrication methods are also discussed. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147063 | METHODS OF FABRICATING FAN-OUT WAFER LEVEL PACKAGES AND PACKAGES FORMED BY THE METHODS - A fan-out wafer level package may include at least two semiconductor chips; an insulating layer covering portions of a first semiconductor chip; a mold layer covering portions of a second semiconductor chip; a redistribution line pattern in the insulating layer; and/or an external terminal on the insulating layer. The first semiconductor chip may be stacked relative to the second semiconductor chip. The redistribution line pattern may be electrically connected to the at least two semiconductor chips. The external terminal may be electrically connected to the redistribution line pattern. A fan-out wafer level package may include at least three semiconductor chips; an insulating layer covering portions of first semiconductor chips; a mold layer covering portions of a second semiconductor chip; a redistribution line pattern in the insulating layer; and/or an external terminal on the insulating layer. The first semiconductor chips may be stacked relative to the second semiconductor chip. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147318 | ULTRASONIC PROBE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein are an ultrasonic probe having a backing layer formed of a structure which varies acoustic impedance and a manufacturing method thereof. The ultrasonic probe includes a piezoelectric layer and a backing layer provided on a rear surface of the piezoelectric layer, and the backing layer includes a plurality of kerfs formed on a front surface thereof in a lengthwise direction, the front surface being adjacent to the rear surface of the piezoelectric layer, and the kerfs are formed such that the intervals between the kerfs are varied. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147336 | REFRIGERATOR - A refrigerator capable of adjusting the height of a body independent of the height of a door, in which a lower portion hinge connecting the body to the door includes a fixed bracket having one portion fixed to a bottom surface of the body while having the remaining portion protruded to a front side of the refrigerator, a mobile bracket coupled to the fixed bracket so as to enable a sliding movement and allowing the door to placed thereon, in which a body supporting leg and a door supporting leg are screwed to a lower portion of the fixed bracket and a lower portion of the mobile bracket, respectively, to adjust the respective heights of the fixed bracket and the mobile bracket. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147343 | PHOSPHOR COMPOSITION, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, AND THE METHOD OF PREPARING THE PHOSPHOR COMPOSITION - There are provided a phosphor and a light emitting device. The phosphor includes a phosphor composition including a rare-earth element employed in a compound represented by the equation: L | 06-13-2013 |
20130147421 | POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL APPARATUS AND POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD - A power consumption control apparatus and method, the power consumption control method including calculating a charging cost, which represents a cost of power in a case of charging power, and a discharging cost, which represents a cost of power in a case of discharging power, of a power storage unit where the charging and discharging of power is performed, comparing the charging cost with the discharging cost of the power storage unit, controlling a power conversion unit to perform a discharging mode of performing one of the discharging of power and a reselling of power if the discharging cost is lower than the charging cost, and controlling the power conversion unit to perform a charging mode of charging the power storage unit with at least one of a new renewable power and a grid power if the charging cost is equal to or lower than the discharging cost. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147705 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and control method are provided. The display apparatus includes a storage unit which is provided to store biometric information of an individual user and metadata corresponding to the biometric information; a biometric information input unit through which biometric information of a plurality of users is input; a display unit; and a controller which determines metadata corresponding to a first user by comparing the input biometric information of the first user with the stored biometric information, determines metadata corresponding to a second user by comparing the input biometric information of the second user with the stored biometric information, and generates information of a user group comprising the first and second users based on common metadata between the metadata of the first user and the metadata of the second user. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147796 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING FATIGUE RESULTING FROM VIEWING THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE DISPLAY, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING DATA STREAM OF LOW VISUAL FATIGUE THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE - Provided is a method of reducing fatigue resulting from viewing a three-dimensional (3D) image display. The method includes: obtaining low visual fatigue parameter information on a frame section including at least one frame of a received 3D image; obtaining disparity vector information on each frame of the 3D image; and determining a disparity minimum limit value and a disparity maximum limit value with respect to the 3D image. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147809 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALLIGRAPHIC BEAUTIFICATION OF HANDWRITTEN CHARACTERS - A method and an apparatus for calligraphic beautification of handwritten characters are provided. The method includes collecting handwriting data of a user's handwritten input in real-time, determining whether a calligraphic beautification operation is to be started, determining stroke structure information of a stroke according to the collected handwriting data if the beautification operation is to be started, continuing the collecting of the handwriting data if the calligraphic beautification operation is not to be started, performing the calligraphic beautification operation according to a calligraphic beautification method corresponding to the stroke structure information, and displaying a beautified result. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147830 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING IMAGE DRAW PERFORMANCE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for drawing a background image in a portable terminal are provided. The method includes determining at least one color addition region based on background image configuration information, and drawing a background image by adding a color to the at least one color addition region. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148026 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING USING THE SAME - A display apparatus and a displaying method using the display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes: a receiver which receives a broadcasting signal via at least one of a plurality of channels; a display unit which outputs the received broadcasting signal; and a controller which controls the display unit to detect an identifier included in the received broadcasting signal and to display information relating to a channel receiving a broadcasting signal having the same identifier as the detected identifier. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148032 | DIGITAL BROADCASTING RECEIVING APPARATUS WITH IMPROVED START-UP SPEED AND START-UP METHOD FOR THE DIGITAL BROADCASTING RECEIVING APPARATUS - A digital broadcasting receiving apparatus with improved start-up speed and a start-up method for the digital broadcasting receiving apparatus are provided. The start-up method for the digital broadcasting receiving apparatus includes performing a booting operation related to a central processing unit (CPU) when the digital broadcasting receiving apparatus is powered on, performing a channel decoding operation related to a channel to be displayed while the CPU booting is being performed, and displaying the channel decoded by the channel decoding operation when the CPU booting and the channel decoding are finished. Accordingly, the start-up time of the digital broadcasting receiving apparatus can be remarkably reduced. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148057 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - A backlight unit for a liquid crystal display device, the backlight unit including: an light emitting diode (“LED”) light source; a light conversion layer disposed separate from the LED light source to convert light emitted from the LED light source to white light and to provide the white light to the liquid crystal panel; and a light guide panel disposed between the LED light source and the light conversion layer, wherein the light conversion layer includes a semiconductor nanocrystal and a polymer matrix, and wherein the polymer matrix includes a first polymerized polymer of a first monomer including at least two thiol (—SH) groups, each located at a terminal end of the first monomer, and a second monomer including at least two unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds, each located at a terminal end of the second monomer. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148150 | IMAGE FORMING DEVICE TO PROCESS JOB USING SET-UP ENTRIES OF OTHER IMAGE FORMING DEVICES AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming device to receive set-up entry data of external image forming devices, includes an interface portion to relay communications with at least one external image forming device; a communication portion to request set-up entry data to the at least one external image forming device; and a central processing unit to execute a job according to the set-up entry data when the requested set-up entry data is received through the interface portion. The communication portion searches the external image forming devices using a broadcast scheme and requests the set-up entry data according to the search result. Accordingly, functions of the image forming device can be utilized with more convenience and efficiency. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148162 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS SUPPORTING PEER TO PEER CONNECTION AND METHOD OF PERFORMING IMAGE FORMING OPERATION THEREOF - A method of performing an image forming operation in an image forming apparatus supporting peer to peer (P2P) connection includes P2P connecting the image forming apparatus to an external wireless device while the image forming apparatus is wirelessly connected to an access point (AP) of an infrastructured network, receiving a discovery packet from the wireless device via a P2P interface, transmitting to the wireless device a response packet including an Internet protocol (IP) address of the P2P interface, receiving from the wireless device an image forming operation performing request having the IP address of the P2P interface as a destination, and performing the requested image forming operation. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148186 | SURFACE PLASMON POLARITON MODULATOR - A surface plasmon polariton modulator capable of locally varying a physical property of a dielectric material to control a surface plasmon polariton. The surface plasmon polariton modulator includes a dielectric layer, including first and second dielectric portions, which is interposed between two metal layers. The second dielectric portion has a refractive index which varies with an electric field, a magnetic field, heat, a sound wave, or a chemical and/or biological operation applied thereto. The surface plasmon polariton modulator is configured to control one of an advancing direction, an intensity, a phase, or the like of a surface plasmon using an electric signal. The surface plasmon polariton modulator can operate as a surface plasmon polariton multiplexer or a surface plasmon polariton demultiplexer. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148310 | PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD HAVING WIRE PATTERN - A printed circuit board (PCB) includes a wire pattern having first and second surfaces facing in opposite directions from each other, the wire pattern including a first region having a first thickness and a second region having a second thickness greater than the first thickness; a core insulation layer on the second surface in the first region, the core insulation layer having a third surface adjacent to the second surface in the first region and a fourth surface facing in an opposite direction from the third surface, the fourth surface being connected to the second surface; and a first protection layer covering a portion of the fourth surface of the core insulation layer and a portion of the second surface in the second region. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148403 | MEMORY SYSTEM HAVING IMPROVED SIGNAL INTEGRITY - A memory system having improved signal integrity includes a printed circuit board for use in a memory device, N memory semiconductor packages mounted on the printed circuit board, a first switch mounted on the printed circuit board, a controller mounted on the printed circuit board, N first signal lines connecting the semiconductor packages to the first switch such that the semiconductor packages and the first switch are in an N-to- | 06-13-2013 |
20130148474 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING ALARM IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and apparatus for setting an alarm in a portable terminal are provided. The method includes receiving a message for requesting the setting of the alarm from a peer terminal, confirming a right of the peer terminal to set an alarm, determining, if the peer terminal has the right to set the alarm, an alarm generation time according to a transmission time of the alarm setting request message, and setting the alarm for the alarm generation time. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148540 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALL SET-UP BASED ON NETWORK AVAILABLE TO RECEIVER - A method for call set-up between a receiver and a transmitter via an Internet Protocol (IP) network, the method including setting a communication environment based on a network available to the receiver; and setting up a call based on the set communication environment. The communication environment is set by displaying available communication methods based on the network available to the receiver, and determining a communication method to be used from among the available display communication methods based on a user input. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148545 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DEVICE DISCOVERY IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for managing device discovery in a wireless system are provided. The method includes performing a periodic search operation to discover a peer device, stopping the periodic search operation upon discovering a suitable peer device, and switching to a periodic listening operation for allowing the Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) Peer-To-Peer (P2P) device to be discovered by the discovered peer device and for permitting a connection with the discovered peer device. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148703 | RADIO FREQUENCY TRANSCEIVER - A radio frequency transceiver which can support various frequency conversion schemes is provided. The radio frequency transmitter includes a first low pass filter, a second low pass filter, a first filter input port connected to an input terminal of the first low pass filter, a second filter input port connected to an input terminal of the second low pass filter, a first filter output port connected to an output terminal of the first low pass filter, a second filter output port connected to an output terminal of the second low pass filter, an I/Q modulator, an I input port connected to an I input terminal of the I/Q modulator, a Q input port connected to a Q input terminal of the I/Q modulator; and a Radio Frequency (RF) output port connected to an output terminal of the I/Q modulator. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148726 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING AND DECODING BASED ON INTRA PREDICTION - Methods and apparatuses for encoding and decoding based on intra prediction. The method of encoding an image based on intra prediction comprises dividing a current block into a plurality of sub blocks so that a plurality of unit blocks adjacent to each other are included in one of the sub blocks based on an intra prediction direction of each of the unit blocks included in the current block, and performing intra prediction encoding on each of the sub blocks so that only information about one intra prediction direction is encoded in each of the sub blocks. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148727 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING VIDEO, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECODING VIDEO - Disclosed is a method of encoding a video, the method including: splitting a current picture into at least one maximum coding unit; determining a coded depth to output a final encoding result according to at least one split region obtained by splitting a region of the maximum coding unit according to depths, by encoding the at least one split region, based on a depth that deepens in proportion to the number of times the region of the maximum coding unit is split; and outputting image data constituting the final encoding result according to the at least one split region, and encoding information about the coded depth and a prediction mode, according to the at least one maximum coding unit. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148728 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING VIDEO, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECODING VIDEO - Disclosed is a method of encoding a video, the method including: splitting a current picture into at least one maximum coding unit; determining a coded depth to output a final encoding result according to at least one split region obtained by splitting a region of the maximum coding unit according to depths, by encoding the at least one split region, based on a depth that deepens in proportion to the number of times the region of the maximum coding unit is split; and outputting image data constituting the final encoding result according to the at least one split region, and encoding information about the coded depth and a prediction mode, according to the at least one maximum coding unit. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148736 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING MOTION VECTOR USING PLURALITY OF MOTION VECTOR PREDICTORS, ENCODER, DECODER, AND DECODING METHOD - Provided are a method and apparatus for estimating a motion vector using a plurality of motion vector predictors, an encoder, a decoder, and a decoding method. The method includes calculating spatial similarities between the current block and the plurality of neighboring partitions around the current block, selecting at least one of the neighboring partitions based on the calculated spatial similarities, and estimating a motion vector of the selected partition as the motion vector of the current block. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148820 | EARPHONE CONNECTION DETECTING SYSTEM AND MOBILE DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING THE SYSTEM - A system for detecting the connection of an earphone system to a mobile device is provided. The earphone connection detecting system detects an electrical signal from a mechanical change according to the insertion of the earphone jack plug of the earphone system into the jack interface of the mobile device, via a switching device electrically isolated from the earphone system, thereby identifying the connection of the earphone system to the mobile device. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148853 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus and method may accurately separate only humans among moving objects, and also accurately separate even humans who have no motion via human segmentation using a depth data and face detection technology. The apparatus includes a face detecting unit to detect a human face in an input color image, a background model producing/updating unit to produce a background model using a depth data of an input first frame and face detection results, a candidate region extracting unit to produce a candidate region as a human body region by comparing the background model with a depth data of an input second or subsequent frame, and to extract a final candidate region by removing a region containing a moving object other than a human from the candidate region, and a human body region extracting unit to extract the human body region from the candidate region. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148871 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING MEDICAL IMAGE - A method of processing a medical image includes decomposing at least one medical image into multiscale image information having a plurality of directions by transforming the at least one medical image; estimating a variance of coefficients of image information of each scale of the multiscale image information; modifying the multiscale image information having the plurality of directions by modifying values of the coefficients of the image information of each scale using the estimated variance and coefficients of image information of a plurality of scales of the multiscale image information including the scale being modified; and generating a reconstruction image of the at least one medical image by inverse transforming the modified multiscale image information having the plurality of directions. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149001 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An electrophotographic image forming apparatus includes a photoreceptor forming an electrostatic latent image on a surface thereof, a charging roller being in contact with the photoreceptor to uniformly charge the surface thereof, a developing device forming a toner image on the photoreceptor, and a cleaning device cleaning contaminants on a surface of the charging roller, in which the charging roller has a conductive elastic layer formed around an axis and a direction of polishing marks on the surface of the charging roller is in a circumferential direction. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149009 | DEVELOPING DEVICE - A developing device includes spiral wings, a forward double spiral wing, clearance portion, backward double spiral wing, and short lead backward spiral wing installed on the rotational shaft of a stirring and carrying unit. The forward and backward double spiral wings have spiral directions opposite to each other, and together are formed to have an equal lead to the spiral wings. The supplying and carrying unit is disposed above the stirring and carrying unit, and the supplying and carrying unit and the stirring and carrying unit are divided by a partition having a communication portion installed at a position corresponding to the forward and backward double spiral wings. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149014 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR REGISTRATION METHOD OF THE SAME - An image forming apparatus which obtains rotational variance factors of an intermediate transfer belt for each of plurality of colors based on locations with respect to second pattern image being obtained by a location calculation unit, corrects the location obtained with respect to a first pattern image based on the rotational variance factor obtained with respect to the color of the first pattern image, obtains an offset of another color with respect to a reference color based on the location after correction, and performs color registration based on the obtained offset to reduce the offset. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149015 | MULTI PASS TYPE COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A multi pass type color image forming apparatus and control metod are provided. The apparatus advances an exposure time point of forming electrostatic latent images of second and subsequent colors more than that of a first color of a page during consecutive printing or reduces the velocity of a motor to rotate an intermediate transfer belt to minimize a color registration error between a developing agent image of the first color and developing agent images of the subsequent colors of the page caused by cleaning of the intermediate transfer belt and a control method thereof. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149217 | CELL CAPTURING FILTER HAVING HIGH ASPECT RATIO - A cell capturing filter, in which cells or particles having a predetermined size or greater in a sample may be easily captured, and clogging of a flow passage due to the captured cells or particles may be prevented, and stresses acting on the captured cells or particles may be reduced, having a first surface and a second substrate having a second surface that is bonded to the first surface, wherein the first substrate may include a flow passage formed in the first surface of the first substrate so that a sample flows in the flow passage, and a barrier that protrudes across the flow passage, and the second substrate may include a fine groove formed in an area on the second surface corresponding to the barrier, and a gap may exist between a surface of the barrier and the fine groove. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149409 | INJECTION MOLD - An injection mold including a first mold, a second mold disposed opposite to the first mold and configured to form a cavity having a shape that corresponds to an injection-molded product to be manufactured by being coupled to the first mold, an injection apparatus configured to inject molten resin in the cavity, and an adsorption apparatus configured to adsorb and separate the injection-molded product, which is manufactured by the first mold and the second mold, from the first mold, so that the separation of the injection-molded product is performed by the adsorption apparatus, and thus structures configured to separate the injection-molded product are omitted from the first mold and the second mold, thereby simplifying the structures of the first mold and the second mold. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149513 | BARRIER FILM FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A barrier film for an electronic device includes: a resin film; an adsorption layer disposed on a side of the resin film and including an inorganic material, which is electrostatically chargeable with a positive charge or a negative charge and having higher hydrophilicity than a surface of the resin film; and a stacked layer disposed on a side of the adsorption layer and including a plate-shaped particle layer including an inorganic plate-shaped particle, which is electrostatically chargeable with a positive charge or a negative charge, and a binder layer including a binder particle, which is electrostatically chargeable with a positive charge or a negative charge, where the plate-shaped particle layer and binder layer are alternately stacked. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149517 | MULTI-LAYER THIN FILM ASSEMBLY AND BARRIER FILM FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A multi-layer thin film assembly including a first layer including a first material, wherein the first material includes at least two kinds of functional groups, and a second layer disposed on the first layer and including a second material that interacts with the at least two kinds of functional groups, and a barrier film including the same. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149537 | HARD COATING COMPOSITION - A hard coating composition capable of being applied to the modification of a surface of plastic material that is being widely used in household appliances, the hard coating composition including an inorganic dispersion solution that is composed of at least one hydrolytically decomposable silane compound and an inorganic oxide particle, and an organic resin solution that is composed of a photo-curable acrylic-based compound and various additives capable of providing a functionality, such as a surface improving agent and an anti-static agent, the hard coating composition providing pH of between 4 and 6. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149544 | METHODS OF MATERIAL HYDROPHILIZATION BY SILOXANES CONTAINING NITRILOPOLY (METHYLENEPHOSPHONIC ACID) OR DERIVATIVES THEREOF - A method of imparting hydrophilicity to a surface of a material, which comprises providing a base material comprising a surface; applying and chemically fixing a siloxane oligomer represented by Chemical Formula 1 to the surface of the base material to form a siloxane-modified surface; and applying a phosphonic acid compound represented by Chemical Formula 2 to the siloxane-modified surface and carrying out a reaction therebetween to form an organosiloxane coating: | 06-13-2013 |
20130149545 | METHODS OF MATERIAL HYDROPHILIZATION BY GLYCIDOL-CONTAINING SILOXANES - A method of imparting hydrophilicity to a surface of a material, which includes providing a base material having a surface; applying and chemically fixing a siloxane oligomer represented by Chemical Formula 1 to the surface of the base material to form a siloxane-modified surface; and applying a glycidol compound represented by Chemical Formula 2 to the siloxane-modified surface; and carrying out a reaction therebetween to form an organosiloxane coating having a N,N-bis(hydroxyalkyl)aminoalkyl group: | 06-13-2013 |
20130149632 | ELECTRODE CATALYST FOR A FUEL CELL, METHOD OF PREPARING THE SAME, AND MEMBRANE ELECTRODE ASSEMBLY AND FUEL CELL INCLUDING THE ELECTRODE CATALYST - An electrode catalyst for a fuel cell including porous catalyst particles including a noble metal having oxygen-reduction activity and a carbonaceous support, wherein the porous catalyst particles are disposed on the carbonaceous support, and an electrochemical specific surface area of the porous catalyst particles is about 70 m | 06-13-2013 |
20130149833 | Methods of Manufacturing Semiconductor Devices - A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, the method including: preparing a semiconductor substrate including a mold layer and a support layer disposed on the mold layer; forming multiple holes that pass through the mold layer and the support layer; forming multiple bottom electrodes in the holes; exposing at least a portion of the bottom electrodes by removing at least a portion of the mold layer; removing a portion of the bottom electrodes from an exposed surface of the bottom electrodes; and sequentially forming a dielectric layer and a top electrode layer on the bottom electrodes. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149858 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING BUMP - A bump manufacturing method may be provided. The bump manufacturing method may include forming a bump on an electrode pad included in a semiconductor device, and controlling a shape of the bump by reflowing the bump formed on the semiconductor device under an oxygen atmosphere. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149862 | METHOD FOR FORMING FINE PATTERN HAVING VARIABLE WIDTH AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE USING THE SAME - A method for forming a fine pattern having a variable width by simultaneously using an optimal focused electron beam and a defocused electron beam in a light exposure process Includes, after forming a first film on a substrate, forming a first film pattern including a first level area and a second level area having different distances from the substrate by changing a profile of an upper surface of the first film. A photoresist film having a first area covering the first level area and a second area covering the second level area is formed. To simultaneously light-expose the first area and the second area with the same width, a light exposure condition, in which an optimal focused electron beam is eradiated on the first area and a defocused electron beam is eradiated on the second area, is applied. A plurality of photoresist patterns continuously extending over the first level area and the second level area with different widths on the first level area and the second level area are formed by developing the light-exposed photoresist film. | 06-13-2013 |
20130149966 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - Provided are a communication method, apparatus, and system. The communication method comprises registering addresses of opponent devices to communicate with in advance between a ZigBee coordinator and an end device, thus preventing an unauthorized device from joining a network or avoiding unnecessary joining due to a user's mistake. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150029 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DELIVERING SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE EFFICIENTLY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for controlling Short Message Service (SMS) delivery to a User Equipment (UE) over a Packet-Switched (PS) network without involvement of any Circuit Switched (CS) network node are provided. The method includes receiving subscriber information of a terminal from a Home Subscriber Server (HSS), determining whether the MME supports short message delivery over a Packet-Switched (PS) network, and transmitting, when the MME supports the short message delivery over the PS network, a registration request message including information for routing the short message to the MME to the HSS. The SMS delivery method and apparatus is capable of delivering the SMS message to the UE over the PS network without involvement of the CS network nodes, thereby negating the necessity of CS network nodes for supporting SMS service, resulting in reduction of maintenance and management costs. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150048 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SINGLE-POINT TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION AND COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - A communication system and method for single-point transmission and reception and coordinated multi-point transmission and reception are provided. The system and method include determining information associated with a channel status of a target terminal. The system and method also include selecting, with respect to the target terminal, one of single-point transmission and reception and coordinated multi-point transmission and reception based on the information associated with the channel status of the target terminal. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150059 | FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for Frequency Allocation (FA) in a mobile communication system which separates a Radio Frequency (RF) unit and a digital unit are provided. A method of a digital central office including a plurality of channel cards includes processing signals of a plurality of cells corresponding to a plurality of RF units through the channel cards, measuring loads of the cells through the channel cards, determining FA per cell by considering the measured loads per cell, and operating the channel cards according to the determined FA per cell. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150725 | PROBE FOR ULTRASONIC DIAGNOSTIC APPARATUS - A probe for an ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus which is used for performing a test upon a subject is provided. The probe includes a case which forms an exterior of the probe, a piezoelectric object which is provided on an inside of the case and which generates an ultrasonic wave, a sound absorbing layer which is provided at a rear surface of the piezoelectric object and which prevents the ultrasonic wave from being delivered to a rear portion of the piezoelectric object, an acoustic matching layer which delivers the generated ultrasonic wave to a subject by matching a sound impedance of the piezoelectric object with a sound impedance of the subject, and a sound lens which concentrates the generated ultrasonic wave and radiates the concentrated ultrasonic wave toward the subject. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150865 | MEDICAL ROBOT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A medical robot system and a method for controlling the same. The medical robot system includes a trocar, inserted into an incision of a patient, to guide a surgical apparatus and transmit at least one of position information of the surgical apparatus and pressure information of the surgical apparatus, and a console to display a screen including at least one of the position information and the pressure information. | 06-13-2013 |
20130151243 | VOICE MODULATION APPARATUS AND VOICE MODULATION METHOD USING THE SAME - A voice modulation apparatus is provided. The voice modulation apparatus includes an audio signal input unit which receives an audio signal from an external source; an extraction unit which extracts property information relating to a voice from the audio signal; a storage unit which stores the extracted property information; a control unit which modulates a target voice based on the extracted property information; and an output unit which outputs the modulated target voice. | 06-13-2013 |
20130151591 | BROADCAST RECEIVING APPARATUS, SERVER, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE BROADCAST RECEIVING APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SERVER - A broadcast receiving apparatus is provided, which includes an interface unit connected to a server; a storage unit storing information on the broadcast receiving apparatus, a display unit displaying a UI (User Interface) for selecting the information on the broadcast receiving apparatus, and a control unit controlling the interface unit to transfer the information on the broadcast receiving apparatus selected through the UI to the server. | 06-13-2013 |
20130151672 | CLOUD COMPUTING METHOD, COMPUTING APPARATUS AND SERVER USING THE SAME - A cloud computing method and a computing apparatus and server using the same are provided. The cloud computing method includes a server generating a virtual disc for executing one or more applications when a computing apparatus is connected to the server, requesting execution of an application included in the virtual disc, and downloading and executing an execution file corresponding to the requested application. Therefore, it is possible for a user to remove time delay caused in a downloading and executing process when an application is initially executed. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152100 | METHOD TO GUARANTEE REAL TIME PROCESSING OF SOFT REAL-TIME OPERATING SYSTEM - A method to guarantee real time processing of a soft real time operating system in a multicore platform by executing a thread while varying a core in which the thread is executed and apparatus are provided. The method includes assigning priority to a task thread, executing the task thread, determining a core in which the task thread is to be executed, and if the core is determined, transferring the task thread to the determined core. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152133 | PROGRAM GUIDE APPARATUS - A method acquires program guide information in an image signal receiver, and program guide method and apparatus using the same. In the program guide apparatus, information immediately required by a user is obtained first, and information of less preferential channels is obtained next, thus presenting a smooth interface to the user. The method of acquiring program guide information for channels includes acquiring the program guide information for each channel by scanning accessible channels while a received program is not displayed. The program guide apparatus includes a tuner tuning a channel, a program guide information detector, a memory, a key input, a microprocessor, and a character signal generator. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152134 | PROGRAM GUIDE APPARATUS - A method acquires program guide information in an image signal receiver, and program guide method and apparatus using the same. In the program guide apparatus, information immediately required by a user is obtained first, and information of less preferential channels is obtained next, thus presenting a smooth interface to the user. The method of acquiring program guide information for channels includes acquiring the program guide information for each channel by scanning accessible channels while a received program is not displayed. The program guide apparatus includes a tuner tuning a channel, a program guide information detector, a memory, a key input, a microprocessor, and a character signal generator. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152136 | PROGRAM GUIDE APPARATUS - A method acquires program guide information in an image signal receiver, and program guide method and apparatus using the same. In the program guide apparatus, information immediately required by a user is obtained first, and information of less preferential channels is obtained next, thus presenting a smooth interface to the user. The method of acquiring program guide information for channels includes acquiring the program guide information for each channel by scanning accessible channels while a received program is not displayed. The program guide apparatus includes a tuner tuning a channel, a program guide information detector, a memory, a key input, a microprocessor, and a character signal generator. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152137 | PROGRAM GUIDE APPARATUS - A method acquires program guide information in an image signal receiver, and program guide method and apparatus using the same. In the program guide apparatus, information immediately required by a user is obtained first, and information of less preferential channels is obtained next, thus presenting a smooth interface to the user. The method of acquiring program guide information for channels includes acquiring the program guide information for each channel by scanning accessible channels while a received program is not displayed. The program guide apparatus includes a tuner tuning a channel, a program guide information detector, a memory, a key input, a microprocessor, and a character signal generator. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152149 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PORTABLE TERMINAL FOR DUAL DISPLAY OF BROADCASTING RECEIVER BY HDMI SIGNAL - An apparatus and a method of a portable terminal for dual display of a broadcasting receiver by a High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) signal are provided. The method includes receiving at least one input signal from a broadcasting receiver, generating an output signal based on the received input signal, and transmitting the output signal to the broadcasting receiver so that the output signal can be output from the broadcasting receiver. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152202 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING MALWARE IN DATA ANALYSIS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for analyzing malware in a data analysis system are provided. The apparatus includes a data analysis unit and a controller. The data analysis unit sorts data into primary harmful data and primary harmless data using screening data information of malicious code information and virus information. The controller screens or deletes the primary harmful data, and sends a request for precision analysis of the primary harmless data to a server. The data analysis unit sorts secondary harmful data from the primary harmless data using the precision analysis result received from the server. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152655 | PRESS DIE - A press die including a first die, a second die disposed opposite to the first die to perform a press work on a panel together with the first die, a drawing unit configured to hold the panel, a trimming unit configured to cut the panel, and a fluid pressure controlling unit configured to selectively deliver fluid pressure to one of the drawing unit and the trimming unit, thereby operating both of the drawing unit and the trimming unit even with a small fluid pressure by selectively delivering fluid pressure to one of the drawing unit and the trimming unit. | 06-20-2013 |
20130152706 | TESTER APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING FORMING LIMIT DIAGRAM - A tester apparatus capable of obtaining a forming limit diagram pertaining to a sample having a high degree of precision includes a fixing jig and a mobile jig installed at an upper side of the fixing jig so as to enable a vertical movement. The mobile jig may be configured to fix the sample in cooperation with the fixing jig, and a driving apparatus disposed at a lower side of the fixing jig may be configured to drive the vertical movement of the mobile jig. An interlocking apparatus provided in between the mobile jig and the driving apparatus may be configured to deliver a driving force of the driving apparatus to the mobile jig. | 06-20-2013 |
20130152969 | DISHWASHER AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A dishwasher, in which a reservoir provided with an electrolyzer is connected to a water collector via a flow path change valve, and wash water in the reservoir is electrolyzed by the electrolyzer during non-operation of the wash water, to generate sterilizing water and to circulate the sterilizing water into the dishwasher, thereby achieving an enhancement in sterilizability of the dishwasher. A method for controlling a dishwasher makes it possible to suppress propagation of microorganisms left in the dishwasher and to remove organic substances, using a sterilizing agent or high-temperature water. It is also possible to reduce generation of offensive odor caused by decomposition of bacteria, through a reduction in the amount of bacteria in the dishwasher. Since sterilization of the dishwasher is automatically carried out, enhanced user convenience is provided. | 06-20-2013 |
20130153286 | SHIELDING SYSTEM FOR MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING THE SYSTEM - A shielding system for a mobile device and a method for assembling the system are provided. The shielding system includes a Printed Circuit Board (PCB) with a first area and a thickness, and a shield enclosure, spaced apart and above a front side of the PCB at a certain distance, for enclosing components on the PCB. Parts of the shield enclosure are coupled to at least one of a lateral side and a back side of the PCB. | 06-20-2013 |
20130153489 | SEMI-PERMEABLE FILM AND SEPARATION MEMBRANE INCLUDING NANOPOROUS MATERIAL, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - Example embodiments herein relate to a semi-permeable film including a nanoporous material and a polymer matrix. The nanoporous material includes a nanoporous core and a coating layer that is disposed on a surface of the nanoporous core. The coating layer may include a particle selected from a metal hydroxide particle, a metal oxide particle, and a combination thereof. A separation membrane may include the semi-permeable film. Example embodiments also relate to a method of manufacturing the semi-permeable film and the separation membrane. | 06-20-2013 |
20130153860 | METHOD OF FORMING HYBRID NANOSTRUCTURE ON GRAPHENE, HYBRID NANOSTRUCTURE, AND DEVICE INCLUDING THE HYBRID NANOSTRUCTURE - A method of forming a hybrid nanostructure on graphene, the method including providing a graphene layer on a substrate; forming a metal layer on the graphene layer; and chemically depositing a nanomaterial on the graphene layer on which the metal layer is formed to form the hybrid nanostructure. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154136 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FORMING REFLECTOR IN LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE PACKAGE - A method of forming a plurality of reflectors for a light emitting device (LED) package includes receiving a first fluid material at at least a first source opening of an upper mold of a transfer apparatus; passing the first fluid material through a transfer passageway of the upper mold; expelling the first fluid material from the transfer passageway through a plurality of openings in a lower internal surface of a transfer chamber of the transfer passageway; depositing the first fluid material on a lead frame, disposed on a lower mold of the transfer apparatus, through the plurality of openings; forming the first fluid material into a plurality of molded structures using the upper mold and the lower mold; and hardening each of the molded structures to form a plurality of reflectors. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154179 | PAPER FEEDER, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A paper feeder, a control method thereof, and an image forming apparatus having the same are provided. The paper feeder includes a moving member to push paper loaded on one paper loader to another empty paper loader. With regard to operation of the moving member, the stop time of the moving member may be variable based on a paper size input by a user, which enables a stop position of the moving member to be automatically adjusted based on the paper size, resulting in enhanced user convenience. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154184 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a main body including a printing unit for printing an image on a recording medium and a pickup roller for picking up the recording medium, a paper feeding device, which includes an elevatable knock-up plate on which recording media are stackable and a pressure member for elastically pressing the knock-up plate towards the pickup roller and is removably inserted into the main body, and a variable guide unit, which is supported by the main body, is fixed in a slope state to lower the knock-up plate in a direction against the pickup roller when the paper feeding device is withdrawn from the main body, and moves to maintain a contact state with the knock-up plate due to a rising state of the knock-up plate in a state in which the paper feeding device is inserted into the main body. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154598 | BUCK CONVERTER HAVING PULSE SKIPPING MODE AND RELATED METHOD OF OPERATION - A buck converter comprises a switching unit configured to control a connection between a power terminal and a load terminal, a PWM controller configured to provide a PWM signal to the switching unit, and a control signal generator configured to generate a first control signal and a second control signal based on a current flowing to the load terminal, wherein the first control signal controls generation of the PWM signal and the second control signal controls a pulse width of the PWM signal. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154647 | MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An MRI apparatus provided with a support panel on which a subject is placed, the MRI apparatus including a noise cancelling unit movably installed at the support panel in a longitudinal direction of the support panel and configured to output a sound wave to cancel noise that reaches a target position, and a controller configured to control the noise cancelling unit to be moved to a target position and output the sound wave to cancel the noise. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154738 | AMPLIFIER AND FILTER HAVING VARIABLE GAIN AND CUTOFF FREQUENCY CONTROLLED LOGARITHMICALLY ACCORDING TO DIGITAL CODE - A variable gain amplifier circuit is provided. The circuit includes an operational amplifier for amplifying and outputting an input signal according to a cutoff frequency and a gain, a feedback resistor for changing a first resistance according to a first digital control code value which determines the cutoff frequency, and an input resistor for changing a second resistance according to a second digital control code value which is determined based on a difference of the first digital control code value and a gain code value. The gain is determined by a ratio of the first resistance and the second resistance and linearly changes on a decibel (dB) basis according to the first digital control code value, the cutoff frequency is inversely proportional to the first resistance and linearly changes on a log scale, and the variable gain can be easily set using the control code. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154741 | APPARATUS AND CIRCUIT FOR AMPLIFYING BASEBAND SIGNAL - An operational amplifier circuit is provided. The operational amplifier circuit includes a differential amplifier of a cascade structure and a switched-capacitor type Common-Mode FeedBack (CMFB) circuit. The differential amplifier amplifies a difference between two input signals to output an anode output voltage and a negative output voltage. The switched-capacitor type CMFB circuit averages the anode output voltage and the negative output voltage of the differential amplifier, compares the average voltage with a reference voltage to generate a feedback signal based on a result of the comparison, and provides the feedback signal to the differential amplifier. Therefore, power consumption is reduced and a battery use time of a wireless terminal can be extended. Also, since an operational amplifier gain of each analog filter terminal is not negatively affected, a Direct Current (DC) offset is reduced, thereby improving signal quality. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154864 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONVERTING ANALOG SIGNAL TO DIGITAL SIGNAL - An apparatus of a Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) is provided. The apparatus includes a logic circuit for performing a logical operation based on a combination of bit values b | 06-20-2013 |
20130154975 | TOUCH INPUT METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PORTABLE TERMINAL - A touch input method of a portable terminal which enables touch input to an entire region of a touch screen using a partial region of the touch screen in a state where a hand gripping of the portable terminal cannot touch all regions of the touch screen, and an apparatus thereof, are provided. The touch input method includes detecting touch input on one of divided touch regions of a touch screen, detecting a tilted state of the portable terminal when the touch input is detected, determining one of divided touch regions as a touch reflection region in which a touch event generated from a region in which the touch input is detected is reflected according to the detected tilted state of the portable terminal, and processing the touch event generated from the region in which the touch input is detected as the touch event reflected in the touch reflection region. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155067 | METHOD OF PROVIDING IMAGE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A method of providing an image and a display apparatus applying the same are provided. The method of providing an image of a display apparatus includes receiving signals requesting images having different resolutions from each other from a plurality of mobile apparatuses, determining a resolution reproducible by all of the plurality of mobile apparatuses among a plurality of resolutions requested from the plurality of mobile apparatuses as a first resolution and processing the image to be provided to the plurality of mobile apparatuses with the first resolution, and transmitting the image having the first resolution to the plurality of mobile apparatuses. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155161 | KEYBOARD MANUFACTURING APPARATUS AND METHOD - Disclosed herein are a keyboard manufacturing apparatus and method that provide improved printing of at least one of a letter, a symbol, a number, and a pattern onto a keycap of a keyboard. The keyboard manufacturing apparatus includes a loader to load a keyboard, an unloader to unload the keyboard, a printing device provided between the loader and the unloader to print at least one of the letter, symbol, number and pattern onto the keyboard, wherein the printing device includes a support on which the keyboard is positioned, and an inkjet unit to print the at least one of the letter, symbol, number and pattern onto the keyboard, wherein the inkjet unit includes an inkjet head containing ink with a color identical to a specific color to be printed onto the keyboard, and a hardeners positioned on one side of the inkjet head to dry the ink. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155300 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, IMAGE PICKUP METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image pickup apparatus includes an image pickup element to obtain an image of a subject using a plurality of pixels which are classified into a plurality of pixel groups and are arranged in a matrix pattern, a controller to apply a reset signal to start exposure of a pixel on a pixel group basis in sequence, to read out pixel values of the plurality of pixel groups on the pixel group basis in sequence according to the reset signal applying order, and to control the image pickup element such that each of the pixel groups has a same exposure time, and a storage unit to store the pixel values read out on the pixel group basis in sequence. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155348 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY MODULE FOR PORTABLE TERMINAL - A portable terminal including a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module is provided. The LCD module includes a reinforcement plate having a bottom surface and a side surface bent to extend from the bottom surface, wherein the reinforcement plate comprises a plurality of molding holes provided in a boundary portion between the bottom surface and the side surface of the reinforcement plate, a backlight unit coupled to an upper part of the reinforcement plate, a frame molded to the reinforcement plate, and an LCD panel coupled to an upper part of the backlight unit, wherein each of the plurality of molding holes extends into both the bottom surface and the side surface from the boundary portion between the bottom surface and the side surface. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155453 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING A CONNECTION STATE OF AN EXTERNAL DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD - A display apparatus and method are disclosed. The display apparatus according to the present disclosure includes a plurality of terminals, a display unit which displays a selection screen for selecting an external device to be connected to the display apparatus, and a control unit which controls the display unit to display a terminal image which shows a placement of the plurality of terminals and a guiding image for guiding to a terminal which corresponds corresponding to the selected external device from among the plurality of terminals when an external device is selected through the selection screen. Accordingly, a user may easily and quickly connect a connector of the external device to the terminal of the display apparatus. The display method includes displaying a connection setting menu for selecting an external device on a screen at a user's request; generating a guiding screen which includes a terminal image showing a placement state of the plurality of terminals and a guiding image for guiding to a terminal which corresponds to the external device from among the plurality of terminals, when the connection setting menu is selected; and displaying the guiding screen. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155674 | LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE LAMP - A light-emitting device lamp includes a light-emission unit including one or more light-emitting elements; a power circuit unit supplying a power to the light-emission unit; a heat radiation unit having the light-emission unit mounted therein and radiating heat that is generated by the light-emission unit; and a housing contacting and surrounding a portion of an outer circumference of the heat radiation unit and transmitting heat generated by the power circuit unit to the heat radiation unit. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155737 | SWITCHING MODE POWER SUPPLY USABLE IN AN IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF SUPPLYING POWER BY USING THE SAME - A switching mode power supply and a method of supplying power by using the same. The switching mode power supply includes a converting unit to convert an alternating current (AC) voltage input to the switching mode power supply to at least one direct current (DC) voltage by using at least one transformer, and a voltage controller to control a voltage level of an output voltage to be output to a system controller of the image forming apparatus from among the at least one DC voltage, where the system controller controls operations of the image forming apparatus. The voltage controller includes a switching unit to switch the voltage level of the output voltage from a first voltage level to a second voltage level when the image forming apparatus enters a power saving mode, where the second voltage level is lower than the first voltage level. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155770 | SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE - A semiconductor memory device includes a memory cell array having a plurality of bit lines and a plurality of word lines intersecting each other and a plurality of nonvolatile memory cells; and a page buffer for each bit line including a latch configured to store one of data to be written to a first nonvolatile memory cell selected by each word line and data read from the first nonvolatile memory cell, wherein before reading out data, the page buffer configured to store in a replica capacitor a voltage value of a word line adjacent to the selected word line when a second nonvolatile memory cell is turned on, the replica capacitor including a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in parallel, and the page buffer is configured to vary when the latch judges the data from the first nonvolatile memory cell according to the voltage value. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155796 | FABRICATION AND TESTING METHOD FOR NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICES - Provided is a plurality of master chips arranged in a row on the wafer, each master chip including a power supply circuit provides a power supply voltage, and a plurality of slave chips arranged in a column to at least one side of a corresponding master chip among the plurality of master chips, each slave chip including a memory cell array functionally operative in response to the power supply voltage provided by the corresponding master chip during wafer level testing. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155847 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO ENHANCE RELIABILITY IN MILLIMETER WAVE WIDEBAND COMMUNICATIONS - A network node in a wireless network performs a method for enhancing reliability in wireless communication. The method includes determining, at a first network node, that a current link with a second network node is broken. The method also includes attempting, at the first network node, to recover the current link. The method further includes, upon a determination that the current link is not recoverable, establishing, at the first network node, a new link with the second network node according to one of a plurality of switching rules, the switching rules ordered according to a priority among the switching rules. | 06-20-2013 |
20130156000 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING CONNECTION IDENTIFIERS OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - A method and a device for assigning connection identifiers for a device-to-device communication are provided. The method includes checking unused connection identifiers among all entire connection identifiers that can be used for the device-to-device communication, determining a certain number of candidate connection identifiers to be used for the device-to-device communication with the peer user equipment among the unused connection identifiers, transmitting first information relating to data characteristics of a connection to be generated with the peer user equipment to the peer user equipment, and receiving second information relating to at least one connection identifier selected in consideration of the data characteristics based on the first information from the peer user equipment. The second information indicates that at least one connection identifier mapped to respectively different time resource regions is assigned to the connection. | 06-20-2013 |
20130156120 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REFERENCE SYMBOL TRANSMISSION IN AN OFDM SYSTEM - A base station is capable of communicating with a plurality of subscriber stations using a beamforming scheme that varies beams over different time instances. The base station includes a plurality of antenna arrays configured to transmit N spatial beams and carry a reference symbols corresponding to specific spatial beams. The base station also includes N | 06-20-2013 |
20130156153 | DIGITAL DETECTOR AND RADIATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - Disclosed herein are a digital detector in which a detection array which detects radiation and readout elements are provided in separate respective housings, and a radiation apparatus which uses the same. The digital detector includes a first housing which includes a detection array and at least one second housing which includes at least one readout element, and the at least one second housing is mounted on the first housing. | 06-20-2013 |
20130156203 | TERMINAL HAVING A PLURALITY OF SPEAKERS AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A terminal including a plurality of speakers and a method for operating the same are provided. The method includes generating a request for an audio data playback, processing a signal according to the audio data playback, determining an audio pass which will output the processed signal corresponding to the audio data, when the audio pass which will output the processed signal corresponding to the audio data is determined, dividing an audio signal to be transferred to sub amplifiers in a front terminal of at least one dual amplifier connected to a plurality of speakers in one-to-on correspondence and including two sub amplifiers corresponding to a dual amplifier, transferring the divided audio signal to a corresponding sub amplifier of the dual amplifier, and amplifying the processed signal corresponding to the audio data and transferring the amplified processed signal corresponding to the audio data to the speakers by the dual amplifier. | 06-20-2013 |
20130156396 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPRODUCING IMAGE, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A method and apparatus are provided for reproducing a moving image that may improve user convenience by providing information regarding the moving image to enable a user to conveniently and easily manipulate the apparatus. An image reproducing apparatus includes: a moving image reproducing unit for reproducing a moving image; and an overlapping area providing unit for displaying related information regarding the moving image on one or more overlapping areas displayed on a moving image reproducing screen, wherein the one or more overlapping areas are movable and manipulable by a user's input. | 06-20-2013 |
20130156463 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes a body provided with an opening at one side thereof, a developing tray movably installed at the opening, a plurality of developing units mounted to the developing tray, and a pair of frames forming opposite inner sides of the body. The frames are provided with a plurality of seating grooves to support lower ends of the developing units such that the developing units are supported by the frames, and therefore the positions of the photosensitive bodies of the developing units with respect to other constituents supported by the frames may be accurately regulated. | 06-20-2013 |
20130156879 | PATTERN TRANSFER APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A pattern transfer apparatus including a microscope having an ocular lens provided in a first housing, an objective lens provided in a second housing and a body tube connecting the ocular lens and the objective lens to each other, and a stamp coupled to an opening of the second housing and having a pattern to be transferred to a substrate may be provided. Checking of both defect position and transfer position of the substrate and transferring of the pattern can be performed concurrently through the microscope integrated with the stamp. Accordingly, the repetitive and continuous micro pattern transfer process can be more efficiently and rapidly performed, and the pattern can be more accurately and precisely transferred to the substrate. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157034 | METHOD FOR CHEMICAL MODIFICATION OF A GRAPHENE EDGE, GRAPHENE WITH A CHEMICALLY MODIFIED EDGE AND DEVICES INCLUDING THE GRAPHENE - A method for chemical modification of graphene includes dry etching graphene to provide an etched graphene; and introducing a functional group at an edge of the etched graphene. Also disclosed is graphene, including an etched edge portion, the etched portion including a functional group. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157143 | ELECTRODE FOR SOLID-STATE BATTERIES AND METHOD OF PREPARING THE ELECTRODE, SOLID-STATE BATTERY CONTAINING THE ELECTRODE, AND BONDING FILM USED FOR PREPARING THE ELECTRODE - Provided are an electrode for solid-state batteries, a method of preparing the electrode, a solid-state battery including the electrode, and a bonding film used for the method of preparing the electrode. The electrode for solid-state batteries include a bonding layer interposed between an electrode layer and a current collecting member and bound to the electrode layer, where the bonding layer includes a first binder which is inactive to the solid electrolyte, a second binder which has a stronger binding ability to the current collecting member than a bonding strength of the first binder to the current collecting member; and a bonding layer conductive material. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157150 | CATHODE AND ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICE INCLUDING CATHODE - A cathode for use in an electrochemical device, the cathode including a polymer including a backbone, including a polyalkyleneimine-cobalt complex (PEI-Co complex), wherein polyalkyleneimine is coordinated to cobalt; and an electrode material effective for an oxidation-reduction reaction of oxygen, wherein oxygen is a cathode active material. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157168 | COMPOSITION, COMPOSITE PREPARED FROM THE COMPOSITION, ELECTRODE AND ELECTROLYTE MEMBRANE FOR FUEL CELL EACH INCLUDING THE SAME, METHOD OF PREPARING THE ELECTROLYTE MEMBRANE, AND FUEL CELL INCLUDING THE SAME - A composition including a compound represented by Formula 1, an azole-based polymer, and at least one of compounds represented by Formula 2-7 according to the specification, a composite obtained from the composition, an electrode and electrolyte for a fuel cell that include the composition or the composite, and a fuel cell including the electrode or the electrolyte membrane: | 06-20-2013 |
20130157186 | MAGNETIC CARRIER, TWO-COMPONENT DEVELOPER, REPLENISHING DEVELOPER, AND METHOD OF FORMING IMAGE - A magnetic carrier having excellent charge-imparting ability includes a magnetic particle and a coating layer disposed on a surface of the magnetic particle. The coating layer includes at least a resin component including an acrylic polymer and hydrotalcite dispersed in a form of particles having a predetermined number-average particle. A content of the hydrotalcite CH (parts by weight) is in a range of approximately 3 or more to approximately 30 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the resin component. A content of the acrylic monomer unit CA (mol %) with respect to a total monomer unit included in the resin component and the content of the hydrotalcite CH satisfy the following relationship: 78≦CH×0.38+CA≦99. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157259 | METHOD OF AMPLIFYING DNA FROM RNA IN SAMPLE AND USE THEREOF - Provided are methods of efficiently amplifying DNA from RNA in sample, methods of efficiently estimating an amount of RNA in a sample, and compositions for efficiently amplifying DNA from RNA in a sample. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157269 | METHOD OF DETERMINING A RATIO OF RNA SPECIES IN A SAMPLE - A method of amplifying DNA from RNA in a sample by using circular RNA is provided. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157300 | METHODS OF QUANTIFYING EXOSOME IN CELL CULTURE AND METHOD OF INCREASING RECOVERY RATE OF EXOSOME USING THE SAME - A method of detecting and recovering of exosomes in a sample, as well as a method of determining the recovery rate of exosomal recovery, and a method of screening for a material that induces secretion of the exosomes in a sample, which methods employ the use of a protease. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157709 | DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OFDM SYSTEM - A downlink power control method and apparatus for improving downlink power efficiency gain in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) system is provided. The downlink power control method includes transmitting a downlink data channel at a normal subframe according to first downlink power information for the normal subframe, and transmitting the downlink data channel at an Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) according to second downlink power information for the ABS, wherein the first downlink power information for the normal subframe and the second downlink power information for the ABS differ from each other. The downlink power control method and apparatus is capable of regulating inter-cell interference variation between contiguous symbols at a predetermined level in a subframe at a terminal of a neighbor cell and making it possible to schedule the UE receiving the low power data channel using the power ratio of the feedbacks from the UE. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157724 | FOLDER TYPE MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND THE HINGE APPARATUS INSTALLED THERETO - A folder type mobile communication system and a hinge apparatus installed thereto are provided. The mobile communication system includes a folder part including a display module, a main part including a main module electrically grounding the display module, and a hinge module, installed to the folder part and pivotally coupled to the main part, for rotating the folder part towards or away from the main part and electrically grounding the display module via the main module. | 06-20-2013 |
20130158409 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING ANALOG BEAMFORMING - A method and apparatus for performing analog beamforming is provided. According to the method and apparatus, the analog beamforming is effectively performed by using as small a number of devices as possible and by processing a relatively small amount of data. | 06-20-2013 |
20130158712 | WALKING ROBOT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A walking robot includes hip joints of plural legs, a pose detector to detect a pose, a walking state judger to judge a walking state from the pose, a target angle trajectory generator to judge support and swing legs based on the walking state, to judge whether or not the swing leg contacts a surface prior to a prestored time, to shorten the next support cycle executed by the swing leg upon judging that the swing leg contacts a surface prior to the prestored time, and to generate target angle trajectories of the hip joints based on the shortened support cycle, a torque calculator to calculate torques tracking the target angle trajectories, and a controller to output the torques to the hip joint to control walking of the walking robot. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159369 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING DISCRETE FOURIER TRANSFORM - A Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) apparatus is provided. The DFT apparatus includes a first delay, a second delay, an operator, and a multiplier. The first delay delays one sampling data by N-sample in a time axis when the one sampling data is input. The second delay delays an output value of a frequency component for a previous sampling data by 1-sample. The operator performs an operation based on the input one sampling data, the one sampling data delayed by the N-sample in the time axis, and the 1-sample delayed output value of the frequency component for the previous sampling data. The multiplier multiplies an output value from the operator by a twiddle factor | 06-20-2013 |
20130159610 | NON-VOLATILE SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE RELATED METHOD OF OPERATION - A non-volatile semiconductor memory device includes a flash memory including plural blocks of memory cells, and a controller. The controller is configured to program a block of memory cells of the flash memory, to determine a first time period elapsed in which a given percentage of memory cells of the block of memory cells are programmed, and to compare the first time period with a reference second time period. The flash memory and controller are further configured, based on a comparison result between the first time period and the reference time period, to change an operational parameter associated with the block of memory cells, the changed operational parameter being in effect during at a next operational access of the block of memory cells. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159815 | ADAPTIVE COPY-BACK METHOD AND STORAGE DEVICE USING SAME - During a garbage collection process for a non-volatile memory device of a storage device, an adaptive copy-back method selectively performs either an external or an internal copy-back operation in view of certain performance conditions for a storage device. The external copy-back operation is performed when a number of error-corrected bits per unit size of read data exceeds a given threshold value, and the internal copy-back operation is performed when the number of error-corrected bits does not exceed the threshold value. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159872 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING USER INTERFACE ACCORDING TO USER PREFERENCE - Provided are an apparatus and method for setting a user interface according to user preferences, more particularly, an apparatus and method for setting the user interface according to the user preferences, in which the user interface can be set up by reflecting the user preferences, and the set user interface is synchronized in order to be used in other devices. The apparatus includes a user-interface-configuration unit that is notified of an update and rearrangement of a predetermined user interface element by a user, a user-information-management unit that manages security information of the user that reconfigures the user interface element, and a user-interface-tree-management unit that reconfigures a predetermined user-interface tree based on the reconfigured user-interface element. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159878 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING MESSAGE - A method and apparatus are provided for conveniently managing messages that are received from or sent to external devices through a network by a mobile device. At least one message is displayed and selected by a user for a further operation. Attribute information of the selected message is checked in a message history database. Based on the checked attribute information, a message related to the selected message is displayed. The selected message may be a previously marked message and the related message may be an unmarked message. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159886 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING EVENT INFORMATION IN WIRELESS TERMINAL - A device and method is provided for managing event information in a wireless terminal. The device includes a controller for controlling and sorting at least one event information based on a menu, and providing an identifier corresponding to the menu on a date-by-date basis, and a displaying unit for displaying event information on the date-by-date basis, using the identifier. The method includes the steps of sorting at least one event information by a menu, and displaying event information on a date-by-date basis, using an identifier corresponding to the menu. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159913 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING AN ELECTRONIC BOOK - An apparatus and method for displaying an electronic book are provided. The method includes displaying a content image for a random page of the electronic book, detecting a tilt of the terminal, and displaying an amount image that shows a position of the random page from among all pages of the electronic book, adjacently to the content image, wherein a side on which the content image and the amount image meet is determined depending on the tilt of the terminal. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159933 | CONTROL METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS PROVIDING VARIOUS TYPES OF CONTENT - A control method and display apparatus for providing various types of content is provided. The display apparatus includes a display unit which displays an image of contents; a storage unit which stores information regarding the contents; a UI generation unit which generates UIs regarding the contents; and a controller which shuts down a first content being executed, storing information regarding the shut down first content and controls generation and display of a UI regarding the first content on the display unit, when running a second content different from the first content, while the first content is running. The control method includes running contents and displaying the contents; running a second content that is different from a first content being run, according to a user input; shutting off the first content before running the second content; storing the first content; and generating and displaying a UI regarding the first content. | 06-20-2013 |
20130160071 | DIGITAL BROADCAST TRANSMITTER, DIGITAL BROADCAST RECEIVER, AND AUDIO DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTOR PROCESSING METHODS THEREOF - A digital broadcast receiver is provided. The digital broadcast receiver includes a broadcast reception unit which receives a digital broadcast signal; a signal separation unit which separates a main audio signal, an auxiliary audio signal, and an audio description descriptor from the received digital broadcast signal; an extraction unit which extracts auxiliary information from the audio description descriptor; a mixing unit which generates an audio signal by mixing the main audio signal and the auxiliary audio signal based on the auxiliary information; and an audio output unit which outputs the audio signal. | 06-20-2013 |
20130160113 | COMPUTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING APPLICATION - Computing apparatus and method for operating an application are provided. The computing apparatus includes: a communicator which communicates with a paired external device; a storage unit in which applications are installed; a controller which, if one of the applications installed in the storage unit is selected, controls the communicator to request login information corresponding to the selected application from the external device and, if the login information is received from the external device, performs a login by using the login information; and a display unit which displays an operation screen corresponding to the selected application. Therefore, a user further easily and conveniently uses services of applications respectively installed devices. | 06-20-2013 |
20130160226 | ROBOT CLEANER - A robot cleaner capable of improving the external esthetic quality thereof while enhancing the cleaning performance, the robot cleaner including a body configured to remove dust while navigating on a floor and to form an external appearance of the robot cleaner, and a side brush assembly installed at the body to clean corners of the floor, wherein the side brush assembly includes a motor configured to supply a power while being installed at the body, a rotation shaft coupled to the motor, and a plurality of side brushes rotatably coupled to the rotation shaft, and wherein the plurality of side brushes have respective intervals changed with respect to one another such that the plurality of side brushes are prevented from being exposed to outside the body. | 06-27-2013 |
20130160410 | AIR FILTER MOUNTING/DEMOUNTING APPARATUS FOR OVER-THE-RANGE MICROWAVE OVEN - An air filter mounting/demounting apparatus for a microwave oven having easy mounting and demounting of the air filter is provided. The apparatus includes a base plate having an inlet port through which air is admitted to serve as a hood, an air filter installed at a position corresponding to the inlet port and configured to filter foreign substances being admitted through the inlet port, an air filter bracket coupled to the base plate, an air filter holder at which the air filter is assembled coupled to the air filter bracket to enable a sliding movement along the guide rail, a latch unit configured to be coupled to the base plate to maintain and release engagement of the air filter holder aged, and a spring installed at an inside the latch unit to deliver an elastic force to the air filter holder. | 06-27-2013 |
20130160950 | PLASMA PROCESSING APPARATUS - A plasma processing apparatus capable of adjusting a processing rate (e.g., etching or deposition rate) of a sample locally by adjusting a plasma density may be provided. For example, the plasma processing apparatus may include a processing chamber, an antenna coil inside the processing chamber to generate magnetic field, and a magnetic field blocking member configured to block the magnetic field generated at the antenna coil such that an intensity of the magnetic field is controlled by adjusting a gap distance between the magnetic field blocking member and the antenna coil. According to the plasma processing apparatus, an asymmetric etching of the sample can be minimized. | 06-27-2013 |
20130161534 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING WHITE LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE (LED) AND APPARATUS MEASURING PHOSPHOR FILM - A method of manufacturing a white light emitting device includes dividing a phosphor sheet into phosphor film units to be applied to individual light emitting diode (LED) devices, measuring light conversion characteristics of the respective phosphor film units, classifying the phosphor film units of the phosphor sheet into a plurality of groups according to measurement results of the light conversion characteristics and combining the phosphor film units classified into the plurality of groups and an LED device having predetermined light characteristics so as to obtain target color characteristics. | 06-27-2013 |
20130161722 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A semiconductor device may include a gate structure on a substrate, the gate structure including a first metal; an insulating interlayer covering the gate structure on the substrate; a resistance pattern in the insulating interlayer, the resistance pattern having a top surface lower than a top surface of the insulating interlayer and including a second metal different from the first metal at least at an upper portion thereof; and/or a first contact plug through a first portion of the insulating interlayer, the first contact plug making direct contact with the upper portion of the resistance pattern. | 06-27-2013 |
20130161727 | NON-VOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE HAVING STACKED STRUCTURE, AND MEMORY CARD AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided are a non-volatile memory devices having a stacked structure, and a memory card and a system including the same. A non-volatile memory device may include a substrate. A stacked NAND cell array may have at least one NAND set and each NAND set may include a plurality of NAND strings vertically stacked on the substrate. At least one signal line may be arranged on the substrate so as to be commonly coupled with the at least one NAND set. | 06-27-2013 |
20130161784 | SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE - A semiconductor package includes a substrate; first and second pads that are disposed separate from each other on the substrate; and a solder resist that allows a portion of the substrate in a region between the first and second pads and to be exposed while covering a portion of the first and second pads in a region other than the region between the first and second pads. | 06-27-2013 |
20130161800 | PCB FOR MUF AND MOLDING STRUCTURE OF THE PCB - A printed circuit board (PCB) for molded underfill (MUF) and a PCB molding structure that may expand a range of applying the PCB and may resolve a problem of generation of a void during manufacturing of a semiconductor package. The PCB includes: a molding area on which a plurality of semiconductor chips are mounted and that is sealed; and a peripheral area that is formed around the molding area, contacts a mold for molding during a molding process, and includes a first side adjacent to a portion into which a molding material is injected and a second side that faces the first side that is adjacent to a portion from which air may be discharged, wherein an active area where the semiconductor chips are disposed in the molding area is disposed nearer the first side than to the second side. | 06-27-2013 |
20130161831 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES - A three-dimensional semiconductor device may include a substrate including wiring and contact regions and a thin film structure on the wiring and contact regions of the substrate. The thin-film structure may include a plurality of alternating wiring layers and inter-layer insulating layers defining a terraced structure in the contact region so that each of the wiring layers includes a contact surface in the contact region that extends beyond others of the wiring layers more distant from the substrate. A plurality of contact structures may extend in a direction perpendicular to a surface of the substrate with each of the contact structures being electrically connected to a contact surface of a respective one of the wiring layers. Related methods are also discussed. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162015 | SUPPORT MODULE AND ROBOT HAVING THE SAME - A support module includes a first rigid body, a space formation body connected to the first rigid body and forming an enclosed space, and a plurality of hard particles located within the enclosed space. When at least a predetermined pressure is applied to the support module such that a volume of the enclosed space is decreased to a predetermined value, the plurality of hard particles and space formation body form a second rigid body. Such a support module may improve the stability of a walking robot, the grip of a gripping structure, or the stability of a load-bearing structure. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162506 | DISPLAY MODULE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A display module including a backlight to more effectively dissipate heat generated at light emitting diodes (LEDs) and heat dissipation units to effectively dissipate heat generated at driver chips and prevent movement of the driver chips by attaching porous fillers to the heat dissipation units, and a display apparatus having the same are provided. The display module includes a display panel, a backlight disposed on a rear side of the display panel and including a plurality of printed circuit boards, a bottom chassis adapted to accommodate the backlight unit and provided with a plurality of seating grooves, a driving printed circuit board, a plurality of flexible printed circuit films which electrically connect the display panel and the driving printed circuit board, at least one heat dissipater disposed on an opposite surface of a corresponding one of the flexible printed circuit and provided with a porous filler. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162526 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING CURRENT CONSUMPTION IN PORTABLE TERMINAL WITH FLEXIBLE DISPLAY - A portable device with a flexible display and a method for displaying information in the portable device with a flexible display are provided. The portable device includes a sensor for detecting at least one of a user's face and an ambient brightness, the flexible display including a first area and a second area, and a controller for displaying information in the first area when at least one of the user's face is detected and the ambient brightness has a value greater than a threshold, and for displaying the information in the second area when at least one of the user's face is not detected and the ambient brightness has value less than the threshold. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162608 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display apparatus includes a display unit, an image processor which processes an image signal that is input from an external source in at least one preset external input mode according to a preset image processing operation and displays an image on the display unit based on the processed image signal; a connector to which an upgrading apparatus which upgrades the preset image processing operation is connected, and a controller which, upon receiving packed data which combine a plurality of types of image data, and packing information of the packed data from the upgrading apparatus through the connector, controls the image processor to display an image on the display unit based on the plurality of types of image data which are unpacked based on the packing information. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162634 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS USING MULTI-LAYER REPRESENTATION - A method and apparatus for processing an image using a multi-layer representation is provided. A multi-layer representation for a reference view including information about a scene may be generated based on at least one input view. The multi-layer representation may be expanded to obtain information about a portion occluded by the at least one common input view. Output views viewed at different viewpoints may be generated using the expanded multi-layer representation. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162640 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes an image processor processing a three-dimensional (3D) image including a left-eye image and a right-eye image; a display unit alternately displaying the left-eye image and the right-eye image of the 3D image processed by the image processor; and a controller determining representative values of images in reference regions of the left-eye image and the right-eye image, the reference regions referring to corresponding positions of the left-eye and right-eye images, and displaying the determined representative values of the reference regions on at least one of the left-eye image and the right-eye image. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162687 | MEDICAL APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD USING THE SAME - A medical apparatus which displays additional images to which various types of image processing is applied, and an image displaying method using the same are provided. The medical apparatus includes a receiver which receives an image of a subject, a controller which processes the image through various predetermined types of image processing, when the image of the subject is received, and generates an object corresponding to the processed image, and a display which displays the object generated corresponding to the processed images. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162787 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING MULTI-VIEW - An image processing method and apparatus. The image processing apparatus may generate a standard viewpoint layer and use the standard viewpoint layer to recover holes within at least one output view having different viewpoints. Holes within output views may be collectively recovered, using the standard viewpoint layer. The image processing apparatus may adaptively apply inter-frame inpainting that uses an accumulated background layer to generate the standard viewpoint layer, and intra-frame inpainting that uses an initial standard viewpoint layer including a hole. The accumulated background layer may include information associated with a background of a standard viewpoint layer generated in a previous frame. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162853 | DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - According to a digital photographing apparatus and a method of controlling the digital photographing apparatus, contents desired by a user may be captured in various manners according to a condition of the user, and instead of individual contents of photographs and videos, overlapped photographing of identical types of contents or different types of contents may be performed to create new and various multi-contents. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162907 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus including a display unit which displays an image thereon; a first image processor which processes an image signal based on a predetermined image processing operation, and displays an image based on the processed image signal; a first central processor which controls the display unit and the first image processor; and a first controller which grants a control right to the first central processor or to an upgrading apparatus, which upgrades the display apparatus, to control the display apparatus when the upgrading apparatus is connected to the display apparatus. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162908 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING MODULE FOR RECEIVING BROADCASTING AND DEVICE AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING BROADCASTING - A display apparatus for receiving broadcasting includes a display unit configured to display an image thereon, a cover which partially covers the display unit, at least one signal connector which is configured to connect to a portable signal processing module that is located outside the cover and processes a signal to be displayed by the display unit, and receives the signal processed by the signal processing module, and a timing controller (T-con) configured to control a display timing of the signal received by the at least one signal connector. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163026 | METHOD OF USING A TOUCH SCREEN AND USER INTERFACE APPARATUS EMPLOYING THE SAME - A user interface apparatus and method of using a touch screen are provided. The apparatus includes a touch screen division unit for dividing a screen area of the touch screen into zones, an allocation unit for allocating a user interface unit to each of the zones and a plurality of user interface units for sensing job commands input through the zones according to the allocation result of the allocation unit, wherein an operation corresponding to each of the sensed job commands is performed. Accordingly, since a plurality of users can simultaneously use an image-forming device by dividing the screen area of the touch screen into two or more zones, job processing time can be reduced, and a usage rate of a high specification image-forming device can be increased. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163163 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including a support configured to support a display unit, and a cover formed of a flexible sheet and configured to cover the support, thereby improving the external appearance of the rear side of the display apparatus through the cover. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163214 | DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH AN ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE SHIELDING STRUCTURE - A display apparatus having an electromagnetic wave shielding structure and an electromagnetic wave reducing structure, are provided. The electromagnetic wave shielding and reducing structures are applicable to various materials. The display apparatus includes a display panel, a rear case disposed at a rear of the display panel and formed of a non-conductive material, a printed circuit board disposed at a rear of the rear case, and an electromagnetic wave reducer provided at one surface of the rear case and being formed of a conductive material to reduce the electromagnetic wave generated at the printed circuit board, wherein the electromagnetic wave reducer is electrically connected to the printed circuit board. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163228 | LIGHT SOURCE MODULE AND BACKLIGHT UNIT - A light source module includes: a substrate; and a plurality of light emitting devices having different ranks and arranged on the substrate in columns and rows, the plurality of light emitting devices being classified in the different ranks based on at least one of color coordinates, brightness of light emitted therefrom and a driving voltage, wherein in at least one of the columns and rows, light emitting devices having different ranks from among the plurality of light emitting devices are alternated in a basic arrangement and are alternated in an inverse arrangement opposite to the basic arrangement. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163404 | VOIP GATEWAY DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND VOIP - Provided are a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) gateway device, a control method thereof, and a VoIP gateway system. The VoIP gateway device includes: a connector which is connected to a first terminal; a communication unit which communicates with a proxy server that relays a VoIP communication; a storage unit which stores a ringtone corresponding to a call received by a call back function; and a controller which transmits an invite message to the proxy server for connecting a call from a first terminal to a second terminal corresponding to the call back function upon request from the first terminal for the call back function, and transmits the stored ringtone to the first terminal upon receiving a ringing message from the proxy server in response to the invite message. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163473 | IP ROUTER AND METHOD OF ALLOCATING IP ADDRESS - An Internet Protocol (IP) router and a method of allocating an IP address are provided. The IP router includes: an IP management unit which, if the IP router is connected to a second router connected to a second WAN, is allocated a preset number of IP addresses from the second router; and a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server unit which allocates the allocated IP addresses to at least one communication device connected to the IP router to form a sub network between the at least one communication device connected to the IP router and a communication device connected to the second router. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163540 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and apparatus for reducing the number of operations required when determining the resource allocation priority in the wireless packet data communication system supporting plural types of resources are provided. The method includes receiving channel quality identifiers from at least one terminal for resource allocation, selecting one of the channel quality identifiers as a representative channel quality identifier per terminal, determining a resource allocation priority of the terminal based on the representative channel quality identifier, and allocating the resource in order of resource allocation priority. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163541 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and a base station for shortening an operation for updating an average data rate in a per-user scheduling metric calculation in the wireless communication system adopting a Proportional Fairness scheduler are provided. The resource allocation method includes receiving, at a base station, a channel quality indicator from at least one mobile station to be allocated resources, calculating a data rate available for the at least one mobile station based on the channel quality indicator, calculating a scheduling metric by dividing the data rate by an average data rate of the at least one mobile station, determining a resource allocation priority based on the scheduling metric, allocating the resources to the at least one mobile station according to the resource allocation priority, and updating the average data rate of only the at least one mobile station allocated the resources. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163566 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING CO-SITE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for operating a co-site by a Base Station (BS) in a mobile communication system. The method includes determining a first number of Mobile Stations (MSs) among MSs connected to a cell to perform handover to a co-site using an Air Resource (AR) utilization of the cell that uses a first Frequency Reuse Pattern (FRP) and an AR utilization of the co-site that uses a second FRP, or determining a second number of MSs among MSs connected to the co-site to perform handover to the cell; and sending a handover initiation message to the MSs according to the determinations. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163569 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION INFORMATION IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT SCHEME - An apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving reference signal transmission information in a cellular radio communication system using a Cooperative Multi-Point (CoMP) scheme is provided. In the reference signal transmission information transmission method, a Central Control Apparatus (CCA) transmits measurement set information related to a measurement set including at least one reference signal resource unit through which a reference signal is transmitted, and reference signal transmission timing information including information related to a timing at which the reference signal is transmitted to a User Equipment (UE), and transmits reference signal non-transmission timing information including information related to a timing at which the reference signal is not transmitted through the reference signal resource unit to the UE. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163678 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING VIDEO DATA - Provided is a method and apparatus for displaying video data without a display delay. In the method, a code indicating an end of stream is appended so that the code is appended behind a last video stream included in a stream to be displayed when only a part of an input stream including one or more video streams is displayed. In addition, the last video stream is displayed which is appended with the code indicating an end of stream. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163696 | APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DISTORTION OF TRANSMITTER ARRAY IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - Provided is a method in which a Digital Pre-Distorter (DPD) performs digital pre-distortion on a received In-phase (I) signal, a received Quadrature-phase (Q) signal, a feedback I signal, and a feedback Q signal; a mixer mixes a signal output from the DPD with a frequency signal output from an oscillator; each of n phase shifters phase-shifts a signal output from the mixer according to a preset beamforming pattern; each of n Power Amplifiers (PAs) amplifies a signal output from an associated phase shifter according to a gain, the PAs connected to the associated phase shifter on a one-to-one basis; each of n envelope detectors detects an envelope signal from a signal output from an associated PA, the envelope detector connected to the associated PA on a one-to-one basis; and a control unit determines whether the n PAs operate normally, using the envelope signals output from the n envelope detectors. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163843 | METHOD OF PROCESSING RADIOGRAPH AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING RADIOGRAPH USING THE METHOD - Provided are an apparatus and a method for processing a radiograph which is capable of precisely detecting a region of interest. The apparatus includes: an inputter that outputs an input image obtained by irradiating radioactive rays; and a line detector that performs a Hough transform on the input image, senses at least one edge line based on the Hough-transformed input image, performs a Radon transform in a region in which the at least one edge line is sensed, and obtains an edge line of the at least one edge line as a first collimation line one based on a result of the Radon transform. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163853 | APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING ROBOT POSITION AND METHOD THEREOF - A method for estimating a location of a device uses a color image and a depth image. The method includes matching the color image to the depth image, generating a 3D reference image based on the matching, generating a 3D object image based on the matching, extracting a 2D reference feature point from the reference image, extracting a 2D reference feature point from the object image, matching the extracted reference feature point from the reference image to the extracted reference feature point from the object image, extracting a 3D feature point from the object image using the matched 2D reference feature point, and estimating the location of the device based on the extracted 3D feature point. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163919 | OPTOELECTRONIC CHIPS INCLUDING COUPLER REGION AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - An optoelectronic chip, and/or a method of manufacturing the same, include a substrate; a coupler region surrounded by the substrate. The coupler region includes a total reflection surface. The total reflection surface is configured to totally reflect a first light incident through a surface of the substrate such that the reflected first light travels within the substrate, or the total reflection surface is configured to totally reflect a second light guided in the substrate and incident on the total reflecting surface such that the reflected second light travels through the surface of the substrate. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163959 | CONTENT PLAYING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A content playing apparatus and method are provided, the content playing apparatus including: a receiver which receives content including a video and an audio; a storage unit which stores the received content; a processor which processes the content to play the stored content; an output unit which outputs a video and an audio of the played content; and a controller which generates an index of the video based on properties of the audio, and plays a part of the video corresponding to the properties of the audio at the part of the video by referring to the index. | 06-27-2013 |
20130164013 | INDUCTION HEATING FUSING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An induction heating fusing device and an image forming apparatuses that may control even a very small current region by tracking a resonance frequency to perform PWM control and phase control without considering a deviation of a part constant or a temperature change are provided. The induction heating fusing device includes: a serial resonance circuit having an induction coil and a condenser; a phase comparator, a phase controller, a resonance frequency tracking oscillator, and a PWM (pulse width modulation) signal generator. The phase comparator compares a phase of a pulse outputted by the PWM signal generator with a phase of current flowing through the induction coil, outputs a comparison result obtained by the comparing to the phase controller when controlling the phase, and outputs the comparison result to the resonance frequency tracking oscillator when performing PWM control. | 06-27-2013 |
20130164021 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus has a structure which prevents contamination of charging units charging photoconductors. The image forming apparatus includes photoconductor units, charging units charging the photoconductor units, and a fan-motor unit changing the flow of air between the photoconductor units and the charging units to prevent substances of fine particles from flowing into the charging units. | 06-27-2013 |
20130164035 | Image Forming Apparatus And Power-Transmission Assembly of The Same - An image forming apparatus having an improved power-transmission assembly to drive a developing cartridge mounted in a main body of the apparatus. The apparatus includes a main body, at least one driving coupling unit rotatably located in a side region of the main body, at least one driven coupling unit connected to a rotator inside a developing cartridge, and a coupling holder in which the driving and driven coupling units are connected to each other to enable a power-transmission from the driving coupling unit to the driven coupling unit. The driving coupling unit includes a first spherical portion to come into contact with one side of an inner surface of the coupling holder when received in the coupling holder. The driven coupling unit includes a second spherical portion to come into contact with the other side of the inner surface of the coupling holder when received in the coupling holder. | 06-27-2013 |
20130164048 | COLOR REGISTRATION SENSOR FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD OF DETECTING REGISTRATION TEST PATTERNS BY USING THE COLOR REGISTRATION SENSOR, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE COLOR REGISTRATION SENSOR - A color registration sensor of an image forming apparatus, and a method of detecting registration test patterns of a plurality of colors formed on a transfer medium, by using the color registration sensor. The color registration sensor detects a current generated by an electric force of a charged toner forming registration test patterns by using an electrode, as the registration test patterns of a plurality of colors formed on the transfer medium approach the color registration sensor, and detects a location of each of the registration test patterns of the plurality of colors by using a voltage signal obtained by converting the detected current. | 06-27-2013 |
20130164175 | SAMPLE ANALYSIS APPARATUS - A sample analysis apparatus is provided with a structure for stopping rotation of a disc at a precise position. The sample analysis apparatus includes a disc configured to rotate on a rotation shaft and having at least one detection zone, an optical sensing apparatus configured to detect a reaction result at the at least one detection zone, at least one position determining protrusion provided on an exterior surface of the disc, a slider movably disposed to in a radial direction relative to the disc, and a stopper mounted to the slider and configured to stop rotation of the disc by blocking the at least one position determining protrusion. | 06-27-2013 |
20130164281 | DEIMMUNIZED ANTI C-MET HUMANIZED ANTIBODIES AND USES THEREOF - A deimmunized anti c-Met humanized antibody and a pharmaceutical composition including the same, and method for the prevention and treatment of cancer. | 06-27-2013 |
20130164928 | Semiconductor Device and Method for Forming the Same - Methods of forming a semiconductor device include forming an insulation layer on a semiconductor structure, forming an opening in the insulation layer, the opening having a sidewall defined by one side of the insulation layer, forming a first metal layer in the opening, at least partially exposing the sidewall of the opening by performing a wet-etching process on the first metal layer, and selectively forming a second metal layer on the etched first metal layer. An average grain size of the first metal layer is smaller than an average grain size of the second metal layer. Related semiconductor devices are also disclosed. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165059 | BEAMFORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a beamforming apparatus in a receiver in a mobile communication system. The beamforming apparatus includes a Local Oscillator (LO) signal generator for generating an LO signal; a phase shifter for generating a predetermined number of phase-shifted LO signals with respect to the generated LO signal; a switching network for mapping the phase-shifted LO signals to RF signals received via a plurality of receive paths; and a mixer for mixing the RF signals with the mapped LO signals to down-convert a frequency of the RF signals. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165108 | METHOD FOR DETECTING CAUSE OF RADIO LINK FAILURE OR HANDOVER FAILURE - The present invention discloses a method for detecting a cause for a Radio Link Failure (RLF) or handover failure is provided. The method includes when a User Equipment (UE) enters a connection mode after encountering RLF or handover failure, sending a RLF report that the UE encounters RLF or handover failure to a base station; determining, by the base station, a cause for RLF or handover failure according to the RLF report, if it is determined that the cause for RLF or handover failure is a problem of Mobility Robustness Optimization (MRO) or a problem of coverage, when it is a problem of MRO, sending, by the base station, a MRO report to a base station at which a cell which triggers handover for the last time is located. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165779 | TEMPERATURE ESTIMATION METHOD AND TEMPERATURE ESTIMATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - An accuracy-improved temperature estimation method includes measuring a physical attribute of a tissue based on a reference signal and a received signal, a first estimation operation to estimate a first temperature of the tissue based on the physical attribute, calculating at least one parameter used in a bio heat transfer model based on the estimated first temperature, and a second estimation operation to estimate a second temperature of the tissue by using the calculated at least one parameter and the bio heat transfer model. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166137 | MOBILE APPARATUS AND LOCALIZATION METHOD THEREOF - A mobile apparatus and a localization method thereof which perform localization of the mobile apparatus using a distributed filter system including a plurality of local filters independently operated and one fusion filter integrating results of localization performed through the respective local filters, and additionally apply accurate topological absolute position information to the distributed filter system to improve localization performance (accuracy, convergence and speed in localization, etc.) of the mobile apparatus on a wide space. The mobile apparatus includes at least one sensor, at least one first distribution filter generating current relative position information using a value detected by the at least one sensor, at least one second distribution filter generating current absolute position information using the value detected by the at least one sensor, and a fusion filter integrating the relative position information and the absolute position information to perform localization. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166616 | System and Method for Implementing a Multiplication - The present system and method relate to a system for performing a multiplication. The system is arranged for receiving a first data value, and comprises means for calculating at run time a set of instructions for performing a multiplication using the first data value, storage means for storing the set of instructions calculated at run time, multiplication means arranged for receiving a second data value and at least one instruction from the stored set of instructions and arranged for performing multiplication of the first and the second data values using the at least one instruction. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166635 | CLIENT DEVICE CONNECTABLE TO SERVER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A client device connectable to a server and a control method thereof are provided. The client device includes: a communication unit connectable to at least one of a plurality of servers providing contents; an output unit outputting the contents provided from the servers; an input reception unit receiving input from a user; and a controller displaying a list of the servers arranged in an order of priority, selecting any one of the servers according to the input by the user, and performing control to receive the contents from the selected server. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166901 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes a connection unit which is connected to an upgrade apparatus; an image processing unit which processes an image signal; a display unit which displays an image based on the processed image signal; a storage unit which stores setting information on a plurality of items related to the display apparatus; and a controller which changes the setting information stored in the storage unit according to the connected upgrade apparatus and which displays the image based on the changed setting information when the upgrade apparatus is connected to the display apparatus. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166970 | BROADCASTING RECEPTION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING CABLE CARD - A broadcasting reception apparatus and method of controlling a cable card are provided. The broadcasting reception apparatus includes an interface unit configured to mount a cable card, a cable card configured to be mounted in the interface unit and to process broadcasting service information, and a control unit configured to periodically receive a protocol message according to a preset specification from the cable card when the cable card is mounted in the interface unit. The control unit may transmit to the cable card a request signal requesting transmission of the protocol message if the protocol message is not received at a preset first critical time, and initialize the cable card if the protocol message is not received at a second critical time after the request signal is transmitted to the cable card. Therefore, recovery from a failure of the cable card is rapidly performed. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166991 | Non-Volatile Semiconductor Memory Device Using Mats with Error Detection and Correction and Methods of Managing the Same - A non-volatile semiconductor memory device can include a RAID controller configured to, upon data recording, distributively record a plurality of pieces of division data obtained by dividing the corresponding data and parity data generated from the division data in respective non-faulty blocks of a plurality of memory mats with reference to a bad block table, upon data reading, read a plurality of pieces of division data and parity data corresponding to designated data from respective blocks of the plurality of memory mats, and when an error occurs, recover data of a memory mat in which the error has occurred using data of another memory mat, store the recovered data in a block of the same memory mat in which the error has occurred other than a previous block, and store data representing the block in which the error has occurred in the bad block table. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167008 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND WEB INFORMATION PROVIDING METHOD - A web information providing method of an image forming apparatus having a web browser. The web information providing method includes displaying a web page for receiving an input of a user control command, caching web page information corresponding to a web page to be displayed after the web page, while waiting for the user control command in the web page, and displaying the web page to be displayed after the web page based on the cached web page information, when the user control command is input in the web page. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167082 | CATEGORY SEARCH METHOD AND MOBILE DEVICE ADAPTED THERETO - A category search method and a mobile device adapted thereto are provided. The mobile device includes a display unit for displaying screens according to a search function, and a controller. The controller controls the display unit to output a first search bar of higher category items, according to a first touch event that occurs on a certain area of the display unit, and a second search bar including lower category items of an item on the first search bar where a second touch event occurs. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167086 | DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A digital image processing apparatus and a method of controlling the digital image processing apparatus, the digital image processing apparatus including: a display unit to display an image; a tool generation unit to generate an editing tool that applies an image editing effect to a displayed image; an effect generation unit to generate the image editing effect depending on a movement of the editing tool; and a contents generation units to generate a moving image including a generation process of the image editing effect and the movement of the editing tool. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167182 | CLIENT APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A client apparatus, a system, and a control method thereof are provided. The control method includes: receiving a user command which selects contents; providing a user interface (UI) screen, which is used to select a watching environment information of the selected contents, according to the user comment; and setting a watching environment according to the watching environment information selected through the UI screen. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167321 | UPRIGHT TYPE CLEANER - An upright type cleaner that uniformly provides a suction force through the whole area of a suction port. The upright type cleaner includes a body having a fan motor that generates suction force, a suction brush provided at a lower portion of the body and having a suction port to perform a cleaning operation relative to a floor using the suction force, a rotating drum installed in the suction brush, a belt connected between the rotating drum and the fan motor, a belt cover that guides the belt and divides the suction port into two suction areas, and a connection path through which the two suction areas are communicated to each other about the belt cover. | 07-04-2013 |
20130167398 | CLOTHES DRYER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A clothes dryer capable of providing a dry course suitable for functional clothes, and a control method thereof, the control method including if a substance accommodated in a dry tub to be dried is functional clothes, performing a first dry process to dry the substance at a first reference dry temperature, and performing a second dry process to dry the substance at a second reference dry temperature higher than the first reference dry temperature. | 07-04-2013 |
20130167488 | HOT WIND SUPPLYING APPARATUS FOR PACKAGING PRODUCT - A hot wind supplying apparatus having high energy consumption efficiency for packaging a product by use of a heat shrink film, capable of promoting the economics of a packaging work, the hot air supplying apparatus including at least one hot wind unit configured to discharge hot wind to a packaging surface of the product, wherein the hot wind unit includes a body having a discharging hole, at least one blower fan configured to blow air to the discharging hole, at least one fan motor configured to drive the blower fan, a heater configured to heat air that is to be discharged from the discharging hole, and at least one recycling flow path configured to collect the air discharged from the discharging hole and to supply the air collected to an intake side of the blower fan. | 07-04-2013 |
20130167559 | HEAT PUMP AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein are a heat pump and a control method thereof. The heat pump includes an outdoor unit including a compressor, an outdoor heat exchanger, and a first expansion valve, an indoor unit including an indoor heat exchanger and a second expansion valve, a hydro unit including a hot water heat exchanger and a third expansion valve, the hydro unit heating or cooling water through heat exchange between a refrigerant and the water, a refrigerant flow path switching member to switch refrigerant flow paths among the compressor, the outdoor heat exchanger, the indoor unit, and the hydro unit such that simultaneous heating and cooling operations and/or simultaneous cooling and heating operations through the indoor unit and the hydro unit are performed in a heat recovery mode to recover and reuse residual heat, and a controller to control the refrigerant flow path switching member such that at least one of the simultaneous operations is performed in the heat recovery mode. | 07-04-2013 |
20130167569 | REFRIGERATOR - A structure of an auger motor assembly capable of easily installing an auger motor to drive an auger at an inside an ice making compartment, a solenoid valve to select whether to crush ice, an ice making compartment fan to flow the air at an inside the ice making compartment, and a drain hose to discharge the defrost water of the ice making tray to an outside the ice making compartment, so that the auger motor assembly is installed easily at an inside the ice making compartment by being inserted into the inside the ice making compartment through an open front surface of the ice making compartment in a sliding manner. | 07-04-2013 |
20130167574 | REFRIGERATOR - A structure of an ice making tray of a refrigerator configured to discharge the excess water to generate ice having a suitable size and to crush the link of the ice generated at an ice making tray to prevent the ice from being stuck when the ice is separated from the ice making tray, the ice making tray including a bottom, a sidewall extended toward an upper side thereof from the bottom in order to form an ice making space, an opening formed at the sidewall to discharge the water supplied in excess, a partial wall unit to divide the ice making space, and a cutting rib formed at an upper side of the partition wall. | 07-04-2013 |
20130167575 | REFRIGERATOR - A structure of a driving apparatus capable of easily organizing a driving apparatus that is configured to drive an ejector of an ice maker, and preventing frost from being formed on inner compartments, the driving apparatus including a case and a driving module detachable to the inner side of the case, wherein the driving module includes an ice separating motor to drive the ejector, a circuit board to control an ice making process, an electro-motion member to deliver a rotational force of the ice separating motor to the ejector, and a module case to accommodate the components of the driving module. | 07-04-2013 |
20130167596 | WASHING MACHINE - A washing machine having a balancer provided with enhanced performance, and including a cabinet, a tub disposed at an inside the cabinet to accommodate washing water, a rotating tub having a cylindrical unit to form a circumferential side surface of the rotating tub and rotatively disposed at an inside the tub, a first balancer mounted at an upper portion of the rotating tub to offset an unbalanced load of the rotating tub, and a second balancer mounted at a lower portion of the rotating tub such to offset unbalanced load of the rotating tub by using a portion of the washing water at an inside the rotating tub, the second balancer includes an inner channel to store a portion of the washing water, and an outer channel formed along an outer circumference of the inner channel to offset the unbalanced load of the rotating tub. | 07-04-2013 |
20130168563 | MULTI-ENERGY RADIATION DETECTORS AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A multi-energy radiation detector may include an array substrate including a plurality of unit circuits, and/or a photoelectric conversion layer on the array substrate. The photoelectric conversion layer may include a plurality of regions having thicknesses different from each other. A method of manufacturing a multi-energy radiation detector may include forming gate and first electrodes by forming and patterning a first metal layer on a substrate; forming an insulating layer on the gate and first electrodes; forming a channel layer by forming and patterning a semiconductor layer on the insulating layer; forming source, drain, and second electrodes by forming and patterning a second metal layer on the channel layer; forming a passivation layer to cover the source, drain, and second electrodes; forming a first photoelectric conversion layer on the passivation layer; and/or forming a second photoelectric conversion layer on part of the first photoelectric conversion layer. | 07-04-2013 |
20130168639 | NITRIDE SEMICONDUCTOR LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A nitride semiconductor light emitting device includes first and second type nitride semiconductor layers. An active layer is disposed between the first and second type nitride semiconductor layers. A current spreading layer is disposed between the second type nitride semiconductor layer and the active layer. The current spreading layer includes first nitride thin films and second nitride thin films which are alternately laminated. The first nitride thin films have band gaps larger than those of the second nitride thin films. A first plurality of first nitride thin films are positioned at outer first and second sides of the current spreading layer. The first plurality of first nitride thin films have a thickness greater than that of a second plurality of first nitride thin films positioned between the first plurality of first nitride thin films. | 07-04-2013 |
20130168649 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A display apparatus having an organic light emitting display panel is provided. The organic light emitting display panel includes a front substrate and a rear substrate which are arranged parallel to each other, an image forming portion which is formed on a rear surface of the front substrate and which includes at least one organic layer, a sealing member which surrounds the image forming portion between the front substrate and the rear substrate to seal the image forming portion, and an input key flexible printed circuit board (FPCB) which includes user input keys. The input key FPCB is mounted on the front substrate or the rear substrate. | 07-04-2013 |
20130168688 | NITRIDE BASED SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - A nitride based semiconductor device includes a first metallic junction layer, a Schottky junction layer on the first metallic junction layer, a first group III nitride semiconductor layer on the Schottky junction layer, a first insulating pattern layer on the first group III nitride semiconductor layer, the first insulating layer pattern including curved protrusions, a second group III nitride semiconductor layer laterally grown on the first group III nitride semiconductor layer, a first type group III nitride semiconductor layer on the second group III nitride semiconductor layer, the first type group III nitride semiconductor layer being simultaneously doped with aluminum (Al) and silicon (Si), an ohmic junction layer formed on the first type group III nitride semiconductor layer, a second metallic junction layer on the ohmic junction layer, and a metallic supporting substrate on the second metallic junction layer. | 07-04-2013 |
20130168689 | NITRIDE BASED SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - With the formation of a Si | 07-04-2013 |
20130168698 | POWER DEVICES AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A power device includes a substrate, a silicon carbide (Si | 07-04-2013 |
20130168718 | SEMICONDUCTOR LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND LED MODULE - A semiconductor light emitting device includes a semiconductor laminate including first and second conductivity-type semiconductor layers and an active layer formed therebetween, and divided into first and second regions. At least one contact hole is formed on the first region and connected to a portion of the first conductivity-type semiconductor layer through the active layer. A first electrode is formed to be connected to the first conductivity-type semiconductor layer of the first region and connected to the second conductivity-type semiconductor layer of the second region through the at least one contact hole. A second electrode is formed and connected to the second conductivity-type semiconductor layer of the first region. First and second electrode pads and a support substrate are formed. | 07-04-2013 |
20130168726 | MOLD FOR LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE PACKAGE - A light-emitting device package mold and a method of manufacturing a lens of a light-emitting device package. The light-emitting device package mold includes a convex unit, an inner circumference of which has a hemispherical shape; a flat panel unit that forms a flat panel by extending from an edge of the convex unit; a cylindrical unit extending in a vertical direction with respect to an upper surface of the flat panel unit; and an injection hole and a discharge hole that penetrate through the convex unit, wherein the discharge hole is formed in a horizontal direction with respect to the flat panel unit. | 07-04-2013 |
20130168774 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A semiconductor device may include a substrate including an active region defined by a device isolation layer, gate electrodes extending in a first direction on the substrate and spaced apart from each other, gate tabs extending in a second direction different from the first direction and connecting adjacent gate electrodes to each other, the gate tabs spaced apart from each other, and a first contact plug disposed on the active region under a space confined by the adjacent gate electrodes and adjacent gate tabs. The space may include a first region having a first width and a second region having a second width smaller than the first width, the first contact plug may be disposed on the active region under the second region. | 07-04-2013 |
20130168873 | POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - A power semiconductor device and a manufacturing method thereof, the power semiconductor device including a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes, a plurality of first via electrodes on a first insulating layer and contacting the plurality of first electrodes, a plurality of second via electrodes on the first insulating layer and contacting the plurality of second electrodes, a first electrode pad contacting the plurality of first via electrodes, a second electrode pad contacting the plurality of second via electrodes, a plurality of third via electrodes on a second insulating layer and contacting the first electrode pad, a plurality of fourth via electrodes on the second insulating layer and contacting the second electrode pad, a third electrode pad contacting the plurality of third via electrodes, and a fourth electrode pad contacting the plurality of fourth via electrodes. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169046 | POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL APPARATUS AND POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD - A power consumption control apparatus and a power consumption control method capable of providing a power storage being utilized as an uninterruptible power supply (UPS), and in a case of an emergency, automatically selecting a load to supply a backup power to the load, the power consumption control method including determining an occurrence of an abnormality in a supply of a grid power and a renewable power, performing an emergency mode to immediately finish a current operation of a load if it is determined that an abnormality in the supply of both of the grid power and the renewable power has occurred, and performing a standby mode to stand by until the current operation of the load is finished in a normal manner if it is determined that an abnormality in the supply of the grid power has occurred while the supply of the renewable power is normal. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169140 | BROADBAND LIGHT ILLUMINATORS - A broadband light illuminator of an optical inspector for optically detecting defects of an inspection object may include an electrode-less chamber including a plasma area from which broadband light is generated; a first energy provider, exterior to the chamber, configured to provide first energy for ionizing high pressure gases to form ionized gases in the chamber; a second energy provider, exterior to the chamber, configured to provide second energy for transforming the ionized gases into a plasma state to form the plasma area at a central portion of the chamber; an elliptical reflector having a first focus at which the chamber is positioned and a second focus such that the broadband light is reflected from the elliptical reflector toward the second focus; and a lens unit focusing the reflected broadband light onto the inspection object to form an inspection light for detecting the defects of the inspection object. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169321 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (IC), ADAPTIVE POWER SUPPLY USING IC CHARACTERISTICS AND ADAPTIVE POWER SUPPLY METHOD ACCORDING TO IC CHARACTERISTICS, ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME AND MANUFACTURING METHOD OF IC - Embodiments disclose an integrated circuit (IC) including a power input unit, which receives power from an external power supply, a core, which is driven by the power input through the power input unit, and a controller, which determines characteristics of the core and controls the external power supply to supply the power according to the determined characteristics. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169347 | Temperature Management Circuit, System on Chip Including the Same and Method of Managing Temperature - In managing temperature in a system on chip (SOC), a main temperature signal is generated using a main sensor, where the main temperature signal is a signal having a value corresponding to a main temperature of the SOC. Subsidiary temperature signals are generated using subsidiary sensors, where the subsidiary temperature signals are pulse signals having frequencies corresponding to subsidiary temperatures of subsidiary blocks in the SOC, respectively. An operation of the SOC is controlled based upon the main temperature signal and the subsidiary temperature signals. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169356 | SWITCHING POWER AMPLIFIER AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A switching power amplifier having a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal generation unit that converts an input audio signal into a PWM signal with a predetermined carrier frequency, a correction unit that corrects the difference between an audio signal included in the PWM signal and a negative feedback output audio signal to generate a corrected PWM signal, a low pass filter that removes a high-frequency component from the corrected PWM signal, a frequency modulation unit that modulates the corrected PWM signal so that the corrected PWM signal has a switching frequency different from the carrier frequency of the input PWM signal to generate a modulated PWM signal, and a power amplification unit that amplifies a power of the modulated PWM signal. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169418 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, USER INPUT APPARATUS CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An electronic device executing an application through communication with a user input apparatus, the electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes: a communication unit that is configured to communicate with the user input apparatus; an information generation unit that generates information about an exclusive controller that controls the application and is executed in the user input apparatus; and a controller that controls the information generation unit to generate the information about the exclusive controller when the electronic device is paired with the user input apparatus, and controls the communication unit to transmit the generated information about the exclusive controller to the user input apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169419 | REMOTE CONTROL, REMOTE CONTROL METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The remote control device includes a signal transmitting-receiving unit which transmits a request signal requesting information for controlling an electronic device to the electronic device or a relay device which relays the information, and receives information from the electronic device or the relay device; and a control unit which stops operating a signal receiving unit of the signal transmitting-receiving unit during transmission of the request signal, and resumes operating the signal receiving unit again when the transmission of the request signal is completed. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169517 | POWER SUPPLYING APPARATUS, POWER SUPPLYING METHOD, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A power supplying apparatus, a power supplying method, an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display apparatus are provided. The OLED display apparatus includes: a plurality of components which are to perform an operation of the OLED display apparatus; a power supplying unit; a rectifier which rectifies an input voltage supplied from the power supplying unit; and a voltage level converter which converts a level of the input voltage rectified by the rectifier and supplies the input voltage having the converted level to the plurality of components. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169524 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An electronic apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. In response to receiving a voice start command by the electronic apparatus, the control method of the electronic apparatus changes mode of the electronic apparatus to a voice task mode in which the electronic apparatus is controlled in accordance with user's voice, displays voice guide information including a plurality of voice commands for commanding the electronic apparatus to perform tasks in the voice task mode on the electronic apparatus, and changes at least one voice command from among the plurality of voice commands with a different voice command. Accordingly, the user is able to control the electronic apparatus more conveniently and efficiently. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169525 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An electronic apparatus and a control method thereof are provided, which displays first voice guide information indicating voice commands available to control the electronic apparatus, and if a command to control an external device connected to the electronic apparatus is received, changes the first voice guide information and displays second voice guide information to indicating voice commands available to control the external device. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169528 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device including a display panel to display images, a bezel provided at an outside of the display panel, and a signal input unit including a camera and a microphone, wherein the signal input unit is disposed at an upper end of the bezel, is disclosed. The camera and the microphone are integrated into the display device, thereby improving installation efficiency and external appearance quality of the display device. The microphone is distant from the speaker, thereby improving performance of the microphone. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169561 | METHOD OF SEGMENTING MULTIPLE TOUCHES IN TOUCH SENSING SYSTEM - A method of segmenting multiple touches in a touch sensor system is disclosed. The method includes setting a point node by selecting a valid node of a touch sensor panel from among valid nodes having touch data equal to or greater than a threshold value of a touch sensor panel; determining one or more candidate labels for the point node by searching for adjacent nodes around the point node; and when there are two or more candidate labels for the point node, labeling the point node by selecting a label of a label group that has the highest group similarity with the point node and that is from among label groups of the two or more candidate labels, and by assigning the selected label to the point node. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169574 | REMOTE CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A remote control apparatus is provided. The remote control apparatus includes an input unit configured to include a plurality of touch regions, a control unit configured to generate a control command for selecting a channel of the display apparatus according to channel number information input through the plurality of touch regions, and a transmission unit configured to transmit the control command to the display apparatus, wherein the channel number information includes a plurality of element information and the plurality of touch regions receives the plurality of element information, respectively. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169603 | GLASSES APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTENT PROVIDING METHOD USING THE SAME AND METHOD FOR CONVERTING MODE OF DISPLAY APPARATUS - A glasses apparatus is provided. The glasses apparatus, which interlocks with a display apparatus which displays a plurality of contents, includes an interface which facilitates communication with the display apparatus, a receiver which receives a user command for performing a connection operation with at least one communication module which reside in the display apparatus, and a controller which, when the user command is received, controls the interface to receive a sync signal corresponding to one of the plurality of contents by performing a connection operation with of the at least one communication module. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169604 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a display apparatus and a control method thereof, the display apparatus including: an image processor which processes an image signal; a display which displays an image based on the image signal; a connector on which an upgrade apparatus which is used for upgrading at least one function of the display is mounted; a storage which stores setting information; and a controller which transmits the stored setting information to the upgrade apparatus when the upgrade apparatus is mounted, and which displays an image based on a control of the upgrade apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169608 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus and a method of controlling the same are provided. The image processing apparatus includes: one or more receiving units which receive a plurality of contents; a signal processing unit which outputs a first image frame by processing first content of the plurality of contents and outputs a second image frame by processing second content of the plurality of contents; an output unit which outputs a plurality of contents views by combining the first image frame and the second image frame; and a control unit which, if a sharing restriction command regarding a first contents view from among the plurality of contents views is obtained, restricts matching of a glasses apparatus with the first contents view. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169612 | POWER SUPPLY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A power supply includes: a first switch arranged between an input power supplier and a load; a driving power supplier to receive input power through the first switch and to supply the input power to the load when a current mode of the load is a normal mode; and a power-saving power supplier connected to a power line branched from between the input power supplier and the first switch, the power-saving power supplier generating standby power when the current mode is a standby mode, and including a second switch connected to the power line, a charger to charge power transmitted through the second switch and to output the charged power as the standby power, a voltage detector to detect the voltage of the charged power, and a first controller to receive driving power from the charger and to control operation of the second switch according to the detected voltage. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169620 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, GLASSES APPARATUS LINKED WITH DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus, glasses apparatus linked with the display apparatus, and control method thereof are provided. The glasses apparatus which is linked with the display apparatus alternately displays a plurality of content in image frame units includes: an input button, and a controller which performs a turn on operation when the input button is selected in a state where the glasses apparatus is turned off and which performs different control operations corresponding to a duration that the input button is pushed, a number of times the input button is pushed, or both the duration and the number of times the input button is pushed. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169625 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, UPGRADE APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus, upgrade apparatus, display system and control method are provided. The image processing apparatus includes a signal input unit; a first image processing unit which processes an input signal input by the signal input unit to output a first output signal; an upgrade apparatus connection unit connected to an upgrade apparatus which includes a second image processing unit; and a first controller which controls at least one of the input signal processed by the first image processing unit and the first output signal to be transmitted to the upgrade apparatus and processed by the second image processing unit if the upgrade apparatus is connected to the upgrade apparatus connection unit. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169627 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING THREE DIMENSIONAL (3D) IMAGE - A display apparatus and a method for providing a three dimensional (3D) image are provided. The display apparatus includes a display unit, a receiving unit which receives three dimensional (3D) image data having frames each having therein left-eye and right-eye images, a resolution converting unit which converts resolutions of the left-eye and right-eye images respectively, and a control unit being configured to extract additional data contained in the 3D image data, generate additional left-eye and right-eye images by processing the extracted additional data, and combine the converted left-eye and right-eye images with the additional left-eye and right-eye images, respectively. As a result, image related to additional data such as subtitle or on screen display (OSD) can be displayed on a screen normally, along with the full 3D image. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169643 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING DEPTH - A display apparatus and method may be used to estimate a depth distance from an external object to a display panel of the display apparatus. The display apparatus may acquire a plurality of images by detecting lights that are input from an external object and passed through apertures formed in a display panel, may generate one or more refocused images, and may calculate a depth from the external object to the display panel using the plurality of images acquired and one or more refocused images. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169652 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, UPGRADE APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus, upgrade apparatus, display system and control method are provided. The image processing apparatus includes a signal input unit; a first image processing unit which processes an input signal input by the signal input unit to output a first output signal; an upgrade apparatus connection unit connected to an upgrade apparatus which includes a second image processing unit; and a first controller which controls at least one of the input signal processed by the first image processing unit and the first output signal to be transmitted to the upgrade apparatus and processed by the second image processing unit if the upgrade apparatus is connected to the upgrade apparatus connection unit | 07-04-2013 |
20130169653 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - A display apparatus, an upgrading apparatus and a display system including the same are provided. The display apparatus includes: a signal input unit to receive an input signal; a first image processor to output a first output signal by processing the input signal; an upgrading apparatus connector to which an upgrading apparatus comprising a second image processor is connectable; and a casing to accommodate the first image processor and the upgrading apparatus connector, the casing including a casing panel in which a connection opening is formed to enable access to the upgrading apparatus connector. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169654 | UPGRADING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - An upgrading apparatus, a display apparatus, a control method thereof, and a display system are provided. The upgrading apparatus for the display apparatus includes: an interface which is connected to the display apparatus and communicates with the display apparatus; a video processor which processes a video signal corresponding to an image displayed by the display apparatus; and a controller which controls the video processor to process the video signal to be displayed by the display apparatus when the upgrading apparatus is connected to the display apparatus through the interface, and controls the upgrading apparatus to operate based on information received from the display apparatus. Thus, the upgrading apparatus operates based on the information of the display apparatus, thereby securing compatibility with the previous-version display apparatus and enhancing the stability of the operation. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169655 | ELECTRONIC SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADE APPARATUS, AND DATA INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSING METHOD OF DISPLAY APPARATUS - An electronic system, a control method for the electronic system, a display apparatus, an upgrade apparatus, and a data input/output processing method of the display apparatus are provided. The electronic system includes a first system on chip (SOC) including a first functional block which performs a first function, a second functional block which performs a second function, and a first bus network which performs communication between the first functional block and the second functional block, a connection unit which connects a second SOC to the first SOC, wherein the second SOC comprises a third functional block configured to upgrade the first function and a second bus network, and a power supply unit which supplies power to the first SOC and the second SOC, wherein the power supply unit blocks power from being supplied to the first functional block if the second SOC is connected to the connection unit. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169662 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes an input unit which receives an image signal, a display panel unit, a determination unit which determines a color gamut of the image signal, an adjustment unit which adjusts a color gamut of the display panel unit based on the color gamut of the image signal, and a control unit which controls the display panel unit to display the image signal within the adjusted color gamut of the display panel unit. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169663 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING IMAGES - An apparatus and method for displaying images and an apparatus and method for processing images are provided. The image display apparatus includes an image processor configured to receive an image frame and convert a gradation value of each of a plurality of pixels constituting the image frame to generate a sub image frame; and a controller configured to control a display panel to sequentially display the image frame and the sub image frame. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169672 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHODS THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a signal processor which processes a plurality of contents and forms image frames, a display unit which outputs a plurality of content views using the image frames, and a controller which controls the display to display an object which indicates a control authority in one of the plurality of content views. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING DIGITAL MAP IN CLIENT - A method and apparatus for displaying a digital map in a client is provided. The method includes determining a part to be magnified and displayed on the digital map, displaying a magnified map image corresponding to the determined part, receiving information about the magnified map image from a server, and displaying the information received from the server on the magnified map image. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169697 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE, DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SUPPLYING POWER, AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS OF CONTENTS - A device and a method for displaying an image, a device and a method for supplying power, and a method for adjusting brightness of contents are provided. The device for displaying the image includes: a pixel value converter which, if a plurality of color pixel values of the image is received, converts the received color pixel values; a display panel which includes a plurality of color light-emitting devices and which drives each of the plurality of color light-emitting devices based on the converted color pixel values; a light-emission controller which provides the display panel with a control signal which variably controls respective driving times of each of the color light-emitting devices based on colors; and a global controller which controls the light-emission controller to variably adjust a duty ratio of the control signal based on colors and the converted color pixel values. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169698 | BACKLIGHT PROVIDING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A backlight providing apparatus is provided. The backlight providing apparatus includes image analyzers which detect brightness property information of an image frame for each of content views; a light source which provides a backlight to a display panel; a backlight driver which drives the light source; and a controller which controls the backlight driver to provide a backlight corresponding to the detected brightness property information for each of the plurality of content views. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169700 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CALIBRATING COLOR - A display device and a method of calibrating color are provided. The display device includes an image acquisition device, a display which displays a reference color standard and displays a color standard acquired by photographing on a screen the reference color standard through the image acquisition device, a color measurer which measures color of the acquired color standard displayed on the screen of the display, and a color calibrator which calibrates colors of an image acquired through photographing by the image acquisition device using color information measured by the color measurer. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169715 | INKJET PRINT HEAD AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - An inkjet print head configured to smoothly discharge high viscosity ink includes a nozzle part configured to discharge ink, a supply flow path part configured to define a flow path to supply ink to be discharged from the nozzle part, and a micro pattern part formed at least one portion of the supply flow path part that is configured to reduce of a flow resistance of the ink flowing through the supply flow path part. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169734 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including a main body, a display panel installed in the main body, a video call unit installed to the main body, a circuit board for control of the video call unit, and a cable to connect the video call unit and the circuit board to each other, is provided. Installing the video call unit to the main body enables a video call via the display apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169738 | DIGITAL IMAGING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A digital imaging apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The digital imaging apparatus includes a body including a display unit configured to output an image signal as an image, and an image encoder; a user input unit comprising an image input unit configured to generate and output an outside image signal that corresponds to an outside image and is not encoded or compressed; and a data interface configured to transmit the outside image signal output by the image input unit to the body, wherein the image encoder is configured to encode the outside image signal, which is received by the body from the data interface, in a predetermined format. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169739 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein are an imaging apparatus and a control method thereof. The apparatus enables a user to simultaneously conduct a video call while watching a broadcasting program. When transmitting an acoustic signal to an opposite user, the apparatus cancels the speech of the opposite user and the background sound from the broadcasting program, and thus, superior communication quality may be maintained. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169740 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including a remote controller signal receiver which receives a remote controller signal, a remote controller operation display light emitting diode (LED) which indicates an operation control according to the remote controller signal, a human interface module which performs a human interface function, a human interface operation display light emitting diode (LED) which indicates an operation control according to the human interface function, and a controller which controls the remote controller operation display LED and the human interface operation display LED by use of signals being transmitted from the remote controller signal receiver and the human interface module, thereby providing user convenience. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169763 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND INPUT APPARATUS USED IN THE SAME - A display apparatus and a method of controlling the same are provided. The display apparatus includes a plurality of reception units configured to receive a plurality of different contents, a signal processing unit configured to process each of the plurality of contents, an output unit configured to output contents processed in the signal processing unit, a remote controller signal reception unit configured to receive a selection signal from a remote controller, and, if the selection signal is received, a control unit configured to perform different control operations according to a current operation state of the display apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169765 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, DISPLAY METHOD AND IMAGING PROCESSING THEREOF - An image processing apparatus, an image processing system, and a method thereof are provided. The apparatus includes: a signal processor which receives a plurality of contents and constructs image frames of the respective contents; an outputter which operates in a first mode to output image frames of only one content, and in a second mode to combine and output the image frames of the plurality of contents; a video telephony processor including an image capturer to capture an image external to the apparatus, the video telephony processor connecting video telephony, if a request for video telephony is received via an external network; and a controller which controls the outputter to determine a combination of the image frames of the plurality of contents outputted through the signal processor, according to an operational status of the video telephony processor. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169766 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND REMOTE CONTROL APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME AND CONTROLLING METHODS THEREOF - A display apparatus, a control method thereof, a remote control apparatus, and a control method thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes: a display unit which outputs a plurality of content views using a plurality of image frames; a remote control signal receiver which receives a control command from a remote control apparatus; and a controller which, if a control command to control one content view from among the plurality of content views is received, selectively performs an operation from among control operation corresponding to the control command and an outputting operation to output a message notifying an input of the control command in accordance with a type of the received control command. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169767 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for controlling thereof are provided. A display apparatus having a multi-view mode to concurrently provide different contents to different viewers includes a plurality of receivers operable in the multi-view mode to receive a plurality of different contents selected by multiple viewers, a video processor operable in the multi-view mode to process video data of the plurality of different contents received by the plurality of receivers; a video output which receives the video data processed by the video processor to display the plurality of different contents, an audio processor operable in the multi-view mode to process audio data corresponding to the selected contents, received by the receivers, and an audio output which outputs the processed audio data to a plurality of eyeglasses apparatuses for viewing the plurality of different contents, wherein a number of channels associated with the processed audio data output to the eyeglasses apparatus is different from a number of channels associated with the audio data received by the receivers. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169768 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided, which may includes an image receiver which receives an image, an image processor which separates the received image into a left-eye image and a right-eye image and process the left-eye and right-eye images, an image output unit including a display panel which displays the left-eye and right-eye images alternately, a storage which stores a response speed of the display panel, and a controller which calculates a pixel value difference between the left-eye and right-eye images based on a unit of pixels that constitute the left-eye and right-eye images, detects a crosstalk generating area of the left-eye and right-eye images using the calculated pixel value difference and the response speed of the display panel stored in the storage, and controls so that the detected crosstalk generating area is indicated distinguishably from other areas of the left-eye and right-eye images. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169769 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING VIDEO - A device for displaying a video includes: a content processor which, if a content is received, determines a type of the content according to additional information of the content; a controller which, if the content is a 3D content, operates in a 3D display mode and, if the content is a multi-view content, operates in a multi-view mode; and a display which performs a 3D display or multi-view display according to an operation mode of the controller. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169770 | SECURITY DISPLAY APPARATUS - A security display apparatus is provided including an image processor which reverses a normal image to create a reverse image which is a negative of the normal image, and a display unit which displays the normal image and the reverse image. The display apparatus further includes glasses which filter the reverse image such that the reverse image is blocked from a user by the glasses and the normal image is transmitted to the user through the glasses. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169771 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING A PLURALITY OF CONTENT VIEWS, GLASSES APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPRISING THEM, AND DISPLAY METHODS THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes plurality of receivers which receive a plurality of content; a signal processor which generates image frames by processing each of the content; an output which displays a plurality of content views by combining the image frames of each content; a synchronization signal generator which generates a synchronization signal to synchronize the plurality of the content views and a plurality of glasses apparatus; an interface which transmits the synchronization signal to the plurality of the glasses apparatus; a storage which stores glass characteristic information; and a controller which controls the signal processor to process the plurality of the content according to the glass characteristic information. Thus, image quality adequate for the glass apparatus can be provided. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169772 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHODS THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a display unit which outputs a plurality of content views using a plurality of image frames; an interface unit which is connected with a glasses apparatus according to a predetermined communication standard; a synchronization signal generator which generates a synchronization signal that synchronizes one of the plurality of content views with the glasses apparatus; and a controller which, when a glasses apparatus is connected, controls the display apparatus to synchronize the one of the plurality of content views with the glasses. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169783 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes: an image receiver which receives an image signal; an image processor which processes the image signal received by the image receiver according to a preset image processing operation; a display unit which displays thereon an image based on the image signal that is processed by the image processor; a camera which captures a predetermined subject an generates a first image; and a controller which determines the subject from the first image generated by the camera, generates a second image including the subject by automatically adjusting the first image according to a preset image standard by focusing on the determined subject, and displays the second image on the display unit. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169828 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TAGGING LOCATION INFORMATION - A method for using location information is provided. In the method, location information of the mobile terminal is stored every N-basis interval in a motion picture stream. Time information is obtained from the motion picture stream every N-basis interval. Information of a current area of the mobile terminal is obtained every N-basis interval. When a previous area and a current area are different from each other, information of the current area is stored. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169856 | ZOOM LENS AND PHOTOGRAPHING APPARATUS - A zoom lens and a photographing apparatus including the same. The zoom lens includes a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, and an additional lens grouping having a positive refractive power, which are sequentially arranged from an object side, wherein the additional lens grouping comprises a third lens group having a positive refractive power. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169866 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, EXTERNAL PERIPHERAL DEVICE CONNECTABLE THERETO AND IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD - A display apparatus, an external peripheral device connectable thereto and an image displaying method. The display apparatus includes a video receiver which receives a video signal; a display unit which displays an image; and a peripheral device connector which includes a first port to transmit and receive a video signal and a second port to receive a video signal, both of which are connected to the external peripheral device. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169871 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes a display which displays an image; an external peripheral device; a peripheral device interface connected to the external peripheral device; an image composing module which combines a video signal with a graphic signal and outputs a combined signal to the display; and a controller which outputs a graphic signal to the image composing module when the graphic signal is input from the external peripheral device through the peripheral device interface, the graphic signal being associated with contents of a video signal displayed on the display and displayed along with the video signal. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169872 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADE APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - A display apparatus is provided, including: an image processor which processes an image signal received from an image source according to a preset image processing process and displays an image on a display; an upgrade apparatus which upgrades the image processing process when connected to the display apparatus; a power supply which supplies power of the display apparatus; and a controller which controls the power supply to supply power to the upgrade apparatus through the connector before supplying power to the image processor in response to a determination that the upgrade apparatus is connected to the display apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169873 | DISPLAY SYSTEM INCLUDING A DISPLAY APPARATUS AND AN UPGRADE APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display apparatus including and a display unit are provided. The display apparatus includes an image processing unit processing an image signal received from an image source according to a preset image processing process in order to display the image on the display unit; a connection unit connected to an upgrade apparatus provided to upgrade the image processing process; a storage unit storing operating time information and displaying the information on the display unit; and a controller displaying a menu image on the display unit, the menu image being provided to adjust at least one preset item associated with quality of the image displayed on the display unit, and transmitting the operating time information on the display unit to the upgrade apparatus to change a set value of the item of the menu image corresponding to the operating time information on the display unit stored in the storage unit. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169874 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONNECTABLE EXTERNAL PERIPHERAL DEVICE AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING AN IMAGE - A display apparatus, a connectable external peripheral device and a method of displaying an image are disclosed. The display apparatus includes a display unit; an image processor which first processes an image signal according to a preset first image processing operation, and secondly processes the first processed image signal processed according to the first image processing operation, and outputs the processed image signal to the display unit. The display apparatus further includes a peripheral device connector, to which an external peripheral device is connected that processes the image signal processed by the first image processing operation. The second image processing operation is performed in the external peripheral device. The image processor transmitting to the external peripheral device the first processed image signal in response to the external peripheral device being connected to the peripheral device connector. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169876 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADE APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - A display apparatus is provided, including: an image processor which processes an image signal received from an image source according to a preset image processing process and displays an image on a display; a storage device which stores configuration information; a connector which provides a connection to an upgrade apparatus, which upgrades the preset image processing process; and a controller which controls the display to display a user interface (UI) image to select one of configuration information stored in the upgrade apparatus and configuration information stored in the storage device in response to a determination that the upgrade apparatus is connected to the connector, and controls the upgrade apparatus to upgrade the preset image processing process based on the configuration information selected through the UI image. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169878 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING - A display apparatus and method thereof are provided. The display apparatus may include a plurality of receiving units which receive a plurality of different contents, a signal processing unit which processes the contents received at the plurality of receiving units to construct a plurality of contents views, an output unit which displays each content view constructed at the signal processing unit, an input unit which receives a command to display an on-screen display (OSD), and a control unit which determines a content view to display OSD information from among the plurality of contents views, when an OSD display command is inputted, and an OSD processing unit which displays OSD information on the determined content view. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169892 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display apparatus includes: a display; an image processor which processes an image signal which has been received based on an external input state selected from at least one preset external input state, by using a preset image processing operation, and displays an image on the display based on the processed image signal; a connector to which an upgrading apparatus that upgrades the image processing operation is connected; and a controller which displays, on the display, a user interface (UI) image for selecting one of the at least one preset external input state, and if it is determined that an image signal is capable of being received by the upgrading apparatus not via the display apparatus, displays the selected external input state and the upgrading apparatus in the UI image. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169904 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY INCLUDING SAME - A backlight unit for a liquid crystal display device including an light emitting diode light source; a light conversion layer disposed apart from the light emitting diode light source, wherein the light conversion layer is configured to convert light emitted from the light emitting diode light source to white light and provide the white light to a liquid crystal panel; and a light guide panel disposed between the light emitting diode light source and the light conversion layer, wherein the light conversion layer includes a semiconductor nanocrystal and a polymer matrix, wherein the semiconductor nanocrystal is coated with a first polymer, and wherein the polymer matrix comprises a thermoplastic second polymer. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170011 | TRANSMISSIVE IMAGE MODULATOR USING MULTI-FABRY-PEROT RESONANT MODE AND MULTI-ABSORPTION MODE - A transmissive image modulator for allowing image modulation over a wide bandwidth with multiple Fabry-Perot resonant modes and multiple absorption modes is provided. The transmissive image modulator includes a lower reflection layer; an active layer disposed on the lower reflection layer, including multiple quantum well layers and multiple barrier layers; an upper reflection layer disposed on the active layer; and at least one micro-cavity layer disposed in at least one of the lower and upper reflection layer. The active layer and the at least one micro-cavity layer have thicknesses of a multiple of λ/2, where λ is a resonant wavelength. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170115 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device including a display panel having an active area to display an image, and an inactive area provided with a pattern disposed thereto to apply an electrical signal to the active area, a side cover having a peripheral frame disposed at an outer portion of the display panel to form a side portion exterior of the display device, and a support frame extended from the peripheral frame to be disposed at a rear of the display panel and supporting the display panel, and a black matrix disposed at a front of the inactive area to hide a pattern of the inactive area. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170116 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device including a display panel, a rear cover, disposed at a rear of the display panel, which forms a rear exterior of the display panel, and a reinforcing member disposed between the display panel and the rear cover, such that the strength of the display device is increased, wherein the reinforcing member includes a body unit having a shape of the display panel and forms an external appearance of the reinforcing member, and a plurality of cells that penetrate the body unit. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170121 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CONNECTABLE TO MULTIPLE HOSTS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING JOBS OF THE IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus connectable to multiple hosts includes a plurality of USB interfaces to connect with the respective multiple hosts to receive job request data for image forming jobs requested by the multiple hosts; a driver module to process the job request data received via the respective multiple USB interfaces; a USB data manager to generate job data that corresponds to each of types of the requested image forming jobs by using the processed job request data; and a main controller to control the image forming apparatus to perform the image forming jobs based on the generated job data. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170156 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a display device having an intermediate panel firming supporting a display panel, maximizing heat dissipation and having a light weight, and a bracket facilitating assembly of the intermediate panel with other components. The display device includes the display panel, the intermediate panel disposed on the rear surface of the display panel, the bracket including a first combining part combined with the intermediate panel and a second combining part combined with the display panel and provided with guide grooves on the second combining part, a side cover including a frame part disposed at the edges of the display panel and the bracket, support parts extending from the frame part and supporting the bracket and a guide rib protruding in the forward direction of the support part and combined with the guide groove, and a rear cover disposed on the rear surface of the intermediate panel. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170214 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A light emitting diode (LED) device is provided, which includes at least one LED unit including at least one LED to emit light, a support unit to support the at least one LED unit, and a heat radiation unit disposed between and in contact with the at least one LED unit and the support unit to transmit and radiate heat generated from the at least one LED unit toward the support unit. Accordingly, a dedicated structure for forming contact with air is unnecessary. Therefore, while securing a light emission function, flexible design and aesthetic appearance of the LED device may be achieved. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170245 | LIGHTING DEVICE - A lighting device improves light distribution uniformity. When a light emitting diode (LED) package module is applied to a straight-tube fluorescent lamp, characteristics of a circular surface light source with the LED may be efficiently embodied by varying a refractive index of a light guide member based on positions of the light guide member. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170482 | WI-FI DIRECT CONNECTION METHOD - A Wireless-Fidelity (Wi-Fi) Direct connection method is provided. The method includes, when a Wi-Fi-Direct connection is requested, performing a device discovery to display a device discovery result and generating a target peer list from Peer-to-Peer (P2P) devices in the displayed device discovery result, performing a provision discovery of a Personal Identification Number (PIN) connection type with the P2P devices within the target peer list, after inputting a PIN, transmitting a PIN check query request message to the P2P devices within the target peer list, and receiving a PIN check query response message from each of the P2P devices within the target peer list, and identifying a status code of each received PIN check query request message establishing the Wi-Fi Direct connection when the status code corresponds to a success. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170538 | EQUALIZER RECEIVER AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An equalizer-based receiver and an operating method thereof in a wireless communication system are provided. The equalizer-based receiver includes a reception multi-path detector, a controller, and an equalize receiver. The reception multi-path detector groups reception signals according to a predetermined reference to classify the reception signals into a plurality of delay clusters, and estimates a position of the plurality of delay clusters. The controller determines whether the plurality of delay clusters exist within a predetermined threshold range based on a result of the estimated position, and controls an operation mode of the equalizer-based receiver depending on a result of the determination. The equalize receiver performs one of a mode for removing an interference between the plurality of delay clusters and a mode for applying a diversity technique to a delay cluster under control of the controller. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170649 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING PANORAMIC SOUND - An apparatus and method for generating a panoramic sound are provided. The panoramic sound generation apparatus may include a panning coefficient calculation unit to calculate a panning coefficient that represents directivity of a sound source using an input signal, a masker determination unit to determine a direction masker that extracts a sound source of a desired direction based on the panning coefficient, and a channel separation unit to separate to be used as an output signal, output to a sound output device, using the direction masker. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170724 | METHOD OF GENERATING ELASTICITY IMAGE AND ELASTICITY IMAGE GENERATING APPARATUS - A method of generating an elasticity image and an elasticity image generating apparatus are provided. The method includes detecting corresponding partial areas from examined areas of a first elasticity image and a second elasticity image from among a plurality of elasticity images indicating elasticity of examined areas in a subject, and generating data of a third elasticity image, comprising combining data of the first elasticity image with data of the second elasticity image based on the corresponding partial areas of the first elasticity image and the second elasticity image. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170725 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING ORGAN DEFORMATION MODEL AND MEDICAL IMAGE SYSTEM - A method of estimating an organ deformation model includes generating at least one 3D organ shape model of an organ of a subject based on at least one non-real time medical image representing a deformation state of the organ of the subject; generating a deformation space for the organ of the subject based on the at least one 3D organ shape model and prior knowledge regarding the organ; and estimating a 3D organ deformation model of the organ of the subject based on a real-time medical image of the organ of the subject and the deformation space. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170744 | OBJECT RECOGNITION METHOD, DESCRIPTOR GENERATING METHOD FOR OBJECT RECOGNITION, AND DESCRIPTOR FOR OBJECT RECOGNITION - An object recognition method, a descriptor generating method for object recognition, and a descriptor for object recognition capable of extracting feature points using the position relationship and color information relationship between points in a group that are sampled from an image of an object, and capable of recognizing the object using the feature points, the object recognition method including extracting feature components of a point cloud using the position information and the color information of the points that compose the point cloud of the three-dimensional (3D) image of an object, generating a descriptor configured to recognize the object using the extracted feature components; and performing the object recognition based on the descriptor. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170761 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENCODING DEPTH IMAGE BY SKIPPING DISCRETE COSINE TRANSFORM (DCT), AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DECODING DEPTH IMAGE BY SKIPPING DCT - An apparatus and method for encoding an image by skipping discrete cosine transform (DCT), and an apparatus and method for decoding an image by skipping the DCT. An image encoding apparatus may classify residual data into groups, and may encode the residual data using a representative value of each of the groups and group identification information that is used to identify the groups. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170784 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A semiconductor device includes a single crystalline substrate, an electrical element and an optical element. The electrical element is disposed on the single crystalline substrate. The electrical element includes a gate electrode extending in a crystal orientation <110> and source and drain regions adjacent to the gate electrode. The source region and the drain region are arranged in a direction substantially perpendicular to a direction in which the gate electrode extends. The optical element is disposed on the single crystalline substrate. The optical element includes an optical waveguide extending in a crystal orientation <010>. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170870 | DETACHABLE TONER CARTRIDGE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - An image forming apparatus includes a toner cartridge that has an inner shutter and an outer shutter and is attached to and detached from a main body through a door disposed on a main body. The outer shutter moves to a position in which toner is allowed to be discharged through a toner outlet of the toner cartridge when the toner cartridge is loaded into the main body, and the inner shutter moves to an open position in which the toner outlet is opened by being interlocked in a closing operation of the door after the toner cartridge is loaded into the main body. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170883 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus includes a housing having a discharge port, a plurality of photosensitive bodies mounted in the housing, a transfer unit to transfer visible images formed on the plurality of photosensitive bodies onto a printing medium, a fusing unit to fuse transferred visible images to the printing medium, and a reverse unit to reverse a moving direction of the printing medium, after the printing medium has passed through the fusing unit. As the moving direction of the printed printing medium is reversed by the reverse unit, the printing medium may be discharged while a printed surface of the printing medium is directed downward, allowing a user to easily draw out the printing medium. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171640 | SOLID REAGENT DISSOLVING DEVICE AND METHOD OF DISSOLVING SOLID REAGENT BY USING THE SAME - A solid reagent dissolving device including a flexible layer; an upper plate disposed on the flexible layer; and a lower plate disposed under the flexible layer, wherein the upper plate comprises a plurality of minute channels, a dissolution chamber connected with the plurality of minute channels, and a protrusion for limiting a flow of a fluid flowing through one of the plurality of minute channels, the lower plate comprises a plurality of penetration holes that correspond to the protrusion and the dissolution chamber, respectively, and one side of each of the plurality of penetration holes, the plurality of minute channels, and the dissolution chamber are covered with the flexible layer, and method of using same. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171697 | MICROFLUIDIC DEVICE COMPRISING ROTATABLE DISC-TYPE BODY, AND METHODS OF SEPARATING TARGET MATERIAL AND AMPLIFYING NUCLEIC ACID USING THE SAME - A microfluidic device for controlling a flow of a fluid using centrifugal and rotational force based on a rotatable disc-type body, a method of separating a target material or performing emulsion nucleic acid amplification using the microfluidic device. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171744 | METHODS OF THERMALLY TREATING A SEMICONDUCTOR WAFER - A method of thermally treating a wafer includes loading a wafer into a process chamber having one or more regions of uniform temperature gradient and one or more regions of non-uniform temperature gradient. A defect is detected in the wafer. The wafer is aligned to position the defect within one of the one or more regions of uniform temperature gradient. A rapid thermal process is performed on the wafer in the process chamber while the defect is positioned within one of the one or more regions of uniform temperature gradient. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171755 | METHOD OF CUTTING LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE CHIP WAFER BY USING LASER SCRIBING - Methods of cutting a light-emitting device chip wafer by using a laser scribing process. The method includes: preparing a wafer that has a plurality of semiconductor chips on an upper surface of the wafer; attaching a first tape covering the semiconductor chips to the upper surface of the wafer; forming scribing lines to define each of the semiconductor chips on the wafer by irradiating a laser beam onto a lower surface of the wafer; attaching a second tape to the lower surface of the wafer; and breaking the wafer into a plurality of chips by applying a physical force to the wafer along the scribing lines. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171807 | METHODS OF FABRICATING A SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE INCLUDING DUAL TRANSISTORS - Provided are a semiconductor device having dual transistors, and methods of fabricating a semiconductor device, including sequentially forming an insulating layer and a polysilicon layer on a substrate having a first region and a second region, forming a first mask to cover the polysilicon layer on the second region, injecting at least one n-type impurity into the polysilicon layer on the first region to form an N-region, injecting nitrogen into the N-region, forming a second mask to cover the N-region, and injecting at least one p-type impurity into the polysilicon layer on the second region to form a P-region. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171809 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF FABRICATING THE SAME - A semiconductor device has a substrate that includes a cell array region and a dummy pattern region surrounding the cell array region. The cell array region includes a cell structure having a plurality of cell active pillars extending in a vertical direction from the cell array region of the substrate and includes cell gate patterns and cell gate interlayer insulating patterns alternately stacked on the substrate. The cell gate patterns and cell gate interlayer insulating patterns have sides facing the cell active pillars. The dummy pattern region includes a damp-proof structure. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171818 | Method of Manufacturing A Semiconductor Device - In a method of forming an ohmic layer of a DRAM device, the metal silicide layer between the storage node contact plug and the lower electrode of a capacitor is formed as the ohmic layer by a first heat treatment under a first temperature and an instantaneous second heat treatment under a second temperature higher than the first temperature. Thus, the metal silicide layer has a thermo-stable crystal structure and little or no agglomeration occurs on the metal silicide layer in the high temperature process. Accordingly, the sheet resistance of the ohmic layer may not increase in spite of the subsequent high temperature process. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171949 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GAIN OF DRIVER AMPLIFIER EXPONENTIAL VARIABLE IN WIRELESS TRANSMITTER - An apparatus and a method for exponentially controlling a gain of a driver amplifier to drive a power amplifier are provided. The driver amplifier includes a plurality of cascode amplifier segments, wherein when a plurality of candidate gain values of the driver amplifier is arranged, the candidate gain values form a geometric sequence. A unit cost can be reduced by halving an area occupied by the driver amplifier. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172002 | BEAMFORMING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING TRANSMISSION BEAM DIVERSITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method for a base station to acquire transmission beam diversity in a wireless communication system is provided. The data transmission method includes selecting at least two transmission beams to be used for data transmission from among multiple transmission beams corresponding to transmission beam information, if receiving the transmission beam information regarding the multiple transmission beams from a terminal, and transmitting data encoded with a predetermined orthogonalization code to the terminal via the selected at least two transmission beams. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172175 | PHOTOCATALYST POWDER AND PRODUCTION METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein are photocatalyst powder and a production method thereof, and by having photocatalyst particles corn binded without reduction of a specific surface area, the reduction of the specific surface area is nearly none while the pores are developed, as well as the absorption rate with respect to light is superior, the method of producing photocatalyst powder includes forming initial photocatalyst powder by molding nanoparticles of photocatalyst substance into a certain shape through extrusion, and splitting the initial photocatalyst powder into a plurality of photocatalyst powder by injecting the initial photocatalyst powder into a predetermined splitting solution, the initial photocatalyst powder being split into the plurality of photocatalyst powder by the predetermined spliting solution. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172503 | OPTICAL FILM AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING SAME - An optical film including a polymer including a repeating unit A including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formulas 1 to 3, or a combination thereof; and a repeating unit B derived from a monomer having an unsaturated bond copolymerizable with the repeating unit A, wherein the optical film has a short wavelength dispersion of an in-plane phase-difference value (R | 07-04-2013 |
20130172908 | MEDICAL ROBOTIC SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A medical robot system and a method to control the medical robot system are used to detect position information of a surgical instrument in an incised region, thereby improving the safety of robotic surgery. A surgical instrument may be inserted in a through-hole of a trocar inserted into an incised region of a patient. The medical robotic system includes a surgical instrument position detection apparatus to detect position information of the surgical instrument in the through-hole of the trocar, when the surgical instrument is inserted into the through-hole. The medical robotic system further includes a console to control an operation of a surgical robot having the surgical instrument, based on the detected position information of the surgical instrument. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173055 | ROBOT HAND AND HUMANOID ROBOT HAVING THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a control method of a robot hand including recognizing a pre-posture of user's fingers using a master device, changing the shape of the robot hand according to the recognized pre-posture, recognizing a gripping motion of the user's fingers using the master device, and executing a gripping motion of the robot hand according to a gripping posture corresponding to the recognized pre-posture. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173071 | ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An energy management system and a control method thereof reduces traffic load between the energy management system and display devices by transmitting changes in states of a plurality of home appliances to the display devices in a bundle form, upon occurrence of an event to control an energy level according to variation in electricity price. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173175 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING BIOMETRICS OF OBJECT - A method for measuring biometrics of an object includes receiving an image of an object, modeling the object to identify a portion of the object, and measuring biometrics of the object based on a modeling result the object. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173186 | SELF-DIAGNOSTIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ELECTRIC DEVICE - A diagnostic method and apparatus for self-diagnosis a load side of an electric device to detect the occurrence of the abnormal electricity usage at the load using a simple apparatus based on a current sensor includes checking rated power consumption of a load, measuring power consumption of the load in operation, calculating a change in the power consumption by comparing the rated power consumption of the load with the power consumption of the load in operation, and determining that an abnormal power consumption occurs at the load when the change in the power consumption is outside a predetermined range. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173270 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electronic apparatus and a method of controlling the electronic apparatus are provided. The method includes: receiving a voice command; and if the voice command is a first voice start command, changing a mode of the electronic apparatus to a first voice task mode in which the electronic apparatus is controlled according to further voice input, and if the voice command is a second voice start command, changing the mode of the electronic apparatus to a second voice task mode in which the electronic apparatus is controlled according to the further voice input received via an external apparatus which operates with the electronic apparatus. Therefore, providing efficiency and flexibility in controlling the electronic apparatus by using a microphone of the electronic apparatus or a microphone of the external apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173715 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR SHARING CONTENT - A content sharing method includes: selecting, by a content sharing terminal, content; transmitting, by the content sharing terminal, identification information of the selected content to an external device; and reproducing, by the content sharing terminal, the selected content while the external device is reproducing the selected content based on the identification information. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173752 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TERMINAL USING CLOUD SYSTEM - An operating method of a terminal for using a cloud system is provided. The method includes transmitting file information of a particular file stored on the terminal, to a server, receiving a request for at least one of first data and second data of the particular file, from the server, and transmitting at least one of the first data and the second data to the server. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173811 | NETWORK SYSTEM OF HOME APPLIANCE AND NETWORK SETUP METHOD OF THE SAME - A network system of a home appliance configured to set up a network of the home appliance by using a terminal, and a network set-up method of the same, after converting a home appliance having built with a WIFI module into an AP to enable the terminal to be connected to an AP home appliance, the information stored at the terminal is transmitted to the AP home appliance, and thus the WIFI may be set up without a separate manipulation of a user at the time of setting up the WIFI of the home appliance without adding an input/output apparatus such as a display apparatus or an interface, the set-up value of the AP, the device information, and the device authentication key may be changed, and thus is safer from hack attacks, an AP is not needed to be provided, and thus a cost-related advantage may be obtained. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173854 | METHOD FOR MANAGING DATA IN STORAGE DEVICE AND MEMORY SYSTEM EMPLOYING SUCH A METHOD - A method for managing data in a storage device includes: receiving a logical page from a host and calculating an actual time stamp of the logical page; finding a block of the storage device in which the logical page is stored and detecting a time stamp of the block and a page offset of the logical page stored in the block; calculating an approximate time stamp of the logical page stored in the block using the time stamp of the block and the page offset; and determining that the logical page is in a first state if the difference between the actual time stamp and the approximate time stamp is smaller than a threshold value, and determining that the logical page is in a second state different from the first state if the difference between the actual time stamp and the approximate time stamp is larger than the threshold value. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173855 | METHOD OF OPERATING STORAGE DEVICE INCLUDING VOLATILE MEMORY AND NONVOLATILE MEMORY - For a storage device including a volatile memory and a nonvolatile memory, an operating method includes partitioning the volatile memory into volatile memory blocks in response to a first control command, and then performing a data read operation, a data write operation, or a data migration operation by using at least one of the volatile memory blocks. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173875 | METHOD OF MANAGING STORAGE REGION OF MEMORY DEVICE, AND STORAGE APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - A method of managing a storage region of a memory device, and a storage apparatus using the method. In the method, data blocks are arranged in an order of performing writing on the memory device; a frequency of updating data in a logical page to be written is determined, based on whether an invalid physical page is present in a block within a window size that is initially set based on a most recently written data block from among the arranged data blocks, in response to a write request, and the data in the logical page is stored in a storage region of the memory device classified according to the determined frequency, according to the determined frequency. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173938 | DATA PROCESSING DEVICE AND PORTABLE DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A data processing device includes a plurality of central processing unit (CPU) cores; a plurality of first switches connected between a power line and each of the plurality of CPU cores, respectively; a power management unit; and a dynamic voltage/frequency scaling control circuit configured to scale at least one of a voltage and a frequency of a clock signal which are supplied to each of the CPU cores according to a control of the power management unit, wherein the power management unit is configured to decrease at least one of the voltage and the frequency which are supplied to each of the CPU cores and generate each of first control signals controlling a switching operation of each of the plurality of first switches, according to a control of one of the CPU cores. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173943 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, SYSTEM ON CHIP UNIT AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus connected to a host apparatus includes a first memory; a second memory; a USB interface to receive a USB control signal or a USB data signal from the host apparatus; a first CPU to perform an operation using the first memory in a normal mode and being deactivated if the normal mode is converted into a power saving mode; and a second CPU to perform an operation using the second memory in the power saving mode. In the image forming apparatus, if the USB data signal is input in the power saving mode, the second CPU activates the first CPU to convert the power saving mode into the normal mode, and if the USB control signal is input in the power saving mode, the second CPU retains the power saving mode and performs an operation corresponding to the USB control signal using the second memory. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173954 | METHOD OF MANAGING BAD STORAGE REGION OF MEMORY DEVICE AND STORAGE DEVICE USING THE METHOD - A method of managing a bad storage region of a memory device may include detecting a bad page of a selected data block that has failed in one of a program operation, a read operation, and an erase operation on the memory device; and performing a mapping process so that the detected bad page is excluded from a storage region to which data is to be programmed, wherein remaining pages of the selected data block excluding the bad page are allowed to be used as a storage region in a garbage collection operation. | 07-04-2013 |
20130174042 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADING APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus, an upgrading apparatus, a display system, and a control method thereof. The display apparatus includes: an image processor which processes an image signal; a display which displays an image based on the processed image signal; a connector to which an upgrading apparatus for processing the image signal is connected; a controller which controls the connector to receive upgrade information about a function to be upgraded from the upgrading apparatus if the upgrading apparatus is connected to the display apparatus through the connector, and controls the display to display the received upgrade information. Thus, a user can easily recognize the functions improved or added by the upgrade as compared with that before the upgrade, and a user may become more comfortable and confident about the upgrade. | 07-04-2013 |
20130174069 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING ICON IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for managing icons in a portable terminal are provided. The method includes sensing a touch of an icon by a user, sensing a drag of the icon in a state in which the touch is held, selecting at least one icon positioned in a path along which the icon is dragged, creating a folder including the icon touched by the user and the selected at least one icon, and displaying an icon representing the created folder. | 07-04-2013 |
20130174101 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An electronic apparatus and a method of controlling the electronic apparatus are provided. The method includes: receiving a two hand start command which is to perform a motion task using two hands; if the two hand start command is input, changing a mode of the electronic apparatus to a two hand task mode which is to perform the motion task using the two hands; and if the mode of the electronic apparatus is changed to the two hand task mode, displaying a two hand input guide graphical user interface (GUI) which is to perform the motion task using the two hands. Therefore, a user further intuitively and conveniently perform a function of the electronic apparatus, such as a zoom-in/zoom-out, by using two hands. | 07-04-2013 |
20130174202 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS WHICH CAN PLAY CONTENTS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus and a method of controlling the image processing apparatus, are provided. The method includes: receiving a user command to select contents; searching for image quality control information which corresponds to contents selected according to the user command; and performing an image quality control according to the searched image quality control information. The apparatus includes a user interface (UI) unit which receives a user command to select contents; and a controller which searches for image quality control information which corresponds to contents selected according to the user command and performs an image quality control according to the searched image quality control information. | 07-04-2013 |
20130174596 | REFRIGERATOR - A structure of an ice making compartment of a refrigerator capable of enlarging the volume of a storage compartment by reducing a width of an ice making compartment, and capable of easily discharging the whole ice separately from pieces of ice, the refrigerator including an opening/closing member configured to open and close a portion of a discharge hole and having a cover portion to prevent the whole ice from being discharged in a state that the portion of the discharge hole is closed, the refrigerator including an opening/closing member integrally formed with a fixed blade configured to crush ice in cooperation with a rotary blade. | 07-11-2013 |
20130174599 | REFRIGERATOR - A locking apparatus of an ice bucket of a refrigerator capable of simplifying the structure of the ice bucket while preventing the cool air of the ice making compartment from leaking and the ice bucket from being shaken, the refrigerator including a locking apparatus accommodating portion formed at a lower portion of the ice making compartment, a lever hingedly coupled to the locking apparatus accommodating portion, and an elastic member configured to elastically bias the lever, wherein the lever is configured to interfere with a locking projection of the ice bucket, and a button portion configured to adjust the position of the locking protrusion by rotating the lever, wherein a gasket mounting portion formed around an opening portion of the ice making compartment is formed to be extended to the inner side of the ice making compartment to make contact with the gasket mounting portion in a two-area contact manner. | 07-11-2013 |
20130174613 | DRUM TYPE WASHING MACHINE - A drum type washing machine including a balancer capable of rapidly reducing vibration of a spin tub. The drum type washing machine includes a spin tub which is rotated by receiving rotational force from a driving motor through a rotating shaft, a rear balancer having an annular shape and being coupled to the spin tub, and a shaft flange provided at a center portion thereof with the rotating shaft and coupled to the spin tub so as to uniformly transfer the rotational force to the spin tub. The rear balancer is supported on a rear surface of a rear cover by the shaft flange. Thus, the balls accommodated in the balancer are prevented from moving out of the balancer, even if the balancer is broken due to long-period use. | 07-11-2013 |
20130174614 | DETERGENT FEEDING APPARATUS AND WASHING MACHINE HAVING THE SAME - A detergent feeding apparatus that automatically supplies a detergent to a washing machine. The washing machine including a cabinet, a tub to accommodate water at an inside therein, and a detergent feeding apparatus to supply at least one detergent along with wash water to the tub. Wherein the detergent feeding apparatus includes a detergent container housing installed at an inside the cabinet, a detachable detergent container, and at least one valve apparatus configured in a way that the detergent accommodated at the detergent container is automatically put into the detergent container housing, wherein the at least one valve apparatus includes a detergent accommodating room to accommodate detergent at an inside therein, an inlet valve to allow the detergent in the detergent container to introduced to the detergent accommodating room, and an outlet valve to allow the detergent in the detergent accommodating room to be discharged to the detergent container housing. | 07-11-2013 |
20130174690 | BALL BALANCER AND WASHING MACHINE HAVING THE SAME - Disclosed is a ball balancer that increases a rate of balls in ball detention portions and restricts aggravation of unbalance caused by balls outside of the ball detention portions. When a rotation speed of a rotator is less than a first rotation speed, the ball detention portion allows the ball moved from a rolling face to be detained therein and to allow the ball therein to come into contact with the released ball outside thereof to prevent separation of the released ball from the rolling face. Anti-separation portions are provided to come into contact with the released balls outside of the ball detention portions to prevent separation of the released balls from the rolling face. When the rotation speed is greater than the first rotation speed, the ball detention portion allows separation of the ball therein to the rolling face by centrifugal force applied thereto. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175221 | ELECTRICALLY REGENERABLE WATER SOFTENING APPARATUSES AND METHODS OF OPERATING THE SAME - Electrically regenerable water softening apparatuses, and methods of operating the same, include a first electrode and a second electrode facing each other; a first electrolyte chamber, a first cation exchange membrane, an ion exchange chamber, a second cation exchange membrane, and a second electrolyte chamber which are interposed between the first electrode and the second electrode; an inflow water flow channel configured to introduce inflow water to the ion exchange chamber; a first treated water flow channel configured to discharge treated water softened in the ion exchange chamber; a second treated water flow channel connecting at least one chamber selected from the first electrolyte chamber and the second electrolyte chamber with an ion exchange chamber; and a current applier configured to apply current to the first electrode and the second electrode. The ion exchange chamber is filled with a cation exchanger. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175369 | PHOSPHOR DISPENSER - A phosphor dispenser includes: a nozzle having a space for accommodating the phosphor liquid, wherein an opening for ejecting the phosphor liquid is connected to the space; and a tappet reciprocally movable with respect to the nozzle to eject the phosphor liquid in the space through the nozzle, wherein the tappet includes a cylindrical unit having a cylindrical shape and a convex unit having a hemispherical shape that is convex towards the nozzle from the cylindrical unit, and the convex unit is formed of polycrystalline diamond (PCD). | 07-11-2013 |
20130175491 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND METHODS OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - Semiconductor devices, and methods of manufacturing the same, include a field region in a semiconductor substrate to define an active region. An interlayer insulating layer is on the semiconductor substrate. A semiconductor pattern is within a hole vertically extending through the interlayer insulating layer. The semiconductor pattern is in contact with the active region. A barrier region is between the semiconductor pattern and the interlayer insulating layer. The barrier region includes a first buffer dielectric material and a barrier dielectric material. The first buffer dielectric material is between the barrier dielectric material and the semiconductor pattern, and the barrier dielectric material is spaced apart from both the semiconductor pattern and the active region. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175506 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL GRAPHENE SWITCHING DEVICE - A switching device includes a semiconductor layer, a graphene layer, a gate insulation layer, and a gate formed in a three-dimensional stacking structure between a first electrode and a second electrode formed on a substrate. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175528 | CHIP ON FILM PACKAGE INCLUDING TEST PADS AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided are a chip on film (COF) package and semiconductor having the same. The COF package can include a flexible film having first and second surfaces opposite to and facing each other and including a conductive via penetrating from the first surface to the second surface, first and second conductive patterns respectively is on the first surface and the second surface and electrically connected to each other through the conductive via, an integrated circuit (IC) chip is on the first surface and electrically connected to the first conductive pattern, a test pad overlaps the conductive via and is electrically connected to at least one of the first conductive pattern and the second conductive pattern, and an external connection pattern is on the second surface spaced apart from the conductive via and electrically connected to the second conductive pattern. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175541 | METHOD OF GROWING NITRIDE SEMICONDUCTOR LAYER - A method of growing a nitride semiconductor layer may include preparing a substrate in a reactor, growing a first nitride semiconductor on the substrate at a first temperature, the first nitride semiconductor having a thermal expansion coefficient different from a thermal expansion coefficient of the substrate, and removing the substrate at a second temperature. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175554 | LED PACKAGE SUBSTRATE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING LED PACKAGE - There is provided a light emitting diode (LED) package substrate including: a substrate including a chip mounting region on which a plurality of LED chips is mountable; a conductive layer including a plurality of electrode patterns disposed on the chip mounting region; and a groove part, forming a dam, wherein the groove part surrounds the chip mounting region and is spaced apart from the chip mounting region by a predetermined interval. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175663 | SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE - A semiconductor memory device includes linear patterns disposed between isolation trenches extending in a first direction in a semiconductor device and having a first crystal direction the same as the semiconductor substrate. A bridge pattern connects at least two adjacent linear patterns and includes a semiconductor material having a second crystal direction different from the first crystal direction. A first isolation layer pattern is disposed in at least one of the isolation trenches in a field region of the semiconductor substrate. Memory cells are disposed on at least one of the linear patterns. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175673 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICES INCLUDING THROUGH-SILICON-VIAS HAVING INTEGRAL CONTACT PADS - An integrated circuit device including an interlayer insulating layer on a substrate, a wire layer on the interlayer insulating layer, and a through-silicon-via (TSV) contact pattern having an end contacting the wire layer and integrally extending from inside of a via hole formed through the interlayer insulating layer and the substrate to outside of the via hole. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175693 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES - A semiconductor device includes a substrate, at least one transistor integrated with the substrate, an interlayer insulating layer on the substrate, a conductive line extending within the interlayer insulating layer and electrically connected to the transistor, and at least one capping layer containing carbon in an amount of about 2 to about 7.5 atomic percent. The capping layer may cover the interlayer insulating layer in which the conductive line extends. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175702 | SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE - A semiconductor package includes a first semiconductor package, a second semiconductor package, and a package-connecting member. The first semiconductor package includes a first substrate, a chip stacking portion disposed on the first substrate and including a plurality of first semiconductor chips, and a first sealant for surrounding the chip stacking portion on the first substrate. The second semiconductor package includes a second substrate, at least one second semiconductor chip disposed on the second substrate, and a second sealant for surrounding the second semiconductor chip on the second substrate. The package-connecting member electrically connects the first semiconductor package and the second semiconductor package. The plurality of first semiconductor chips include a first chip including through silicon vias (TSVs) and a second chip electrically connected to the first chip via the TSVs, and the chip stacking portion includes an internal sealant for filling a space between the first chip and the second chip and extending to a side of the second chip. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175956 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO CONTROL BLDC MOTOR - An apparatus and method to control a brushless direct current (BLDC) motor, which accurately detect driving current. To this end, the BLDC motor control apparatus includes a BLDC motor, a driver to generate driving current to drive the BLDC motor, a current measurer to measure the driving current, a pulse width modulator to change a driving voltage to drive the BLDG motor; and a controller to control the BLDC motor. The controller detects the amount of the driving current in synchronization with pulse width modulation of the pulse width modulator and determines current with a minimum change due to a variation of counter electromotive force, among currents flowing through a plurality of coils, as the driving current, thereby accurately detecting the driving current. | 07-11-2013 |
20130175969 | SERVO CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A servo control apparatus and method, the servo control apparatus including an input unit configured to receive an execution command with respect to one of a first control mode and a second control mode that are configured to control a motor, a plurality of detection units each configured to detect sensing data required for executing each of the first control mode and the second control mode, and a control unit configured to receive a feedback of the plurality of pieces of sensing data detected through the plurality of detection units while executing the first control mode, determine a point of time when a control mode is needed to be changed if the execution command with respect to the second control mode is input through the input unit, and check the sensing data required for executing the second control mode among the plurality of sensing data that are fed back. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176045 | PACKAGE TEST DEVICES HAVING A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD - In a method of designing a printed circuit board, a package capacitance, a package inductance, and a chip capacitance of an actual memory device are calculated. A signal line capacitance and a signal line inductance per unit length of a signal line are calculated based on characteristics of the printed circuit board. A length of the signal line for each pin is determined based on the package capacitance and the signal line capacitance. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176072 | TOUCH SENSOR AND TOUCH PANEL INCLUDING THE SAME - A touch sensor using a graphene diode and/or a touch panel including the touch sensor. The touch sensor includes a first sensing electrode configured to sense a touch; a first output line configured to transmit an electrical signal; and a first diode device including a first control terminal connected to the first sensing electrode, a first anode terminal connected to a voltage application unit, and a first cathode terminal connected to the first output line. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176117 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING INFORMATION USING THE SAME - An electronic apparatus is provided. The electronic apparatus performs two-way communication with a remote control device, and includes a receiving unit which receives a data signal from the remote control device, a signal processing unit which performs signal processing to convert the received data signal into a pulse signal and a control unit which detects information included in the data signal based on a time interval between starting points of pulse periods which are in a row in the pulse signal. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176191 | MULTI-DISPLAY DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS USING EXTERNAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD OF OPERATING THE DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON PROGRAM FOR EXECUTING THE METHOD - A digital image processing apparatus that supports multi-display to reproduce images on an external display apparatus connectable to the digital image processing apparatus, a method of operating the digital image processing apparatus, and a computer readable recording medium recorded thereon a program for executing the method. The digital image processing apparatus includes: a digital signal processor which, when a signal of a first display command is input to the digital image processing apparatus, displays a screen obtained by performing the first display command on the digital image processing apparatus, and when a signal of a second display command corresponding to the signal of the first display command is input to the digital image processing apparatus, displays a screen obtained by performing the second display command on the external display apparatus. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176219 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes an image acquiring unit configured to acquire a user image, an image processing unit configured to sense a motion of a user from the user image, and a control unit configured to control a pointer displayed on a screen of the display apparatus to be moved to a target position in response to the sensed motion of the user, and control the screen to be scrolled according to the target position. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176223 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, USER INPUT APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHODS THEREOF - A display apparatus, a user input apparatus, and control methods thereof are provided. The user input apparatus is connected to a display apparatus having a plurality of display modes and includes: a touch pad unit which receives a user command relating to operation of a user interface (UI) screen corresponding to a first display mode; a button unit which receives a user command relating to operation of a UI screen corresponding to a second display mode; and a communicator which transmits a mode change command, which is entered via either the touch pad unit or the button unit, to the display apparatus. The mode change command is a user command which is generated in conjunction with an execution of an operation method corresponding to a display mode which is different from a current display mode. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176229 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, INPUT APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display apparatus including: a display unit; an image processor which processes an image signal to display an image on the display unit; a communication unit which communicates with an input apparatus including a button and a touch pad; and a controller which controls the image processor to display a first item corresponding to a current setting state of the display apparatus in response to a first input from the input apparatus through manipulation of the button and to display at least one second item to be selected to change the current setting state on the display unit in response to a second input from the input apparatus through the touch pad, subsequent to the first input. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176254 | INPUT APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - An input apparatus, a display apparatus, a control method thereof and a display system are provided. The input apparatus includes: a communication unit which communicates with the display apparatus; a touch sensor which senses a touch input; a motion sensor which senses a motion of the input apparatus; mid a controller which determines whether a value of a touch input, that sensed by the touch sensor when the input apparatus operates in a gesture mode according to the motion of the input apparatus, is greater than or equal to a first reference value, and changes an input mode of the input apparatus to a touch mode if it is determined that the value of the touch input greater than or equal to the first reference value. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176255 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING MULTI-VISION SYSTEM BY USING MULTIPLE PORTABLE TERMINALS - A method for implementing a multi-vision system by using a plurality of portable terminals, wherein, if a user applies a touch input to each of the plurality of portable terminals in a state in which the plurality of portable terminals are disposed, each of the plurality of portable terminals transmits information relating to the touch input to a multi-vision controller, and the multi-vision controller determines how the plurality of portable terminals have been disposed by using the touch input information and then transmits picture division information indicating a respective content portion to be displayed by each portable terminal to the plurality of portable terminals, and thus, the user can conveniently and quickly implement the multi-vision system by using the plurality of portable terminals and can select an optimized disposition of the plurality of portable terminals based on the characteristics of the content. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176296 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and driving method is provided. The display apparatus includes a power supply unit which supplies a DC voltage, a switch unit which is connected to the power supply unit in series and performs a switching operation according to different switching signals, a transformer unit which switches a voltage applied to primary winding to secondary winding according to the switching operation of the switch unit, a synchronous rectifying unit which performs synchronous rectification with respect to the voltage induced to the secondary winding, and an output unit which outputs the rectified DC voltage. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176323 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GRAPHIC PROCESSING USING MULTI-THREADING - A method and apparatus for graphic processing using multi-threading are provided. At least one context task, mediation task, and control task are executed by a processor. The at least one context task sequentially generates graphic commands. The mediation task mediates processing of the graphic commands. The mediation task may process a particular graphic command on behalf of the at least one context task, and change a processing order of the graphic commands. The control task transmits the graphic commands to a graphic hardware. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176345 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCALING LAYOUT OF APPLICATION IN IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus and method for scaling a layout of an application in an image display device are provided. The method for scaling includes generating a scaling variable considering a distance between the image display device and a user, and scaling a layout of an application using the scaling variable. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176353 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image display apparatus and method are provided. The image display apparatus includes an image analyzing unit which inserts an insertion frame into an image of a color sequence and outputs an image of a color sequence in which the insertion frame is inserted, and changes a position of the insertion frame based on at least one dominant color and outputs an image in which the position of the insertion frame is changed, a display panel which receives the image of the color sequence, in which the insertion frame is inserted, from the image analyzing unit and displays the received image, and a backlight unit which receives information for the color sequence, in which the insertion frame is included, from the image analyzing unit and provides light of a color corresponding to the color sequence, in which the insertion frame is included, according to the received information. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176391 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECOVERING DEPTH VALUE OF DEPTH IMAGE - A method and apparatus for processing a depth image determines a number of mods (NoM) for corresponding pixels in a plurality of depth images. The corresponding pixels may represent a same three-dimensional (3D) point. The NoM may be determined to be a value for minimizing a Markov random field (MRF) energy. A depth value for one depth image may be recovered, and a depth value for another depth image may be updated using the recovered depth value. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176505 | INPUT APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A DISPLAY THROUGH USER MANIPULATION - An input apparatus of a display apparatus is provided. The input apparatus includes a touch sensor which senses a touch by a user; a motion sensor which senses a motion of the input apparatus; a communication unit which communicates with the display apparatus; and a controller which transmits a first control signal which corresponds to a motion sensed by the motion sensor, through the communication unit, to scroll an image displayed in the display apparatus in response to the motion sensor sensing the motion, and transmits a second control signal which corresponds to a touch sensed by the touch sensor, through the communication unit, to move an object within the scrolled image in response to the touch sensor sensing the touch. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176506 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes: a display which displays an image based on an image signal; and a controller which controls the display unit to display a list of channel numbers which have been previously input, upon receiving a user's input to input a channel number. Thus, the display apparatus displays a list of channel numbers which have been previously input by a user, at the time of selection of a channel, thereby improving user's convenience in selecting channels. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176517 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal panel, a protection panel arranged a predetermined distant from the liquid crystal panel, and a flow control device to impart turbulence to an air flow in a channel, which is defined between the liquid crystal panel and the protection panel. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176572 | OPTICAL PROBE AND OPTICAL COHERENCE TOMOGRAPHY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - An optical probe for irradiating light onto a subject includes an optical path control unit configured to receive light from outside the optical probe, and change a path of the light within the optical probe; an optical path length control element configured to receive the light having the changed path from the optical path control unit, and change an optical path length of the light as the optical path control unit changes the path of the light; and an optical output unit configured to receive the light having the changed optical path length from the optical path length control element, and output the light. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176782 | MEMORY DEVICE HAVING SUB-BIT LINES AND MEMORY SYSTEM - A memory device includes; a memory cell array including a memory cell connected to a bit line, a page buffer unit receiving data from the memory cell via the bit line, and a contact unit providing an electrical path through which the data is communicated from the memory cell array to the page buffer unit, wherein the contact unit comprises a sub-bit line configured to connect the bit line via a first contact with the page buffer unit via a second contact. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176803 | SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND REFRESH METHOD THEREOF - A semiconductor memory device and a self-refresh method of the semiconductor memory device. The semiconductor memory device includes: a memory cell array including one or more memory cells; a sense amplifier connected to a sensing line and a complementary sensing line and sensing/amplifying data stored in the one or more memory cells; and a sense amplifier control circuit sequentially supplying a first voltage and a second voltage having different levels to the sense amplifier through the sensing line during a refresh operation. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176804 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY MEMORY REFRESH OPERATION CONTROL - A method and apparatus for reducing current consumption by employing a memory refresh operation is provided. The method employs a refresh operation in an apparatus including a memory in which a partial refresh operation is performed. The method includes classifying data loaded in the memory into first data and second data, dividing the memory into a first area and a second area when an attempt to access the first data is not detected during a preset time, separately arranging the first data and the second data in the first area and the second area, respectively, performing a refresh operation in the second area at a preset time in order to retain data, and loading the first data into the memory when the attempt to access the first data is detected. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177008 | Method for Configuring Gain Factors for Uplink Service in Radio Telecommunication System - A method for configuring gain factors in a WCDMA telecommunication system is provided in which the gain factor for defining power required for normal reception of uplink data in an environment supporting an uplink service over an E-DCH can be configured using minimal signaling information. First gain factors for first TFs corresponding to a part of a TF set including a plurality of TFs available for an uplink service are received. One of the first TFs is determined as a reference TF for a second TF other than the first TFs in the TF set. Then, a second gain factor for the second TF is calculated using the first gain factor for the determined reference TF. The second gain factor is used for transmitting or receiving uplink data. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177029 | PROTOCOL CONVERSION APPARATUS AND PROTOCOL CONVERSION METHOD - A protocol conversion apparatus and a protocol conversion method. The protocol conversion apparatus includes a first control to analyze first protocol data received through a first channel, a protocol mapper to determine whether protocol conversion is required for the first protocol data, and a second control to create second protocol data associated with the first protocol data based on a result of the determination, and to transfer the second protocol to a second channel. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177114 | METHOD OF DETECTION OF SIGNAL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH MIMO CHANNEL - An apparatus and a method for detecting signals are provided. The method for detecting signals in a receiving end having a plurality of antenna in wireless communication system includes performing Minimum Mean Square Error (MMSE) estimation for a transmitted symbol vector, determining a covariance matrix for the MMSE estimation, determining a triangular matrix based on the covariance matrix, and determining accumulated metrics for each symbol vector candidate based on the triangular matrix. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177194 | GLASSES APPARATUS FOR WATCHING DISPLAY IMAGE - A glasses apparatus which works in conjunction with a display apparatus which operates in a multi-view mode to combine and output a plurality of contents. The glasses apparatus includes: a first interface module which receives a synchronization signal in a first wireless communication method; first and second glasses mounted on a glasses frame and which are driven in synchronization with one of the plurality of contents based on the synchronization signal; a second interface module which receives an audio signal of at least said one content in a second wireless communication method; a controller which selects an audio signal of said one content from among audio signals corresponding to the plurality of contents, and an audio outputter which outputs the audio signal of the selected content, and which is integrally formed with the glasses frame. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177213 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR VIRTUAL VIEW GENERATION ON MULTI-VIEW IMAGE RECONSTRUCTION SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus and method for generating a virtual view in an image reconstruction system which uses multiple views. In the image reconstruction system which uses multiple views, the virtual view generating apparatus may receive original view projection images that are generated by emitting X rays toward an object via original views, three-dimensionally reconstruct the object by using the original view projection images, generate original view reprojection images by virtually emitting X-rays toward the reconstructed 3D object via the original views, estimate a motion of the reconstructed 3D object with respect to at least two of the original view reprojection images using a block-based motion estimation scheme, and generate an intermediate view projection image with respect to the at least two of the original view reprojection images by using information relating to the estimated motion. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177223 | FETUS MODELING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus includes: an image receiver which receives a predetermined image obtained by photographing a fetus; and a controller which detects a head region and a torso region of the fetus from the predetermined image, and which models a shape of the fetus by using at least one of a first contoured shape corresponding to the detected head region, a second contoured shape corresponding to the detected torso region, a first axis that is the central axis of the detected head region, and a second axis that is the central axis of the detected torso region, to model the fetus so that biometric data of the fetus can be easily measured. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177227 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF GENERATING A TOMOGRAPHIC IMAGE - A method and an apparatus for generating a tomographic image are provided. The method for generating a tomographic image may involve: detecting a principal frequency region corresponding to a portion of a frequency data corresponding to a tomographic image, determining a plurality of sub frequency regions within the principal frequency region, and generating, by a processor, the tomographic image by synthesizing data of the plurality of sub frequency regions. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177236 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING DEPTH IMAGE - An apparatus and method for processing a depth image. A depth image may be generated with reduced noise and motion blur, using depth images generated during different integration times that are generated based on the noise and motion blur of the depth image. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178006 | WAFER DICING METHOD AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE CHIPS EMPLOYING THE SAME - A wafer dicing method includes forming a semiconductor device on a first surface of a wafer; first-dicing a portion of the wafer and the semiconductor device; and splitting the wafer and the semiconductor device into a plurality of semiconductor device chips by second-dicing the wafer that has been first-diced. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178016 | METHODS OF FABRICATING A PACKAGE-ON-PACKAGE DEVICE AND PACKAGE-ON-PACKAGE DEVICES FABRICATED BY THE SAME - Methods of fabricating a package-on-package device and package-on-package devices fabricated by the same may be provided. According to inventive concepts, a back-grinding of a semiconductor chip to a target thickness may be performed after the semiconductor chip is molded by a molding layer. Accordingly, the semiconductor chip is relatively thick while forming a molding layer, and thus less susceptible to a warpage phenomenon, which for instance may occur during the forming a molding layer. Thus, relatively thin package-on-package device, which is less susceptible to the warpage phenomenon, may be achieved. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178044 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF GATE STRUCTURES - Methods for forming semiconductor memory structures including a gap between adjacent gate structures are provided. The methods may include forming an insulation layer between the adjacent gate structures. In some embodiments, the methods may include subsequently removing a portion of the insulation layer to leave the gap between the adjacent gate structures. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178067 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A method of fabricating a semiconductor device may include forming spacer line patterns on sidewalls of photoresist. A planarization etching process may be performed on a subsequently added planarization layer, after forming a mesh-shaped mask pattern from the spacer line patterns. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178070 | ATOMIC LAYER DEPOSITION APPARATUS - An atomic layer deposition apparatus and an atomic layer deposition method increase productivity. The atomic layer deposition apparatus includes a reaction chamber, a heater for supporting a plurality of semiconductor substrates with a given interval within the reaction chamber and to heat the plurality of semiconductor substrates and a plurality of injectors respectively positioned within the reaction chamber and corresponding to the plurality of semiconductor substrates supported by the heater. The plurality of injectors are individually swept above the plurality of semiconductor substrates to spray reaction gas. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178211 | METHOD OF MDT CONTINUOUS MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING UNDER MULTIPLE PLMNS - A method of Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT) continuous measurement under multiple Public Land Mobile Networks (PLMNs) is provided. The method includes sending, by an eNB, MDT-related information to a target eNB, or, requesting, by the target eNB, for user consent information from an MME, and transmitting the user consent information among multiple PLMNs without being lost during transmission. In addition, a method for achieving MDT reporting is provided. The method includes reporting, by the UE, a new indication, or, reporting, by the UE, a PLMN identifier configuring the MDT to the eNB, and enabling the eNB to correctly determine whether the UE is requested to report the measurement record to the eNB. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178219 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION SERVICE TO MOBILE STATION BY MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS IN COOPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for providing a service to a Mobile Station (MS) by a plurality of Base Stations (BSs) operating in cooperation in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes configuring, by a master BS, a first cooperative cell including at least one slave BS, sending a resource request message for requesting resource allocation to the at least one slave BS included in the first cooperative cell, receiving, from each of the at least one slave BS, a resource request response message including resource approval control results for the resource allocation request, changing member BSs constituting the first cooperative cell based on the resource request response message, and allocating resources to an MS that is served in the first cooperative cell. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178220 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA CHANNEL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION INFORMATION IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT SCHEME - An apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving downlink data channel signal transmission information in a cellular radio communication system using a Cooperative Multi-Point (COMP) scheme are provided. In the downlink data channel signal transmission information transmission method, a Base Station (BS) transmits downlink data channel signal transmission information including information related to Resource Elements (REs) scheduled for a downlink data channel signal transmission to a User Equipment (UE), and transmits downlink data channel signal non-transmission information including information related to REs through which a downlink data channel signal is not transmitted among the REs scheduled for the downlink data channel signal transmission to the UE. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178248 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING EVENT OF PORTABLE DEVICE HAVING FLEXIBLE DISPLAY UNIT - A portable terminal is provided. The portable terminal includes a flexible display disposed on a front surface of the portable terminal and extending to a side surface of the portable terminal, the flexible display unit including a main display area on the front surface, and an auxiliary display area on the side surface; a sensor that detects a state of the portable terminal; and a controller that selectively outputs event information on the main display area or the auxiliary display area of the flexible display unit according to the detected state of the portable terminal. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178743 | ULTRASONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF GENERATING ULTRASONIC IMAGE USING VECTOR DOPPLER - Disclosed is a method for generating an ultrasonic image, the method including: transmitting an ultrasonic signal to a predetermined portion of an object and receiving at least three response signals which are reflected from the predetermined portion; selecting at least two response signals from among the at least three received response signals; and acquiring vector information which indicates a speed and a movement direction of the predetermined portion based on a receiving angle and a Doppler frequency of each of the selected at least two response signals. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178868 | SURGICAL ROBOT AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A surgical robot includes a console and a manipulator assembly. The manipulator assembly includes at least one arm having a plurality of links and a motor provided between links adjacent to each other among the plurality of links, and a control unit configured to determine whether a mode is changed between a tele-operation mode and a manual mode. The control unit sets output data of the motor provided before the mode is changed as input data of the motor provided after the mode is changed, if it is determined that the mode is changed between the tele-operation mode and the manual mode, thereby preventing the vibration and the rapid change of the posture from occurring at the arm of the surgical robot during the change of the mode between the manual mode and the tele-operation mode, thereby increasing stability of the surgical robot. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179142 | DISTRIBUTED PARALLEL SIMULATION METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR STORING THE METHOD - Provided is a distributed parallel simulation method. In the method, a plurality of local simulations is executed in parallel for a plurality of local design objects, respectively. The local design objects are included in a model at a specific abstraction level and are spatially distributed. At least one actual output is generated using at least one of the local design objects in a current local simulation of the plurality of local simulations. At least one expected output and the at least one actual output in the current local simulation are compared. Values of the at least one actual output and position information of the values from the current local simulation are transmitted to at least one remaining local simulation of the plurality of local simulations in response to a determination from the comparison that a difference exists between the at least one expected output and the at least one actual output. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179168 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - Provided are an image display apparatus and a method of controlling the same. The image display apparatus enabling voice recognition includes: a first voice inputter which receives a user-side audio signal; an audio outputter which outputs an audio signal processed by the image display apparatus; a first voice recognizer which recognizes the user-side audio signal received through the first voice inputter; and a controller which decreases a volume of the audio signal output through the audio outputter to a predetermined level if a voice recognition start command is received. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179436 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, REMOTE CONTROL APPARATUS, AND SEARCHING METHODS THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a display unit configured to display an image frame of a content, an interface unit configured to receive a user command for selecting an object, a selection unit configured to select the object corresponding to the user command as a search target, in a plurality of image frames of the content, a communication unit configured to communicate with an external search server, and a control unit configured to transmit the selected object as the search target to the external search server, receive a searching result for the selected object from the external search server, and display the searching result. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179572 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - Provided is a method of communicating, by a first terminal, with a second terminal connected thereto over a predetermined network. The method includes: executing a first web page provided by a web server to broadcast access information of the first terminal; and forming a communication channel with the second terminal, which has received the access information of the first terminal, wherein the second terminal receives the access information of the first terminal by executing a second web page provided by the web server. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179647 | STORAGE DEVICE AND DATA MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a data managing method of a storage device which includes at least one nonvolatile memory device and a controller controlling the nonvolatile memory device. The data managing method includes receiving an input/output request and generating a section directing logical addresses based on the input/output request. The section is managed using section information, and the section information includes a start logical address corresponding to the input/output request, spatial locality information having the number of the directed logical addresses, and historical request information. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179674 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY RECONFIGURING OPERATING SYSTEM (OS) FOR MANYCORE SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for dynamically reconfiguring an Operating System (OS) for a manycore system are provided. The apparatus may include an application type determining unit to determine a type of an executed application, and an OS reconfiguring unit to activate only at least one function in an OS, based on the determined type of the application, and to reconfigure the OS. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179747 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA RECEPTION ERROR RECOVERY IN MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for data reception error recovery in a mobile terminal are provided. When a mobile terminal detects an error in data received from a memory card, the method and the apparatus enable the mobile terminal to re-receive the data from the memory card for error recovery. The data reception error recovery method, for a mobile terminal connected with a memory card, includes sending a data request command to the memory card, determining whether data corresponding to the data request command is received from the memory card, and sending, when corresponding data is not received from the memory card, a state transition command, which forces the memory card to transition to a transfer state so that the memory card is able to send data to the mobile terminal, to the memory card. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179778 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF EDITING DISPLAYED LETTERS IN THE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus and method of editing displayed letters in the display apparatus. The display apparatus includes an input unit for displaying a plurality of input letters in response to receiving a user command; a display unit for, when a plurality of letters is input through the input unit, displaying the plurality of the input letters; and a control unit for selecting a character string including the selected letter and controlling the display unit to divide and display the selected character string based on a preset edit unit when a selection command is input for at least one of the plurality of the displayed letters through the input unit, selecting a character string comprising the selected letter and controlling the display unit to divide and display the selected character string based on a preset edit unit. The control unit edits the selected character string based on the preset edit unit. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179800 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND MESSAGE-BASED CONVERSATION OPERATION METHOD FOR THE SAME - A mobile terminal and message-based conversation operation method for the same are provided. The message-based conversation operation method includes generating message groups by classifying one or more messages exchanged during a message-based conversation according to preset conditions, storing the generated message groups, and outputting display items corresponding to the stored message groups in a dialog window for the message-based conversation. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179816 | USER TERMINAL APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A user terminal apparatus and controlling method thereof are provided. The user terminal apparatus includes a display unit which displays a screen including a first area including at least one object and a second area to perform editing using the at least one object, a user interface unit which receives a user command to copy the object displayed in the first area to the second area, and a controller which, in response to the received user command, controls to automatically copy the object to a location within the second area which corresponds to an attribute of the object based on the attribute of the object. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179828 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes: an image processor which processes an image signal; a display unit which displays an image thereon based on the processed image signal; a user input unit which receives a user input; and a controller which displays a plurality of selectable items on the display unit, and upon receiving a first user input to select a first item from the plurality of selectable items from the user input unit, displays a display window displaying an input result of the first user input in a vicinity of the first item, and upon receiving a second user input to select a second item, which is different from the first item, from the user input unit, controls the display unit to move and display the display window in a vicinity of the second item. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179830 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes a display unit; an image processor which generates a user interface (UI) screen and displays the UI screen on the display unit; and a controller which controls the image processor to display on the display unit the UI screen comprising an object of a first group of objects, to reduce the size of the UI screen displayed on the display unit in response to a first, and to display the UI screen comprising an object of a second group in response to a command to scroll the UI screen. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179835 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ITEM SELECTING METHOD USING THE SAME - A method for selecting an item displayed on a display screen is provided. The method includes displaying a pointer on the screen, receiving an input of user manipulation to move the pointer displayed on the screen, and if the pointer moves closer to the item and if the pointer is placed without overlapping at least a part of the item, displaying a graphical user interface (GUI) indicating that it is possible to select the item with the pointer. | 07-11-2013 |
20130180263 | MAGNETIC COOLING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A magnetic cooling apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The magnetic cooling apparatus provides a replacement having a simplified structure for motors providing driving force and power transmission systems of reciprocation type and rotation type cooling apparatuses. The magnetic cooling apparatus includes magnets forming a magnetic field, magnetic regeneration units formed of a magnetocaloric material that are provided with coils, and using electromagnetic force, generated when currents are supplied to the coils in the magnetic field, as kinetic energy, and a controller controlling the currents supplied to the coils of the magnetic regeneration units to control moving speeds and directions of the magnetic regeneration units. | 07-18-2013 |
20130180291 | DRUM WASHING MACHINE - A drum washing machine including a cabinet, a tub disposed at an inside of the cabinet, a drum rotatively disposed at an inside of the tub, a condensing duct configured to condense moisture in air that is introduced from an inside of the drum, and a drying duct configured to heat air being introduced from the condensing duct to supply the heated air to an inside of the drum, wherein the condensing duct is coupled to a rear of the tub, while the drying duct is positioned at an upper portion of the condensing duct and is coupled to the cabinet, and in between the condensing duct and the drying duct, a buffer coupling member configured to mediate the condensing duct and the drying duct is provided. | 07-18-2013 |
20130180555 | NOZZLE ASSEMBLY AND DISHWASHER HAVING THE SAME - A nozzle assembly capable of evenly spraying wash water at an inside a washing tub and a dishwasher having the same, the nozzle assembly including a nozzle configured to rotate on a rotating axis thereof, an inside rotor having a shape of a cylinder and configured to rotate according to a rotation of the nozzle while coupled to the rotating axis, and an outside rotor case having a larger radius than a radius of the inside rotor to accommodate the inside rotor therein, and having an opening hole through which the rotating axis passes, and the rotating axis of the nozzle revolves around a circumference of the opening hole. | 07-18-2013 |
20130180695 | HEADER UNIT AND HEAT EXCHANGER HAVING THE SAME - A header unit having an improved assembly method of a body and a header and a heat exchanger having the same, capable of preventing a body from being incompletely bonded to a cover at an inner side of the header as a result of the instability of a manufacturing process, and thus capable of preventing the leaking of the refrigerant in between two tanks at an inside of the header. The heat exchanger includes a body, and a cover coupled to the body, wherein the body includes a base part forming a bottom surface of the body, and a middle partition protrudedly formed from the base part, and the cover includes a coupling groove to which the middle partition of the body is coupled while passing through the coupling groove. | 07-18-2013 |
20130181343 | MULTI-CHIP PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A multi-chip package includes a first semiconductor chip and a second semiconductor chip. The first semiconductor chip has a first active surface. The second semiconductor chip has a second active surface facing the first active surface. The second active surface is electrically connected with the first active surfaceand the first active surface of the first semiconductor chip and the second active surface of the second semiconductor chip are bonded to each other without an adhesive. | 07-18-2013 |
20130181566 | ROTOR AND MOTOR INCLUDING THE SAME - A rotor is and a motor including the rotor and a stator are provided. The rotor includes a rotor core and rotor poles. The rotor poles are arranged circumferentially around the rotor core, and each of the rotor poles is formed in an asymmetric shape. The stator is spaced apart from the rotor and includes slots configured for a coil to be wound therearound. | 07-18-2013 |
20130181663 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BATTERY CHARGING CONTROL OF A TERMINAL - A battery charging control system of a terminal is provided. The system includes a terminal in which a battery is mounted and a charger connected to the terminal to provide a charging current for charging the battery. The charger charges the battery with a maximum margin current value that is greater than a rated current value of the charger. | 07-18-2013 |
20130181874 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wearable communication system including an antenna pattern configured to transmit or receive a radio-frequency (RF) signal, a main board configured to control the wearable communication system, and a power supply unit configured to supply power to the main board, wherein the antenna pattern is spaced apart from the main board and the power supply unit. | 07-18-2013 |
20130181960 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY IN MOBILE DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for automatically controlling the brightness of a display unit in a mobile device according to external illuminance are provided. The brightness control method includes measuring a gradient of the mobile device, measuring an external illuminance through at least one of an illuminance sensor and a camera, depending on the measured gradient of the mobile device, and regulating the brightness of the mobile device, based on the measured external illuminance. | 07-18-2013 |
20130181966 | DISPLAY DRIVE CHIP INCLUDING EXTERNAL WIRING AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display drive chip and a display device including the same are disclosed. The display drive chip can include a first voltage generating unit outputting a power voltage and a second voltage generating unit outputting the power voltage. A circuit block can receive the power voltage; and a plurality of pads can be connected to internal pads of the power voltage, wherein the display drive has a layout structure in which at least two pads from among the plurality of pads are connected to the first voltage generating unit and the second voltage generating unit, respectively, and the plurality of pads can be connected to each other through external wiring. | 07-18-2013 |
20130181988 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CREATING POSE CLUSTER - Provided is a method of creating a body pose cluster, including performing feature extraction from pose data about at least one pose, classifying, as a single cluster, similar poses from a feature vector space using a similarity measure, and configuring the number of poses included in each cluster from the feature vector space to be uniform using an imbalance measure. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182004 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND THE DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes an image receiver for receiving an image signal; a data processor for generating an image frame by processing the image signal; a display unit for displaying the generated image frame; a User Interface (UI) generator for generating and displaying a UI to select a correction region in the displayed image frame; and a controller for controlling the data processor to generate an image frame with a corrected display attribute, using a preset correction value with respect to the selected correction region. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182166 | DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A digital image processing apparatus and a method of controlling the same. The digital image processing apparatus includes: a display controller for displaying first content on a display unit; and an image generator for generating second content based on a photographing signal input, which may be from a user, and third content related to the second content. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182274 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes a main controller board having a control unit corresponding to a basic model of a product, and a sub memory unit configured to communicate with the control unit. The derivative model information, which is related to a derivative model that is derived from the basic model, is stored at the sub memory unit, and the control unit is configured to receive the stored derivative model information by communicating with the sub memory unit. An operation of the image forming apparatus is controlled based on the received derivative model information, thereby supporting a plurality of series models in an integrated manner by use of the main controller board of a basic model without manufacturing a main board for each of the series models of the image forming apparatus while the series models are provided with the functionalities that are similar to each other. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182359 | ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE PROTECTION CIRCUIT - An electrostatic discharge (ESD) protection circuit includes a first power line; a second power line; a ground line; two stack transistors connected in series between the first power line and the ground line; a first resistor connected between the first power line and a first node; a first transistor and a capacitor connected in series between the first node and the ground line; a second transistor connected between the second power line and a second node; a third transistor connected between the first power line and a third node; an inverter, connected between the third node and the ground line, and having an input connected to the second node; a fourth transistor, connected to the first power line, and having a gate connected to the second node; and a fifth transistor, connected between the second power line and the third node, and having a gate connected to a terminal of the fourth transistor. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182400 | CIRCUIT BOARD HAVING BOARD-TO-BOARD CONNECTOR AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A circuit board having a board-to-board connector and a method of manufacturing the same are provided. The circuit board includes at least one of a recess and a hole having a connection portion exposed to be electrically connected to a connection portion of a connector header of another circuit board, a terminal on the circuit board, and a conduction line for connecting the terminal and the connection portion. Thereby, a cost and required space for a board-to-board connection can be reduced. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182524 | SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICES HAVING INTERNAL CLOCK SIGNALS AND MEMORY SYSTEMS INCLUDING SUCH MEMORY DEVICES - A semiconductor memory device has a clock input buffer that is turned ‘on’ or ‘off’ in response to a first control signal. The clock input buffer is configured to buffer an external clock signal in order to output a buffered clock signal. The memory device further includes an internal clock generator that is configured to generate an internal clock signal in response to the buffered clock signal. The generation of the internal clock signal is started in response to a second control signal. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182594 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL - An apparatus and a method for generation of channel state information in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting, by an evolved Node B (eNB), a first reference signal to a plurality of User Equipments (UEs), receiving channel state information generated based on the first reference signal from the plurality of UEs, selecting candidate UEs to which wireless resources are to be allocated and transmitting second reference signals to the selected candidate UEs, receiving channel state information generated based on the second reference signals from the candidate UEs, and selecting final UEs, to which wireless resources are to be allocated, from the candidate UEs based on the channel state information generated based on the second reference signals, and transmitting control information for data reception to the selected final UEs. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182695 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK LINK BETWEEN PORTABLE TERMINALS - A method of connecting a plurality of portable terminal over a wireless local area network (WLAN), the method including: a user selecting at least one contact from a contact list displayed on a screen of a first portable terminal, transmitting, from the first portable terminal to an external server over a cellular network, connection information necessary for establishing a WLAN link to the first portable terminal; pushing the connection information from the external server to a second portable terminal corresponding to the selected contact; a user pressing a connection authentication button on a selection menu displayed on the second portable terminal, and establishing the WLAN link to the first portable terminal from the second portable terminal by using the connection information. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182855 | MULTIMEDIA PLAYING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OUTPUTTING MODULATED SOUND ACCORDING TO HEARING CHARACTERISTIC OF USER - Multimedia playing apparatuses and methods of measuring hearing characteristics of a user and outputting a sound modulated according to the hearing characteristics of the user are provided. A multimedia playing apparatus includes a sound output unit configured to output a sound comprising of one or more phonemes, and a user interface configured to receive a user response to the phonemes. The multimedia playing apparatus further includes a processor configured to acquire hearing characteristics of a user based on the user response, and determine an output level and/or an output time of the sound for each of frequency bands based on the hearing characteristics of the user. The sound output unit is further configured to output the sound according to the output level and/or the output time of the sound for each of the frequency bands. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182928 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CORRECTING POSITRON EMISSION TOMOGRAPHY IMAGE - An image correction method includes detecting signals emitted from a tracer introduced into a target; intermittently extracting some of the detected signals according to a code string in which different codes are arranged; generating an image of the target using the extracted signals; and correcting the generated image based on at least one characteristic of the generated image. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182945 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING DISPARITY VALUE - A method and apparatus for processing an image is provided. The image processing apparatus may adjust or generate a disparity of a pixel, by assigning similar disparities to two pixels that are adjacent to each other and have similar pixels. The image processing apparatus may generate a final disparity map that may minimize energy, based on an image and an initial disparity map, under a predetermined constraint. A soft constraint or a hard constraint may be used as the constraint. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182947 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING POSE OF OBJECT - An apparatus and method for estimating a pose of an object are provided. The apparatus includes an object input unit configured to input an object in an object tracking unit and an object identifying unit, an object tracking unit configured to obtain a tracked pose probability density of the object based on a tracking scheme, an object identifying unit configured to obtain an identified pose probability density of the object based on a training model, and a combination unit configured to obtain an estimated pose probability density of the object using a combination of the tracked pose probability density and the identified pose probability density and to estimate a pose of the object based on the estimated pose probability density of the object. Through the combination, a cumulative error occurring in the object tracking may be corrected, resulting in more accurate object estimation. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182958 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING BODY PART ASSOCIATION - An apparatus and method for analyzing body part association. The apparatus and method may recognize at least one body part from a user image extracted from an observed image, select at least one candidate body part based on association of the at least one body part, and output a user pose skeleton related to the user image based on the selected at least one candidate body part. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183062 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus having an improved structure of simply executing contact or separation between developing rollers and photoconductors is provided. The image forming apparatus includes a cover opening and closing a side of a main body, a photoconductor unit including a photoconductor, a laser scanning unit irradiating the photoconductor to form an electrostatic latent image and including a light source generating light and an optical window transmitting the light generated from the light source, a developing unit supplying a developer to the photoconductor and including a developing roller contacting or separated from the photoconductor, and a shutter unit operable in connection with the cover, opening the optical window when the cover closes the side of the main body, and closing the optical window when the cover opens the side of the main body. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183181 | ROTARY COMPRESSOR - A rotary compressor capable of reducing a maximum load applied to a rotary shaft, the rotary compressor including a casing, a cylinder installed at an inside the casing and configured to provide a space to compress gas, a rotary shaft disposed while passing through the cylinder, a roller configured to compress gas by rotating along an inner circumferential surface of the cylinder, and an eccentric cam integrally formed with the rotary shaft and disposed at an inside the roller, wherein the eccentric cam is disposed at an eccentric position side in a shaft direction on an axial line of the rotary shaft. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183593 | SOLID OXIDE, SOLID OXIDE ELECTRODE, SOLID OXIDE FUEL CELL INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHODS OF PREPARING THE SAME - An oxide represented by Formula 1: | 07-18-2013 |
20130183777 | METHOD OF FORMING PHOSPHOR LAYER ON LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE CHIP WAFER USING WAFER LEVEL MOLD - A method of forming a phosphor layer of light-emitting device chip wafer by using a wafer level mold includes clamping a wafer having a plurality of light-emitting device chips between a lower mold and an upper mold to form a space between the wafer and the upper mold, forming a phosphor layer on the wafer by injecting a phosphor liquid into the space, and releasing the wafer from the lower mold and the upper mold. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183818 | Methods of Fabricating Nonvolatile Memory Devices and Related Devices - Provided is a fabricating method of a nonvolatile memory. The fabricating method includes forming a plurality of gates extending in a first direction on a substrate to be adjacent to each other, forming a gap-fill layer filling at least a portion of a space between the plurality of gates, forming a supporter pattern supporting the plurality of gates on the plurality of gates and the gap-fill layer, and forming an air gap in the space between the plurality of gates by removing the gap-fill layer. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183824 | METHOD OF FABRICATING A SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A method of fabricating a semiconductor device includes forming a first layer including a first metal, forming a second layer including a second metal, the second layer being adjacent to the first layer, polishing top surfaces of the first and second layers, and cleaning the first and second layers using a cleaning solution. The cleaning solution may include an etching solution etching the first and second layers and an inhibitor suppressing the second layer from being over etched. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183839 | PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD HAVING TERMINALS - A printed circuit board (PCB) includes a substrate body including a circuit wiring layer; tap terminals provided at a surface of the substrate body and in a peripheral region of the substrate body and electrically connected to the circuit wiring layer; and plating wires corresponding to respective tap terminals, each plating wire extending from an end portion of its respective tap terminal toward an edge of the substrate body and having a line width smaller than a line width of the tap terminal. For at least a first tap terminal, the tap terminal shares an edge with an edge of its respective plating wire. A second tap terminal adjacent the first tap terminal is positioned outside a circle having a radius that equals a length of the plating wire and having a center at a point along the shared edge where the plating wire and first tap terminal connect. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183900 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK (PAN) DEVICE - A method of controlling a wireless personal area network (PAN) device, such that the PAN device performs at least one from among a coordinator role, a router role, and an end device role in a plurality of networks by using a single physical layer includes setting a first role corresponding to a first network and a second role corresponding to a second network; acquiring activation interval information of the first network and the second network based on the first role and the second role that are set in correspondence to the first network and the second network, respectively; performing the first role during the activation interval of the first network based on the acquired activation interval information; and switching the first role to the second role and performing the second role during the activation interval of the second network. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183946 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING CALL SERVICES IN MOBILE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for processing call services in a mobile terminal are provided. The method for processing call services in a mobile terminal includes entering into, when a call is generated, a call handling mode, recognizing and analyzing voice signals sent and received in the call to produce speech analysis information, detecting a state change of the mobile terminal using a sensing unit to produce user behavior information, and predicting, when a state change of the mobile terminal is detected, an application corresponding to the speech analysis information, and activating the application as a follow-up service. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183969 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING LOCATION UPDATE REGISTRATION PROCESS IN MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for supporting a location update registration process used for an idle mode operation of a Mobile Station (MS) in a Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communication are provided. The method includes determining whether a system global location update registration timer is applied to the MS, when it is determined that the global location update registration timer is not applied, determining a timer for updating a location when the MS operates in an idle mode, and transmitting a message including the timer to the MS. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184038 | SMALL ANTENNA APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An antenna apparatus for a mobile terminal is provided. The antenna apparatus includes an antenna pattern, a first electric circuit and a second electric circuit respectively connected between both ends of the antenna pattern and a system ground, and a third electric circuit disposed between the antenna pattern and a feeding line, wherein the first electric circuit and the second electric circuit extend electrical wavelengths of the antenna pattern and the third electric circuit increases input impedance matching. | 07-18-2013 |
20130184867 | ROBOT AND METHOD TO RECOGNIZE AND HANDLE EXCEPTIONAL SITUATIONS - A robot and method to recognize and handle abnormal situations includes a sensing unit to sense internal and external information of the robot, a storage unit to store the information sensed by the sensing unit, an inference model, a learning model, services providable by the robot, subtasks to provide the services, and handling tasks to handle abnormal situations, and a controller to determine whether an abnormal situation has occurred while the subtasks to provide the selected service are being performed through the learning model in the storage unit and to select a handling task to handle the abnormal situation through the inference model in the storage unit if it is determined that the abnormal situation occur. The robot may recognize and handle abnormal situations even though data other than that defined by a designer of the robot is input thereto due to noises or operational environment. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185233 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LEARNING POSE CLASSIFIER BASED ON DISTRIBUTED LEARNING ARCHITECTURE - A system and method for learning a pose classifier based on a distributed learning architecture. A pose classifier learning system may include an input unit to receive an input of a plurality of pieces of learning data, and a plurality of pose classifier learning devices to receive an input of a plurality of learning data sets including the plurality of pieces of learning data, and to learn each pose classifier. The pose classifier learning devices may share learning information in each stage, using a distributed/parallel framework. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185268 | METHODS OF COMPRESSING AND STORING DATA AND STORAGE DEVICES USING THE METHODS - A method of compressing and storing data may include generating target code words by compressing target data to be stored in a memory device by using an initially set compression algorithm; and/or storing in the memory device the target code words according to a data pattern that is repeated in the target code words. A method of compressing and storing data may include generating target code words by compressing target data to be stored in a memory device by using an initially set compression algorithm; and/or storing in the memory device delta-encoded information obtained by performing delta-encoding on the target code words based on source code words including the data pattern. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185340 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO INSERT A SCANNED DOCUMENT - A method of inserting a scanned document includes inputting a user command to select a position in a first document file where to insert a second document file, generating a file corresponding to the second document file, to have same format as the first document file, and generating a third document file in which the second document file is inserted in the first document file, at the selected position. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185424 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING EVENT INFORMATION - An apparatus, method, and system for managing event information are provided. The apparatus for managing event information includes an event management module which receives event information on an event generated in an event generator located in the same network in a multicast manner, and manages the received event information, a storage module which stores the received event information, and a control module which controls the event generator. The event management module provides the received event information to an event-management-requesting device which requests storage of event information. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185483 | DATA STORAGE SYSTEM, MEMORY CONTROLLER, NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A nonvolatile memory device includes: first through m-th word lines arranged sequentially and first through m-th pages connected respectively to the first through m-th word lines; a redundant array of inexpensive disks (RAID) controller generating first RAID parity data from first through (m−1)-th data; and an access controller connected to the RAID controller and capable of accessing the nonvolatile memory device, wherein the access controller programs the first through (m−1)-th data to the first through (m−1)-th pages and programs the first RAID parity data to the m-th page. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185485 | Non-Volatile Memory Devices Using A Mapping Manager - Provided are storage devices that may include a non-volatile memory. The storage devices may also include a controller configured to perform a read operation on a physical page of the non-volatile memory in response to a read request on a logical page of the non-volatile memory from a host. The controller may include a mapping manager configured to manage a plurality of logical blocks by a logical unit. The mapping manager may include a unit map table including a correlation between the logical unit and a physical unit corresponding to the logical unit. Additionally, the mapping manager may be configured to change a mapping method according to whether the unit map table includes a physical unit corresponding to a logical unit including a logical page requested by the host. Related user devices and electronic devices are also provided. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185486 | STORAGE DEVICE, STORAGE SYSTEM, AND INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL METHOD PERFORMED IN STORAGE DEVICE - A storage device includes a storage unit including a plurality of regions in which data is stored, the storage unit configured to input and output the data through channels and ways corresponding to the plurality of regions; an interface unit including a multi-entry queue, the multi-entry queue including a plurality of entries in which received commands are entered, the interface unit being configured to transmit data to be written in and read from the storage unit in response to the commands entered in the plurality of entries of the multi-entry queue; and a firmware unit configured to allocate the plurality of entries of the multi-entry queue corresponding to the commands received by the interface unit. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185609 | NONVOLATILE MEMORY SYSTEM - A nonvolatile memory system is provided. The nonvolatile memory device includes a multi-level memory array and a page buffer; and a memory controller configured to control first page data to be to read from the multi-level memory array and stored in the page buffer, a first error bit of the first page data to be detected, an error of the first page data stored in the page buffer to be to corrected using first corrected data having an error corrected in the first error bit, and a first refresh program operation of the error-corrected first page data to be performed on the multi-level memory array. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185612 | FLASH MEMORY SYSTEM AND READ METHOD OF FLASH MEMORY SYSTEM - A read method in a flash memory system containing a flash memory and a memory controller includes updating a selected one of indexes of a selected one of blocks of the flash memory, in a wear-out table for indexing each of the blocks of the flash memory, and setting a start read level to start read retry on the selected block by referring to a read retry table corresponding to a wear-out degree included in the selected index when a current request of read retry on the selected block is received. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185639 | TERMINAL HAVING PLURAL AUDIO SIGNAL OUTPUT PORTS AND AUDIO SIGNAL OUTPUT METHOD THEREOF - A terminal having plural audio signal output ports and an audio signal output method thereof are provided. The audio signal output method of a terminal having at least two audio signal output ports includes setting allocation information on which audio signal source is allocated to each of the audio signal output ports according to a user input, extracting the set allocation information, and outputting an audio signal of an audio signal source through a corresponding audio signal output port according to the extracted allocation information. An audio signal output apparatus capable of variously using an audio signal output port according to the need of a user, and a method thereof may be provided. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185746 | SERVER, CLIENT APPARATUS, AND SERVICE PROVIDING METHOD AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A server controlling method is disclosed. The server controlling method includes receiving uploading of a preferable channel list, and reconfiguring a preferable channel list based on location information received from a user and providing the reconfigured preferable channel list, in a case where there is a request by the user. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185748 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The image processing apparatus includes: an interface which is connectable to a plurality of Common Interface Conditional Access Modules (CICAMs) which descrambles a scrambled broadcasting signal; a storage unit which stores a plurality of operator profiles corresponding to the plurality of CICAMs; and a controller which, if a CICAM from among the plurality of CICAMS is connected to the interface, obtains identification information from the CICAM connected to the interface, selects an operator profile corresponding to the obtained identification information among the plurality of operator profiles, generates a list of channels capable of being descrambled by receiving additional information about the channels capable of being descrambled from the connected CICAM via the selected operator profile. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185794 | BASE STATION FOR DETECTING DENIAL-OF-SERVICE ATTACKS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - Provided is a base station for detecting Denial-of-Service (DoS) attacks in a communication system and a method for controlling the same. The base station includes a first estimator for estimating, for a predetermined time, a reception rate of data that is received at the base station from a communication network to be transmitted to at least one wireless terminal; a second estimator for estimating, for a predetermined time, a bandwidth allocated for transmission of data to the at least one wireless terminal, based on at least one of feedback information transmitted from the at least one wireless terminal and channel capacity of the base station; and a controller for calculating a ratio of the bandwidth to the reception rate for the at least one wireless terminal, and determining whether there is a DoS attack, using the calculated ratio. | 07-18-2013 |
20130186167 | PRESS DIE FOR SIMULTANEOUS FORMING OF BENDING AND CURLING - A press die for combination forming, capable of simultaneously performing a bending process and a curling process, the press die including a first die installed so as to perform a vertical movement, a second die configured to support a workpiece from a lower side of the first die, a moving apparatus configured to move the workpiece being supported by the second die, a stripper configured to hold the workpiece being moved by the moving apparatus such that the workpiece is mounted on the second die, a third die provided on the first die to bend the workpiece being mounted on the second die, and a fourth die provided on the second die to curl the workpiece being completed with the bending. | 07-25-2013 |
20130186208 | FLEXIBLE TACTILE SENSOR APPARATUS - A flexible tactile sensor apparatus is provided. The flexible tactile sensor apparatus may obtain information about an applied force, using a resistance between an upper nano wire array of an upper plate and a lower nano wire array of a lower plate, which may be changed based on a distance, between the upper nano wire array and the lower nano wire array, adjusted in proportion to the force. | 07-25-2013 |
20130186436 | APPARATUS FOR CLEANING PHOTOMASK - Provided is a method and apparatus for cleaning a photomask. The photomask including a first region and a second region surrounding the first region, a pattern to be protected disposed on the first region, and a material to be removed exists on the second region. A cleaning liquid is sprayed from an inside region of the second region toward an outer region of the second region to remove the material, and a gas is blown from the first region toward the second region to protect the pattern. | 07-25-2013 |
20130186439 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVELOPMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD USING SAME - A knife edge ring apparatus is provided for use during semiconductor manufacturing which includes a ring-shaped body having an inner side wall, an outer side wall and a top surface having a predetermined width. A multi-staged inclined portion is formed in the outer side wall and a plurality of discharge holes penetrate the body. Each of the discharge holes have an inlet associated therewith positioned at the inclined portion. The knife edge ring allows developer and cleaning solution to be discharged away from the wafer. A method of cleaning the bottom surface of a semiconductor wafer is also provided which employs the use of the knife edge ring. Developer is supplied onto the top surface of a wafer. Spraying solution is sprayed onto the bottom surface of the wafer. The knife edge ring guides the developer and the cleaning solution remaining on the bottom surface of the wafer's edge along an inclined portion formed at an outer side wall of the knife edge ring and causes the developer and the cleaning solution to flow into a plurality of discharge holes. | 07-25-2013 |
20130186680 | Tape Film Packages and Methods of Fabricating the Same - A tape film package is provided including an insulating pattern; a via contact in a via hole in the insulating pattern; first interconnection patterns extending from the via contact to a cutting surface of the insulating pattern; and second interconnection patterns connected to the via contact below the insulating pattern. The second interconnection patterns are parallel to the first interconnection patterns and spaced apart from the cutting surface of the insulating pattern. | 07-25-2013 |
20130186748 | HUMIDIFIER - A humidifier including a storage chamber configured to store water, an electrolytic unit configured to electrolyze water, a first and second pipe to which the electrolyzed water is introduced, a first and second valve configured to open/close a fluid path of the first pipe and second pipe, a filter unit disposed at the first pipe and configured to filter the electrolyzed water, a humidification chamber configured to be supplied with water from one of the first or the second pipe, and a control unit configured to supply the filtered water to the humidification chamber at a humidification mode by controlling the first valve and supply the electrolyzed water to the humidification chamber at a sterilization mode by controlling the second valve, the humidifier further including a drainage hole and a drainage valve to open/close the drainage hole, and a tray to store the water being discharged through the drainage hole. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187134 | ORGANIC ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An organic electronic device may include an organic semiconductor compound represented by the following Chemical Formula 1 or Chemical Formula 2. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187288 | PACKAGE-ON-PACKAGE ASSEMBLY - A package-on-package assembly includes first and second packages and an adhesion member positioned between the first and second packages and adhering the first and second packages to one another. The first package may include a first substrate having a first surface and a second surface facing each other and including a land pad formed on the first surface, a first semiconductor chip formed on the first surface, and a first encapsulant member encapsulating the first surface and the first semiconductor chip and including a through-via spaced apart from the first semiconductor chip and exposing the land pad and a trench formed between the first semiconductor chip and the through-via, and wherein at least a portion of the trench is filled with adhesion member material. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187475 | REASONANT APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS POWER TRANSFER - Provided is a bulk acoustic resonator (BAR)-based resonant structure in relation to electric and radio technologies, and more particularly, to a wireless power transmission system. A resonant apparatus for wireless power transmission may include a conducting loop, and a high quality capacitor. The high quality capacitor may include a metacapacitor including a thin piezoelectric layer disposed between two metal electrodes. The metacapacitor may be disposed between two dielectric layers of which central portions are etched, and the conducting loop may be disposed on an upper layer of the two dielectric layers. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187486 | MOTOR AND ROTOR THEREOF - A rotor having an improved structure capable of achieving an enhancement in durability and a motor having the rotor are disclosed. The rotor is configured to co-operate with a stator in an electromagnetic manner such that the rotor rotates. The rotor includes a sleeve having a shaft hole, through which the motor shaft extends, rotor cores spaced apart from one another in a circumferential direction of the rotor, and at least one of permanent magnets disposed between adjacent ones of the rotor cores such that the permanent magnets are arranged in a radial manner about the sleeve. First and second cover plates are disposed at opposite sides of the permanent magnets in an axial direction. The first and second cover plates have plate holes respectively corresponding to the through holes of the rotor cores. The rotor cores and the first and second cover plates are coupled by fastening members. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187506 | MOTOR AND ROTOR THEREOF - A rotor having an improved structure capable of achieving enhanced durability is disposed in a motor, the rotor including a sleeve having a shaft hole, through which a motor shaft extends, rotor cores spaced apart from one another in a circumferential direction of the rotor, and permanent magnets each disposed between adjacent ones of the rotor cores such that the permanent magnets are arranged in a radial manner about the sleeve. First and second cover plates may be disposed at opposite sides of the permanent magnets in an axial direction. Each of the first and second cover plates may include a shaft receiving hole to receive the motor shaft. The rotor may include a plurality of support members each having a magnet support portion arranged to support an outer end of a corresponding one of the permanent magnets in a radial direction of the rotor. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187685 | DITHER CONTROL CIRCUIT AND DEVICES HAVING THE SAME - A dither control circuit includes a pseudo random number generator, which generates a pseudo random number sequence in response to a frequency-divided clock signal, and a dither circuit which dithers an input digital code by using at least one output bit of the pseudo random number sequence and outputs a dithered digital code corresponding to a result of the dithering. The dither circuit may output, as the dithered digital code, a digital code corresponding to a sum of or a difference between the input digital code and the input digital code based on the at least one output bit. The dithered digital code may be input to an accumulator which operates in-sync with the frequency-divided clock signal. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187832 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A method for controlling a display apparatus being used in conjunction with a tiled display system is provided. The method for controlling a display apparatus includes receiving contents from a host device, and when a reproduction preparation of the received contents has been completed, transmitting a completion message to the host device, and if a command to reproduce the contents is received from the host device, reproducing the contents based on sync information received from the host device. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187873 | SCROLL CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for controlling a scroll operation of a portable terminal are provided. The method includes scrolling a screen in response to a scroll action detected on a touch panel, monitoring to detect a scroll boundary of a navigation area which is scrolled in response to the scroll action, and displaying, when the scroll boundary is detected, applications corresponding to recommended actions registered with a recommended action table of a current application in sequence. | 07-25-2013 |
20130187934 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING A SIGNAL - A method of processing a signal, the method including receiving first data, extracting a first parameter from the first data, calculating and outputting first output data with respect to the first data based on the first parameter, receiving second data, extracting a second parameter from the second data, calculating second output data with respect to the second data based on the second parameter, and alternately outputting the first and second output data at least once. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188201 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a communication interface unit to receives an XML paper specification (XPS) file, an XPS file processing unit which converts the XPS file into an output data corresponding to printing paper to print the XPS file using information regarding the height and width of a FixedPage in the XPS file, and a control unit which controls the image forming apparatus to print the output data. Accordingly, even when an XPS file does not include information regarding printing paper, a user can select and print printing paper suitable for the user's demand. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188231 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF GENERATING HOLOGRAM BASED ON PATTERN REUSE - An apparatus and method of generating a hologram based on pattern reuse may include a pattern generating unit to generate an initial hologram pattern corresponding to a three-dimensional (3D) object in a 3D space, and a pattern transformation unit to determine a transformation hologram pattern by transforming the generated initial hologram pattern. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188233 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FAST GENERATION OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL (3D) HOLOGRAM - An apparatus for generating a hologram that may generate a three-dimensional (3D) hologram pattern at a high speed may include a pattern setting unit to set points for which hologram patterns are to be generated with respect to a one-eighth area of an entire area for which a hologram pattern is to be generated, a calculation unit to calculate pattern values for a plurality of reference points selected with respect to the one-eighth area of the entire area, and to generate a pattern for the one-eighth area using recurrent interpolation, and a pattern duplicating unit to complete a pattern for the entire area by duplicating the generated pattern for the one-eighth area. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188532 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL SIGNAL IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION SCHEME - An apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) signal in a cellular radio communication system supporting a Carrier Aggregation (CA) scheme are provided. In the PUSCH transmission method, a User Equipment (UE) transmits a PUSCH signal to a Base Station (BS) based on an UpLink (UL)/DownLink (DL) Configuration, wherein, for a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) scheme, if the UE is configured with more than one serving cell, UL/DL Configurations of at least two serving cells are different, and a serving cell is one of a primary cell and a secondary cell, a UL/DL Configuration for the serving cell is set as a UL-reference UL/DL Configuration based on a pair formed by a UL/DL Configuration for another serving cell and the UL/DL Configuration for the serving cell. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188558 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PILOT SCRAMBLING FOR ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - A telecommunications system is configured to perform a method for mapping synchronization signals. The method includes transmitting data, reference signals, synchronization signals and control elements to at least one of the plurality of subscriber stations. The method also includes configuring enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) DMRS parameters for each of a plurality of e-PDCCH sets | 07-25-2013 |
20130188575 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) method and an apparatus in a communication system are provided. The method includes receiving, by a Subscriber Station (SS), first data from at least one first member Base Station (BS) among member BSs of a cooperative cell, when the cooperative cell is configured with the member BSs to provide a communication service to the SS, generating a response signal indicating a reception result of the first data, and transmitting the response signal to at least one predefined second member BS from among the member BSs. The member BSs include a master BS for controlling communication of the member BSs and at least one slave BS for communicating with the SS under the control of the master BS. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188577 | REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN AND ASSOCIATION FOR PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - A method and apparatus for designing a Reference Signal (RS) used by a User Equipment (UE) to obtain respective channel estimates for demodulating respective Physical Downlink Control CHannels (PDCCHs), for determining at a UE a number of resource blocks to include for a reception of a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH), for determining at a UE a RS antenna port in order to enable spatial multiplexing of Enhanced PDCCH (EPDCCH) transmissions to different UEs, and for supporting Quadrature Amplitude Modulation 16 (QAM | 07-25-2013 |
20130188768 | VIBRATION CONTROL APPARATUSES, VIBRATION CONTROL METHODS, AND COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY SCANNERS - A vibration control apparatus may include a fluid bearing provided around a rotating body to form a fluid bearing gap between the fluid bearing and the rotating body; and/or a pressure regulator configured to variably control a pressure of the fluid bearing, based on imbalance information of the rotating body, to compensate for imbalance of the rotating body. A computed tomography scanner may include a gantry configured to generate a computed tomography image while rotating around a test subject; a fluid bearing provided around the gantry to form a fluid bearing gap between the fluid bearing and the gantry; and/or a pressure regulator configured to variably control a pressure of the fluid bearing, based on imbalance information of the gantry, to compensate for imbalance of the gantry. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188987 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus capable of preventing a developing cartridge mounted at the image forming apparatus from being damaged by an outside impact in a process of transporting the image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus comprises at least one developing cartridge each having an image carrier to form an image, at least one supporting frame configured to support the at least one developing cartridge installed at an inside the body, and at least one buffer member configured to ease impact that occurs between the at least one developing cartridge and the at least one supporting frame by being disposed in between the at least one developing cartridge and the at least one supporting frame, the at least one buffer member provided to be removed before the at least one developing cartridge starts an initial printing operation. | 07-25-2013 |
20130189597 | FUEL CELL SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME AT LOW TEMPERATURE - A fuel cell system includes a fuel cell which generates power using a fuel; peripheral devices for operating the fuel cell and supplying power generated by the fuel cell to loads; and a heating module which heats at least one of the fuel cell and the peripheral devices using heat generated by a semiconductor device attached to the at least one of the fuel cell and the peripheral devices. | 07-25-2013 |
20130189976 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for managing Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resources in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of a base station for managing SRS resources includes receiving an allocation of SRS resources from a system controller, allocating SRS resources to connected terminals that are connected to the BS, determining a number of residual SRS resources varying according to the number of connected terminals, and transmitting one of an additional SRS resource allocation request and an allocated SRS resource return request to the system controller according to the number of residual SRS resources. | 07-25-2013 |
20130190046 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTI-SCREEN SERVICE OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for providing a multi-screen service is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a remote control device, a control signal to a cradling stand, receiving, by a mobile phone, the control signal from the remote control device via the cradling stand, and in response to the control signal, transmitting screen information to an external display device via the cradling stand, wherein the mobile phone is to transmit call information to the external display device via the cradling stand if a call is received. | 07-25-2013 |
20130191525 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING HTTP SOCKETS - A method and apparatus for controlling HTTP sockets in a client device are provided. The HTTP socket control method for a client device includes finding, when an HTTP request is issued, a suitable socket in a socket pool containing at least one socket for each of a plurality of destination IP groups, sending the HTTP request to a server through the found suitable socket, and updating, when a response for the request is received from the server, socket information of the found socket in the socket pool. | 07-25-2013 |
20130191586 | METHOD FOR OPERATING MEMORY CONTROLLER AND SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - Methods of operating a memory controller include requesting data from each of a plurality of separate memory devices in response to an in-order multi-memory read request and then reading the requested data from the plurality of separate memory devices. The data read from the plurality of separate memory devices is then transmitted to a system bus along with at least one indication signal that identifies a relationship between an ordering of the requested data according to memory device and an ordering of the transmitted data according to memory device. | 07-25-2013 |
20130191867 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR GENERATING ELECTRONIC PROGRAM GUIDE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR USE WITH THE SAME - a device and method for generating an electronic program guide (EPG), and a display apparatus for use with the same, are provided. The method includes receiving at least one of identification information and broadcasting information from each of a plurality of display apparatuses capable of displaying a broadcasting signal; transmitting to at least one of the plurality of display apparatuses a request for display information of the broadcasting signal that is currently displayed by a corresponding display apparatus; receiving display information from a display apparatus of the plurality of display apparatuses in response to the transmitted request for display information; and generating an EPG including the received display information. | 07-25-2013 |
20130192176 | SHRINK PACKING SYSTEM - A packing unit of a shrink packing system which shortens time required for a packing process. For this purpose, the packing unit includes four supporters arranged at both sides of a transfer conveyer, two elevators combined with the four supporters so as to be upwardly and downwardly movable, and four telescopic arms combined with the two elevators so as to be movable in the moving direction of the transfer conveyer and to be extensible and retractable in the lengthwise direction. | 08-01-2013 |
20130192648 | SUBSTRATE TREATING APPARATUSES AND METHODS OF REMOVING REACTION GAS USING THE SAME - A method of removing a reaction gas remaining in a process chamber after a process of treating a substrate in the process chamber is completed includes exhausting the reaction gas remaining in the process chamber to a region outside of the process chamber through an exhaust line, and supplying a cleaning gas into the process chamber through a gas supplying line. The cleaning gas is different from the reaction gas | 08-01-2013 |
20130193340 | ELECTRON BEAM FOCUSING ELECTRODE AND ELECTRON GUN USING THE SAME - An electron beam focusing electrode and an electron gun using the same may include a plate having a polygonal through-hole; at least a projecting portion formed on at least one side of the through-hole. By using the electron beam focusing electrode, a spreading phenomenon of an electron beam having a rectangular cross section may be reduced. Further, the output of the electron gun may be increased, and electron beams may be easily focused. | 08-01-2013 |
20130193474 | LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT WITH IMPROVED LIGHT EXTRACTION EFFICIENCY, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE COMPRISING THE SAME, AND FABRICATING METHOD OF THE LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT AND THE LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - Provided is a light emitting element, a light emitting device including the same, and fabrication methods of the light emitting element and light emitting device. The light emitting device comprises a substrate, a light emitting structure including a first conductive layer of a first conductivity type, a light emitting layer, and a second conductive layer of a second conductivity type which are sequentially stacked, a first electrode which is electrically connected with the first conductive layer; and a second electrode which is electrically connected with the second conductive layer and separated apart from the first electrode, wherein at least a part of the second electrode is connected from a top of the light emitting structure, through a sidewall of the light emitting structure, and to a sidewall of the substrate. | 08-01-2013 |
20130193545 | SEMICONDUCTOR APPARATUS AND IMAGE SENSOR PACKAGE USING THE SAME - A semiconductor apparatus and a method of fabricating the same are provided. The semiconductor apparatus includes a body part having a first surface and a second surface facing each other, a first trench formed into the first surface of the body part, a second trench formed into the second surface of the body part, an opening connecting the first trench and the second trench to each other, a first adhesion enhancer, such as a rough surface, formed on a bottom surface of the first trench, and a second adhesion enhancer, such as a rough surface, formed on the second surface of the body part. | 08-01-2013 |
20130193552 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICES WITH CRACK-RESISTANT FUSE STRUCTURES - A fuse base insulating region, for example, an insulating interlayer or a compensation region disposed in an insulating interlayer, is formed on a substrate. An etch stop layer is formed on the fuse base insulating region and forming an insulating interlayer having a lower dielectric constant than the first fuse base insulating region on the etch stop layer. A trench extending through the insulating interlayer and the etch stop layer and at least partially into the fuse base insulating region is formed. A fuse is formed in the trench. The fuse base insulating region may have a greater mechanical strength and/or density than the second insulating interlayer. | 08-01-2013 |
20130193556 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A semiconductor device includes a semiconductor substrate having a capacitor region and a resistor region. A capacitor dielectric material and a capacitor electrode are sequentially stacked on an active region in the capacitor region of the semiconductor substrate. A resistor is provided on the resistor region of the semiconductor substrate. A protection pattern is provided on a top surface of the capacitor electrode. The protection pattern is spaced apart from the capacitor electrode. The protection pattern and the resistor include the same material and have the same thickness in a direction vertical to a surface of the semiconductor substrate. | 08-01-2013 |
20130193588 | SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE - A semiconductor package includes first and second semiconductor elements electrically interconnected by a connection structure. The first and second semiconductor elements are joined by a protection structure that includes an adhesive layer surrounded by a retention layer. | 08-01-2013 |
20130193804 | SLIP-STICK PIEZOELECTRIC ACTUATOR - A piezoelectric actuator includes a fixed body, a movable body arranged to face the fixed body, and a plurality of piezoelectric elements arranged between the fixed body and the movable body and operating in a shearing mode. Each piezoelectric element having one end fixed to the fixed body and another end contacting the movable body, wherein a direction of polarization of each of the plurality of piezoelectric elements is different from each other. | 08-01-2013 |
20130193820 | THERMAL INSULATION PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT APPARATUS AND MEASUREMENT METHOD USING THE SAME - A thermal insulation performance measurement apparatus which measures thermal insulation performance of a thermal insulator by heat flux to the thermal insulator, measured by a heat flux sensor, and a measurement method using the same includes a heat flux sensor provided with one surface adapted to contact an object to be measured, a first heat source arranged on the upper surface of the heat flux sensor to supply heat to the heat flux sensor, a thermal insulator arranged on the upper surface of the first heat source, a third heat source arranged on the upper surface of the thermal insulator, and a second heat source arranged around the heat flux sensor. | 08-01-2013 |
20130193886 | SENSORLESS CONTROL APPARATUSES OF MOTORS AND CONTROL METHODS THEREOF - A sensorless control apparatus of a motor may include: a position estimator configured to compensate for a resistance and a magnetic flux of a permanent magnet of the motor according to a temperature of the motor, and/or configured to generate an estimated speed of a rotor of the motor based on the compensated resistance and the compensated magnetic flux of the permanent magnet; and/or a speed controller configured to generate a command current based on a command speed of the rotor and the estimated speed of the rotor. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194050 | VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR USING VARIABLE CAPACITOR AND PHASE LOCKED LOOP USING THE SAME - A variable capacitor is provided. The variable capacitor includes a plurality of capacitor segments. The plurality of capacitor segments are connected in parallel within the variable capacitor. When a plurality of candidate capacitances allowable to the variable capacitor according to a connection state of the plurality of capacitor segments connected in parallel are sorted in a magnitude sequence, the plurality of candidate capacitances form a geometric series. The variable capacitor is used for a Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO), and the VCO is used for a Phase Locked Loop (PLL). | 08-01-2013 |
20130194167 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY PANEL, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display apparatus, a display panel, and a display method are provided. The display apparatus includes: a first panel which displays an object by using a self-emission device formed of a transparent material; a second panel which is disposed on a back surface of the first panel; and a controller which switches a state of the second panel to one of a transparent state and an opaque state. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194246 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADE APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - Embodiments disclose a display apparatus including: an image processing device which processes an image signal; a display device which displays an image based on the processed image signal; a connection device which connects to an upgrade apparatus which processes the image signal; a power supply device which supplies power to each component of the display apparatus and the upgrade apparatus through the connection device; and a first controller which controls the connection device to receive the processed image signal from the upgrade apparatus when the upgrade apparatus is connected through the connection device, wherein the power supply device is controlled by the upgrade apparatus connected through the connection device. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194255 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR 3D VIDEO - An image processing method and apparatus for three-dimensional (3D) video is provided. The image processing method may include identifying a first depth image, and upsampling the first depth image to a second depth image having expanded foreground area than the first depth image. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194282 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADE APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus, an upgrade apparatus, a display system including the same, and a control method thereof are provided, the display apparatus including: a first image processor which processes an input image signal and outputs a first output signal; an upgrade apparatus connector which is connectable to an upgrade apparatus including a second image processor; a display which displays at least one of a first image corresponding to the first output signal and a second image corresponding to a second output signal output by the second image processor; a first storage which stores first apparatus information about the upgrade apparatus; and a first controller which sets the upgrade apparatus to a communication state based on the first apparatus information stored in the first storage if the upgrade apparatus is connected to the upgrade apparatus connector. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194283 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - The display apparatus includes: an image processor which processes an image signal; a display which displays an image based on the processed image signal; an interface to which an upgrading apparatus for processing the image signal is connected; and a controller which controls the interface to cut off power supplied to the upgrading apparatus upon receiving a user's selection to change the upgrading apparatus mode from an active mode to a passive mode. Thus, the active and passive modes of the upgrading apparatus are changed without removing the upgrading apparatus and without rebooting the display apparatus, thereby improving user's convenience. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194296 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTI-VIEW THEREOF - A display apparatus and a multi-view providing method are provided. The display apparatus includes a signal processing unit for constructing an image frame of first image content; a display unit for displaying the image frame on a screen; a user command input unit for receiving a user input of a multi-view mode start command; and a control unit for, when the multi-view mode start command is received, displaying second image content by generating a sub-screen in the screen, and when the second image content displayed in the sub-screen is selected, controlling the signal processing unit and the display unit to operate in a multi-view mode in which a plurality of content views are displayed by combining an image frame of the first image content and an image frame of the second image content. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194302 | DISPLAY SYSTEM INCLUDING A DISPLAY APPARATUS AND AN UPGRADING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD - A display system including a display apparatus and an upgrading apparatus are provided along with a control method. A display apparatus includes an image processor which processes an image signal, a display which displays the processed image thereon, a connector to which an upgrading apparatus comprising at least one upgrading function is connected and a controller which communicates with the upgrading apparatus and controls the display to display thereon a user interface (UI) screen displaying at least one upgrading function list generated by the upgrading apparatus in response to a user selection. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194322 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a display unit that includes a plurality of pixels and is configured to display at least one image frame by illuminating the plurality of pixels on a pixel basis; a motion measuring unit that measures a motion per pixel of the at least one image frame by comparing a plurality of image frames to be displayed on the display unit; and a controller that adjusts a light emission intensity and a light emission time per pixel of the display unit according to a magnitude of the measured motion. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194323 | MICRO-LENS CAPABLE OF CHANGING FOCAL LENGTH, MICRO-LENS ARRAY INCLUDING THE SAME, 3D DISPLAY INCLUDING MICRO-LENS ARRAY AND METHOD OF OPERATING 3D DISPLAY - Provided is a micro-lens capable of changing a focal length. The micro-lens includes a plurality of electrodes, and an electrowetting liquid layer that is separable from the electrodes and that has a focal length that is controlled by a voltage applied to the electrodes. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194383 | IMAGE TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND METHOD, AND IMAGE REPRODUCTION DEVICE AND METHOD - Provided are an image transmission device and method, and an image reproduction device and method. The image transmission device and the image reproduction device may provide a multi-view three-dimensional (3D) image to a user by processing a color image and a depth image using information about an image mode of the 3D image format, additional information based on the color image corresponding to a satellite view, or additional information based on the depth image. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194397 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, APPARATUS FOR UPGRADING DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD OF DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display apparatus and an apparatus for upgrading the display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes a display; an image processor processing an image signal received from an image source; a connector to which an upgrade apparatus is connected to and upgrades hardware or software of the display apparatus. The upgrading apparatus may be mounted to the display apparatus, and an image, user interface, or graphic processing route may be changed in order to upgrade hardware or software processes of the display apparatus. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194401 | 3D GLASSES, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus switching between a two-dimensional (2D) display mode and a three-dimensional (3D) display mode is provided. The display apparatus includes: an imaging device configured to capture an image a pair of 3D glasses worn by a user to view an image displayed in the 3D display mode, wherein the 3D glasses are switchable between a plurality of different states; a transmitter/emitter module configured to remotely control the 3D glasses so as to switch the states of the 3D glasses; and a controller configured to determine whether the user is wearing the 3D glasses based on a state of the 3D glasses in the image captured by the imaging device, and to control the display apparatus to operate in the 3D display mode when it is determined that the user is wearing the 3D glasses. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194500 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus a control method thereof are provided, the display apparatus includes: a display which displays an image thereon; a first image processor which processes an image signal; a connector which is connectable to an upgrading apparatus that is provided to upgrade the display apparatus; and a first controller which executes a first application program and displays a first image signal corresponding to the execution of the first application program on the display, and when receiving a second image signal, corresponding to an execution of a second application program executed by the upgrading apparatus, from the upgrading apparatus through the connector, controls the display to display the second image signal together with the first image signal. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194501 | SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM, METHOD FOR PROCESSING SIGNAL, AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING AUDIO SIGNAL - A display system is provided. The display system includes a display apparatus which displays an image and comprises a media access control (MAC) device to access a communication network, and a communication interface apparatus which comprises a physical layer device to connect the MAC device of the display apparatus to the communication network. The display apparatus and the communication interface apparatus exchange a signal between the physical layer device and the MAC device through a serial interface. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194502 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, UPGRADING APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD OF DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display system comprising: a display apparatus which comprises a first data processor to perform a first data processing, an output unit to output the processed data, at least one first signal connector to transmit and receive data and a first controller to control the first data processor; and an upgrading apparatus which comprises at least one second signal connector connected to the first signal connector to connect the display apparatus from the outside, a second data processor to perform a second data processing, and a second controller to control the second data processor. The first data processor and the second data processor perform the data processing independently. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194608 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, POWER MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A power management apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes a communication unit configured to receive information on a price of power and communicate with image forming apparatuses, and a control unit configured to control image forming apparatuses to operate at a normal mode and/or a power saving mode by comparing the information received on the price of power with information on a standard price of power. A user may conduct a printing at a desired time to minimize inconvenience. A mode of the power management apparatus is determined according to the price of power such that a plurality of image forming apparatuses are operated at a normal mode when the price of power is low, and at least one image forming apparatuses is operated at a normal mode when the price of power is high, thereby reducing cost and enhancing the efficiency in managing the power. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194749 | DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH A DETACHABLE GLASS PLATE - A display apparatus including a glass plate detachably mounted to facilitate after-sales service (A/S) for repair or replacement of the glass plate and reduce A/S time is provided. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194765 | SEMICONDUCTOR MODULE ASSEMBLY - A semiconductor module assembly is provided. The semiconductor module assembly includes a motherboard, a socket, and a semiconductor module. The motherboard includes an opening for receiving the semiconductor module, the opening including at least three sides. The socket is disposed in the opening along at least a first side, second side, and third side of the at least three sides. The semiconductor module is disposed in the socket. The semiconductor module includes at least one semiconductor device mounted on a module board. The socket includes at least a first side along the first side of the opening, and a second side along the second side of the opening, and the semiconductor module electrically connects to the motherboard through at least the first and second sides of the socket. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194790 | LIGHT EMITTING MODULE - There is provided a light emitting module including: a printed circuit board; a plurality of light emitting diode chips disposed at a distance from one another on a conductive pattern formed on a top of the printed circuit board; and a connector formed on a bottom of the printed circuit board and electrically connected to the plurality of light emitting diode chips. The light emitting diode chips and the connector are optimally arranged to ensure that the light emitting module is suitably utilized as a high-density linear light source including a great number of light emitting diode chips and emits light outward with minimum loss. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194872 | NON-VOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE AND READ METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a nonvolatile memory device which includes a memory cell connected to a bit line and a word line; a page buffer electrically connected to the bit line and sensing data stored in the memory cell; and a control logic controlling the page buffer to vary a develop time of the bit line or a sensing node connected to the bit line according to a current temperature during a read operation. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194883 | OPERATING METHOD AND DATA READ METHOD IN NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE - In a method of reading data in a nonvolatile memory device including data cells and monitoring cells. A first read operation applies a first read voltage to the data cells and monitoring cells. If a read fail occurs, a second read operation is performed using a red voltage level determined according to a number of ON-cells among the monitoring cells. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194909 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING ERROR IN AN IP-BASED BEARER INDEPENDENT CALL CONTROL ENVIRONMENT - A call monitoring method for detecting an error in a Bearer-Independent Call Control (BICC) environment using an Internet Protocol (IP) as a bearer is provided, in which an MSC receives connection information about a called exchange from another MSC, requests IP resource allocation for configuring a termination to a Media GateWay (MGW) controlled by the MSC based on the received connection information about the called exchange, determines, upon receipt of a resource allocation failure message from the MGW, whether a cause of a resource allocation failure is an IP allocation error, and transmits the resource allocation failure message to a resource manager, if the cause of the resource allocation failure is an IP allocation error. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194951 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DATA SERVICE USING BROADCASTING SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for providing a data service by using a broadcasting signal are provided. To transmit the broadcasting signal by an Access Point (AP) located within a coverage area of a base station (eNB), the AP transmits configuration information, used for transmission of the broadcasting signal on the same frequency band as that of the eNB, to the eNB, receives broadcasting signal transmission information, based on the configuration information, from the eNB, and transmits the broadcasting signal according to the broadcasting signal transmission information. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194993 | PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a packet used in establishing or maintaining a connection with a server are provided. The method includes determining, when a current time is a packet transmission of at least one network service application of the mobile terminal, whether at least one other network service application having an adjustable packet transmission schedule with a packet transmission after the current time exists, adjusting, when the at least one other network service application exists, the adjustable packet transmission schedule to synchronize the packet transmission occasions of the at least one network service application with the at least one other network service application, and simultaneously transmitting a packet of the network service application having the packet transmission occasion at the current time and a packet of the at least one other network service application of which packet transmission schedule is adjusted. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195041 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING COMMUNICATION FOR LOW CAPABILITY DEVICES - Methods and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) with reduced processing capabilities (e.g., Machine Type Communication (MTC) UE) to transmit and receive signaling are provided. The Downlink Control Information (DCI) formats scheduling a transmission of a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) or a reception of a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH) are designed and have a smaller size than respective DCI formats for conventional UEs. DCI formats scheduling PUSCHs to or PDSCHs for a group of MTC UEs are also designed and can have a same size as DCI formats scheduling PUSCH or PDSCH for an individual MTC UE. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195042 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for providing a service in a next-generation wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting, upon recognizing an initial access by a Subscriber Station (SS), resource allocation information indicating resources allocated for channel quality reports by the SS to the SS by a master Base Station (BS) serving the SS, determining at least one slave BS that serves the SS and constitutes a first cloud cell, using the channel quality reports received from the SS, and exchanging data with the SS together with the at least one slave BS. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195045 | REPORTING OF MULTIPLE PROCESSES FOR APERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting Channel State Information (CSI) having a reporting mode and being transmitted from a User Equipment (UE) over a PUSCH transmission in an Uplink (UL) cell associated with a Downlink (DL) cell in response to the UE receiving a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format that includes a CSI request field indicating CSI transmission corresponding to one of CSI process sets associated with measurements of respective reference signals are provided. The method includes obtaining, from the CSI request field, an indication of a CSI process set for a CSI transmission; and transmitting the CSI for the CSI process set indicated by the CSI request field, wherein the CSI request field includes 2 bits of a first CSI process set having a first set of interpretations. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195053 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting data by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a response signal for downlink data received from a user equipment and channel state information to a central coordinator, receiving scheduling information from the central coordinator and determining an interference control mode determined according to whether interference of adjacent base stations is controlled, based on the scheduling information, and transmitting data to the user equipment by using a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level according to the determined interference control mode. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195348 | Image processing apparatus and method - An image processing apparatus is provided. The image processing apparatus may include a determining unit configured to determine at least one pixel having a pixel value difference between a first image and a second image lower than a critical value, among a plurality of input frame images to compute a hologram pattern, and a computing unit configured to compute a hologram pattern of the first image and to compute a hologram pattern of the second image using a computation result for the at least one pixel of the first image. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195463 | OPTICAL TRANSMITTER AND OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING RESONANCE MODULATOR THAT IS THERMALLY COUPLED - An optical transmitter for an optical communication system includes a light source that outputs optical signals having a plurality of wavelengths, and a wavelength control unit. The wavelength control unit receives an optical signal from the light source, resonates an optical signal having a first wavelength, modulates the optical signal of the first wavelength with a first transmission data signal to obtain an intensity modulated optical signal, and outputs the intensity modulated optical signal. The wavelength control unit may be integrally formed on a semiconductor substrate in which a high thermal conductivity material is used Alternatively, a trench that intercepts external heat may be formed in a boundary surface of the wavelength control unit, and may be filled with a low thermal conductivity material. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195530 | DEVELOPER AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A developer of an image-forming apparatus includes a photoconductor, a housing comprising a waste toner container in which waste toner removed from the photoconductor is contained, and a recessed portion depressed downwardly in a center portion of an upper wall of the waste toner container, the center portion corresponding to a center portion of the photoconductor in a lengthwise direction to move toner away from the center portion. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196206 | ORGANIC ELECTROLYTE SOLUTION AND REDOX FLOW BATTERY INCLUDING THE SAME - An organic electrolyte solution including a solvent; an electrolyte including a metal-ligand coordination compound; and an additive including a hydrophobic group and a metal affinic group. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196234 | ELECTROLYTE COMPOSITION AND CATALYST INK AND SOLID ELECTROLYTE MEMBRANE FORMED BY USING THE SAME - An electrolyte composition and catalyst ink, a solid electrolyte membrane formed by printing the electrolyte composition and catalyst ink, and a secondary battery including the solid electrolyte membrane. An electrolyte composition includes a solvent; a lithium salt dissolved in the solvent; and a cycloolefin-based monomer dissolved or dispersed in the solvent and a catalyst ink includes a catalyst that promotes the ring-opening and polymerization reactions of the cycloolefin monomers of the electrolyte composition. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196237 | COMPOSITE, CATALYST INCLUDING THE SAME, FUEL CELL AND LITHIUM AIR BATTERY INCLUDING THE SAME - A composite including: a carbonaceous material; and a solid solution including a first metal and a cerium oxide, wherein the solid solution is disposed on the carbonaceous material. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196248 | COMPOUND, COMPOSITION INCLUDING COMPOUND, COMPOSITE FORMED THEREFROM, ELECTRODE USING COMPOSITION OR COMPOSITE, COMPOSITE MEMBRANE USING COMPOSITE, AND FUEL CELL INCLUDING AT LEAST ONE SELECTED FROM ELECTRODE AND COMPOSITE MEMBRANE - A compound including a cage-type structure of silsesquioxane wherein a group represented by Formula 1 or a salt thereof is directly linked to at least one silicon atom of the silsesquioxane, a composition including the compound, a composite formed therefrom, electrodes and an electrolyte membrane that include the composite, a method of preparing the compound, and a fuel cell including the electrodes and the electrolyte membrane. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196360 | MICROFLUIDIC DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A microfluidic device and control method thereof are provided. The control method of the microfluidic device includes detecting a background signal from a chamber in which a reaction product formed by combining an analyte and a marking material is not accommodated, detecting a detection signal from a chamber in which the reaction product is accommodated, and compensating for the detection signal using the background signal. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196377 | PROTEIN COMPLEX AND METHOD OF PREPARING SAME - A protein complex including at least two monoclonal antibodies is provided. By using the protein complex, a system for simultaneously targeting at least two antigens is effectively constructed. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196452 | WIRE BONDING METHOD IN CIRCUIT DEVICE - A wire bonding method in a circuit device mounted on a lead frame, the wire bonding method including: counting a stop time if an operation of a capillary stops; removing a contaminated free air ball (FAB) formed on an end of the capillary if the stop time exceeds a reference time; forming a new FAB; and restarting a wire bonding process. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196529 | SIGNAL CABLE, CABLE CONNECTOR AND SIGNAL CABLE CONNECTING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A signal cable, a cable connector, and a signal cable connecting apparatus including the same facilitate connection of the signal cable to the cable connector. The signal cable includes a plurality of signal lines; a cable film which sheaths the plurality of signal lines; and a cable locking portion formed in the cable film, to releasably engage with a cable holder of a cable connector. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196638 | TARGET SERVICE APPARATUS AND METHOD BASED ON DEVICE TO DEVICE DIRECT COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and a method for providing a call taxi service based on D2D communication are provided. When a user terminal executes a call taxi service, a call taxi service request is transferred to a terminal from at least one taxi located in a neighboring area of the user terminal, and then the user terminal directly selects one taxi or one taxi is selected through a competition between taxis. As a result, a process of providing the call to the selected taxi. Accordingly, the user has an advantage of using a quick call taxi service without going through a separate call center. | 08-01-2013 |
20130197359 | SOLID LIPID NANOPARTICLES INCLUDING ELASTIN-LIKE POLYPEPTIDES AND USE THEREOF - Solid lipid nanoparticles (SLNs) including elastin-like polypeptides, compositions comprising the SLNs, and uses thereof are provided. | 08-01-2013 |
20130197402 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING MULTI-FOCUS OF ULTRASOUND TRANSDUCER ARRAY - A method and apparatus for forming a multi-focus of an ultrasound transducer array. Accordingly, by simultaneously forming multiple focal points while minimizing grating lobes in an operation of a High Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) device, a damage to organs around a lesion during therapy using the HIFU device may be prevented. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198253 | METHODS OF CALCULATING NEGATIVE INVERSE OF MODULUS - Provided is a method of calculating a negative inverse of a modulus, wherein the negative inverse, which is an essential element in Montgomery multiplication, is quickly obtained. The method includes setting a modulus, defining P obtained by converting the modulus to a negative number, and defining S obtained by subtracting 1 from P, and calculating a negative inverse of the modulus by using P and S. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198267 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND SYSTEM FOR INSPECTING APPLICATION - An electronic apparatus including: a display unit; a communication unit which communicates with a server to which at least one emulating device is connected locally, through a network; a storage unit which stores therein a predetermined application; and a controller which is connected to the server and transmits the application stored in the storage unit to the emulating device, and receives from the emulating device an execution image of the application processed and executed by the emulating device and displays the execution image on the display unit. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198503 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, UPGRADE APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display apparatus including: a display device; an image processor processing an image signal received from an image source according to a preset image processing process to display an image on the display device; a connector to which an upgrade apparatus upgrades the image processing process is connected and to which a server is connected to communicate with; and a controller comparing a first pairing key with a second pairing key stored in the server and selectively allowing or blocking a booting operation according to a comparison result, the first pairing key being generated based on a pre-stored first identification of the display apparatus and a second identification of the upgrade apparatus obtained from the upgrade apparatus when the display apparatus starts booting up. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198577 | MEMORY, MEMORY SYSTEM, AND ERROR CHECKING AND CORRECTING METHOD FOR MEMORY - A memory system includes an error checking and correction (ECC) engine configured to perform error checking and correction of data temporarily stored in a first memory array and data read out from the first memory array according to a first method, and perform error checking and correction of data stored in a second memory array after read out from the first memory array and data read out from the second memory array according to a second method, wherein the first method and the second method are selected in response to a control signal having at least a first logic level, and the second method checks and corrects data errors occurring at a higher rate compared the first method. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198594 | Methods for Viterbi Decoder Implementation - Disclosed is a method for selecting a design option for a Viterbi decoder model. In some embodiments, the method includes deriving a set of design options for a Viterbi decoder model by differentiating at least one design parameter, where the at least one design parameter comprises at least a first value for a look-ahead parameter. The method further includes performing an evaluation of each design option in the set of design options in a multi-dimensional design space and, based on the evaluation of each design option, selecting a design option in the set of design options that (i) satisfies a predetermined energy efficiency constraint and (ii) yields at least a second value for the look-ahead parameter, wherein the second value is greater than the first value and satisfies a predetermined area budget. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198651 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PROVIDING METHOD USING THE SAME - A display apparatus is disclosed. The display apparatus includes a receiver which receives contents, a display unit which displays the received contents, a controller which displays a UI (User Interface) which, if a predetermined event occurs, poses a question regarding whether additional information corresponding to the contents is intended to be received, and, when an additional information reject command is input through the UI, the controller controls to change a display format of the UI when the UI is displayed thereafter. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198672 | METHOD OF MANAGING INFORMATION RELATED TO AN EXERCISE AMOUNT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME, AND SERVER OF THE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A method of managing information related to an exercise amount and a display apparatus using the same, and a server connected with the display apparatus are provided. The method measures exercise amount information of at least one user using a plurality of exercise content, transmits the measured exercise amount information to a server, receives exercise amount information integrally calculated from the server, and displays the received exercise amount information on the display apparatus. Therefore, it is possible for the user to intuitively monitor change in his/her health state and maintain his/her health using the plurality of content. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198678 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING PAGE IN TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for displaying a page are capable of transferring a realistic feeling like reading a paper book when a user reads an electronic book. The method of displaying a page of a portable terminal including a touch screen, includes: displaying a page of an electronic book; detecting a point which corresponds to a user input with respect to the displayed page; detecting a moving direction associated with the user input; and displaying the page as being convexly curved in response to the detected point and the moving direction associated with the user input to animate a page turning operation. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198766 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE AND VIDEO RECEIVING APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for providing a user interface (UI) and a video receiving apparatus using the same are provided. According to the method for providing the UI, a video is received and displayed, one from among a plurality of persons appearing in the video is selected, user motion is photographed, a motion similarity is calculated between the photographed user motion and the motion of the selected person, and information relating to the calculated motion similarity is displayed on the UI. The user can watch the video, exercise without having to use the game terminal or the sensor, and can check his or her exercise information. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198777 | REPRODUCTION APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD USING THE SAME - A method for controlling a reproduction apparatus is provided. The method for controlling a reproduction apparatus includes receiving contents including video data and audio data, transmitting a request for transmission of external audio data regarding the contents to an external server, and outputting the external audio data along with the video data in accordance with a user command for transmitting the external audio data. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198779 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST - An apparatus and a method for receiving a broadcast. The broadcast receiving apparatus includes a tuner unit which performs channel scanning, a tuner parameter generation unit which generates tuner parameter information which includes channel information of channels scanned by the tuner unit and a channel setting value to tune to a channel corresponding to the channel information, a storage unit which stores the tuner parameter information, an input unit which receives input of a channel change request, and a control unit which, if the channel change request is input, controls the tuner unit to tune to a requested channel using the tuner parameter information stored in the storage unit. | 08-01-2013 |
20130199051 | MANUFACTURING METHOD AND FLUID SUPPLY SYSTEM FOR TREATING SUBSTRATE - A method of manufacture and fluid supply system for treating a substrate is provided. The fluid supply system for treating a substrate may include a substrate dry part supplying a dry fluid to dry a rinse solution doped on a substrate; a dry fluid separation part retrieving a mixed fluid that the dry fluid and the rinse solution are mixed with each other during a dry process of the substrate from the substrate dry part and separating the dry fluid from the mixed fluid; and a dry fluid supply part resupplying the dry fluid separated from the dry fluid separation part to the substrate dry part. | 08-08-2013 |
20130199237 | OUTDOOR UNIT AND AIR CONDITIONER HAVING THE SAME - An outdoor unit allows the position of the service valve to be changed in order to adapt the outdoor unit to various environments in which the outdoor unit is installed. The outdoor unit of an air conditioner includes a body, a compressor disposed inside the body to compress a refrigerant, an outdoor heat exchanger to cause heat exchange between the refrigerant compressed by the compressor and outdoor air, at least one service valve to regulate the refrigerant flowing into the outdoor heat exchanger, and a guide portion provided at the body to guide a positional shift of the service valve. | 08-08-2013 |
20130199247 | CLUTCH ASSEMBLY AND WASHING MACHINE HAVING THE SAME - A washing machine includes a cabinet, a tub disposed within the cabinet, to store wash water, a rotating tub rotatably disposed within the tub, a pulsator rotatably disposed within the rotating tub, a motor disposed beneath the tub, to provide power for rotation of the rotating tub and the pulsator, and a clutch assembly disposed between the motor and the rotating tub. The clutch assembly includes a clutch coupling movable vertically between upper and lower positions to transmit the power from the motor to at least one of the rotating tub and the pulsator, a coupling lever movable pivotally to vertically move the clutch coupling, and a clutch lever movable pivotally and operatively connected to the coupling lever to pivotally move the coupling lever. | 08-08-2013 |
20130199249 | MOTOR AND WASHING MACHINE HAVING THE SAME - A motor includes an enhanced strength of a stator, the stator being formed with a plurality of core plates stacked one on top of another, and a rotor rotatably disposed at an inner side or at an outer side of the stator. Each core plate includes a body provided in a shape of an arc, a plurality of teeth radially extended from the body, and having a coil wound thereto, at least one first slit part formed on the body by being slit in a radial direction of the body, and at least one second slit part formed on the body by being slit in a circumferential direction of the body. | 08-08-2013 |
20130199327 | LINK UNIT, ARM MODULE, AND SURGICAL APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A surgical apparatus having sufficient rigidity in a fixed mode and being freely operable in a steering mode includes one or more arm modules having at least one degree of freedom, each arm module including at least one steering cable to steer the arm module and a plurality of link units to form the at least one arm module, each link unit including a head disposed at an upper portion thereof and having a hemispherical shape, a seat formed at a lower portion thereof, and a sliding ball arranged at the seat, wherein the link units are arranged such that the head of one of the link units is seated on the seat of the other of the link units, and the head of one of the link units and the seat of the other of the link units are slid with respect to each other by the sliding ball. | 08-08-2013 |
20130199373 | ADSORBENT FOR CARBON DIOXIDE, METHOD OF PREPARING THE SAME, AND CAPTURE MODULE FOR CARBON DIOXIDE - An adsorbent for carbon dioxide may include a composite metal oxide including a divalent first metal (M | 08-08-2013 |
20130200387 | NITRIDE BASED HETEROJUNCTION SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - A nitride based heterojunction semiconductor device includes a GaN layer on a substrate, an Al-doped GaN layer on the GaN layer, an AlGaN layer on the Al-doped GaN layer, a source electrode, a gate electrode, and a drain electrode on the AlGaN layer, a first field plate on the AlGaN layer, the first field plate being in contact with the gate electrode, and a second field plate on the AlGaN layer, the second field plate being separated from the first field plate by a distance. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200487 | PATTERN STRUCTURE AND METHOD OF FORMING THE SAME - A pattern structure for a semiconductor device includes a plurality of first patterns, each of the first patterns extending in a first direction in the shape of a line, neighboring first patterns being spaced apart from each other by a gap distance, the plurality of first patterns including a plurality of trenches in parallel with the line shapes, respective trenches being between neighboring first patterns, the plurality of trenches including long trenches and short trenches alternately arranged in a second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction, and at least a second pattern, the second pattern being coplanar with the first pattern, end portions of the first patterns being connected to the second pattern. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200509 | SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE - A semiconductor package includes a substrate including a mounting surface having a plurality of ground pads, a semiconductor chip disposed on the mounting surface, a conductive connection part connected to at least one of the plurality of ground pads and having a greater width at a center than at an end, a molding member exposing a top surface of the conductive connection part while wrapping the mounting surface, the conductive connection part and the semiconductor chip, and a heat slug disposed on the molding member and connected to the top surface of the conductive connection part. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200524 | PACKAGE-ON-PACKAGE TYPE SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGES AND METHODS FOR FABRICATING THE SAME - A method of forming a semiconductor package may include providing a first package including a first semiconductor chip mounted on a first package substrate having a via-hole and molded by a first mold layer, providing a second package including a second semiconductor chip mounted on a second package substrate having a connection pad and molded by a second mold layer, stacking the first package on the second package to vertically align the via-hole with the connection pad, forming a through-hole penetrating the first and second packages and exposing the connection pad, and forming an electrical connection part in the through-hole. The electrical connection part may electrically connect the first package and the second package to each other. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200689 | POWER LINE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND LOAD POWER MONITORING APPARATUS AND METHOD USING SAME - A load power monitoring apparatus and method use a power line communication apparatus and method. The power line communication apparatus is capable of performing power line communication through a simple circuit structure by loading a data signal on a current signal supplied over the power line. The power line communication apparatus includes a transmission unit configured to generate a data signal using the current signal, which is supplied through the power line, as a carrier wave, and to transmit the data signal through the power line, and a reception unit configured to receive the data signal, which is generated by the transmission unit, through the power line. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200739 | MOTOR - A motor realizes mechanical field-weakening control by controlling the leakage magnetic flux from the rotor cores of the motor. The motor includes a stator, a rotor including rotor cores circumferentially spaced apart from one another inside the stator and permanent magnets disposed between the respective rotor cores which extend radially from the stator, and a magnetic flux adjustment unit including a ring-shaped main frame, magnetic substance portions extending from the main frame so as to be circumferentially spaced apart from one another and non-magnetic regions defined between the magnetic substance portions. The magnetic flux adjustment unit is rotatable to control the leakage magnetic flux from the rotor cores. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200747 | MOTOR AND WASHING MACHINE HAVING THE SAME - A motor having an improved structure to be driven while maintaining a constant level of performance, and a washing machine having the same, the washing machine including a body, a tub disposed inside the body, a drum rotatably disposed inside the tub, and a motor coupled to a rear surface of the tub to drive the drum, wherein the motor includes a stator, which includes at least one fixing pin inserted into the rear surface of the tub; and at least one fixing hole concentrically disposed with the at least one fixing pin, and a rotor rotatably disposed at an inner side or at an outer side of the stator. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200829 | POWER SUPPLY APPARATUS OF HOME APPLIANCE - A power supply apparatus of a home appliance which meets standby power regulation of 0.5 watts using one SMPS. As compared with a general circuit which meets the standby power regulation using two or more SMPSs, it may be possible to curtail expenses required for addition of a separate standby only SMPS and miniaturize a PCB, resulting in a reduction in cost. Further, in a washing machine employing a motor, a circuit is provided to bypass a back EMF generated in the motor even if AC power is not supplied to the washing machine due to occurrence of a power failure or unplugging of the washing machine. Therefore, it may be possible to prevent a PCBA from being damaged due to the back EMF. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200857 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHARGING BATTERY - A method and apparatus for charging a battery of a mobile device are provided. In the apparatus, a processor of the device starts a charging process when a connection of a charger is detected after a booting process of the device is initiated. The processor adjusts electric power by performing at least one of reducing consuming power of the device and raising charging power of the device. When a completion condition of a power adjustment is satisfied, the processor returns the electric power by performing at least one of returning the reduced consuming power to a basic consuming value and returning the raised charging power to a basic charging value. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200899 | MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING APPARATUS - A magnetic resonance imaging apparatus provided with an RF receiver having a power producing module configured to produce power that is to be supplied to the RF receiver through an RF pulse which is applied to a subject from an RF transmitting coil, the magnetic resonance imaging apparatus including an RF receiver provided with an RF transmitting coil configured to apply an RF pulse to a subject to excite an atomic nucleus, and with a power producing module configured to produce power by receiving the RF pulse applied by the RF transmitting coil. | 08-08-2013 |
20130200914 | Methods and Systems for Cleaning Needles of a Probe Card - A method of cleaning needles of a probe card in a test system includes mounting the probe card, which has a plurality of device under tests (DUTs) and needles, in a card mounting part. The DUTs and needles are scanned using a camera positioned in the test system to provide a scan result. A laser beam is focused on at least one of the needles based on the scan result and the laser beam is irradiated on the at least one of the needles to clean the at least one of the needles. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201133 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INPUTTING A KEY IN A PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method for inputting a key in a portable terminal is provided. The method includes setting a font to be used when a handwriting is converted into a text, receiving an input of the handwriting of a user by using a touch pen of a touch screen, and recognizing the input handwriting to convert the input handwriting into the text in the set font. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201158 | MULTI-TOUCH RECOGNITION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein are a multi-touch recognition apparatus and a control method thereof. The multi-touch recognition apparatus executes blur filtering for noise removal when an image is input through a camera unit photographing a screen of a display panel supporting multi-touch, calculates and outputs a difference image obtained by removing the background image stored in the storage unit from the blur-filtered image, calculates a new background image using the difference image and a binary image of the difference image, and updates the background image stored in the storage unit using the calculated new background image, thereby effectively removing a background other than multi-touch and thus improving multi-touch recognition performance. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201176 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes: a display panel unit which comprises a first panel region corresponding to an opaque display region, and a second panel region corresponding to a transparent display region, a panel driving unit which drives the first panel region and the second panel region independently, and a controller which controls to display a main image on the opaque display region and display an additional image on the transparent display region. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201183 | 3D IMAGE ACQUISITION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF EXTRACTING DEPTH INFORMATION IN 3D IMAGE ACQUISITION APPARATUS - A method for extracting depth information, which may include extracting depth information relating to an object by using an actual nonlinear waveform instead of a mathematically ideal waveform and simultaneously may include effectively removing errors due to random noises that may be caused in a light source, an light modulator, an imaging device, or the like, is provided. The method may include performing simple multiplex and addition on captured images and performing a search of a look-up table. Thus, correct distance information may be extracted without being affected by a type of waveform being used, and an amount of memory which is used and calculated for removing random noise may be reduced. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201274 | VIDEO TELEPHONY SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A video telephony system and a control method thereof are provided. The video telephony system includes a first mobile communication terminal and a second mobile communication terminal, wherein, during a video telephone call connection, the first mobile communication terminal receives a command from a user and sends the received command to the second mobile communication terminal and wherein the second mobile communication terminal executes the command received from the first mobile communication terminal and reconfigures multi-media data transmitted to the first mobile communication terminal. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201360 | METHOD OF CHANGING AN OPERATION MODE OF A CAMERA IMAGE SENSOR - By a method of changing an operation mode of a camera image sensor, an application processor outputs a resolution change request signal to the camera image sensor when an operation mode change signal is generated while the camera image sensor outputs a first sensor output image. The camera image sensor prepares a resolution change operation in response to the resolution change request signal, outputs an interrupt signal to the application processor when the resolution change operation is prepared, performs the resolution change operation after the first sensor output image is output, and outputs a second sensor output image when the resolution change operation is completed. The application processor changes an interface setting value in response to the interrupt signal, and receives the second sensor output image based on the changed interface setting value. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201361 | Image Sensor and Image Processing Apparatus Using the Same - An image sensor senses object information and converts the sensed object information into an electrical signal. An image processing apparatus uses the image sensor. The image sensor includes a column signal line connected to output terminals of a plurality of pixel sensors, a comparator circuit configured to output a signal corresponding to a comparison result of a signal output to the column signal line and a reference signal, an ADC circuit configured to convert an analog signal corresponding to an optical signal sensed by the pixel sensor selected from the plurality of pixel sensors connected to the column signal line into digital data based on the signal output from the comparator circuit and, a load circuit connected in series to the comparator circuit between the column signal line and a ground terminal, wherein the load circuit is configured as a common load device of the plurality of pixel sensors connected to the column signal line and the comparator circuit. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201416 | GLASS APPARATUS FOR WATCHING POLARIZED IMAGE - A glass apparatus for watching a polarized image is provided. The glass apparatus includes a film unit for double-refracting the polarized image when the glass apparatus is tilted; a sensor unit for detecting a slope of the glass apparatus based on a horizontal plane; a voltage driving unit for applying a driving voltage corresponding to the slope detected by the sensor unit, to a liquid crystal cell; the liquid crystal cell for switching an orientation according to the driving voltage, and changing polarization property of an image passing through the film unit according to the switched orientation; and a polarizer for polarizing the image passing through the liquid crystal cell in a preset polarization direction. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201436 | VARIFOCAL LENS - A varifocal lens including a first liquid crystal layer; a second liquid crystal layer disposed below the first liquid crystal layer; a common electrode disposed between the first liquid crystal layer and the second liquid crystal layer; a first electrode disposed above the first liquid crystal layer and having a curved shape; and a second electrode disposed below the second liquid crystal layer and having a curved shape. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201437 | VARIFOCAL LENS - A varifocal lens including a first liquid crystal layer; a first electrode portion disposed below the first liquid crystal layer and having a flat shape; a first non-uniform electric field generator which generates a non-uniform electric field in the first liquid crystal layer together with the first electrode portion, and the first non-uniform electric field generator including a second electrode portion having a flat shape. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201535 | SCANNER MODULE AND IMAGE SCANNING APPARATUS EMPLOYING THE SAME - A scanner module and an image scanning apparatus employing the same. The scanner module comprises an illuminator for illuminating light on an object to be scanned. The illuminator includes a light emitting diode, a light guide extending in a main scanning direction to change a direction of the light received from the light emitting diode, and at least one elastic member to elastically support at least one longitudinal end of the light guide. As the light guide is elastically supported by the elastic member, convex deformation or bowing of an emission face of the light guide due to thermal expansion can be reduced. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201612 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD - A display device and a method of manufacturing the same are provided. The display device includes a display module which displays an image, and a chassis which forms an outer appearance of the display module, the chassis including a background surface, wherein the background surface of the chassis includes a first coating surface forming a base of the background surface of the chassis and a second coating surface provided on a plane different from the first coating surface. The display device and the method for manufacturing the same are thus effective in reducing required space and manufacturing time. In addition, the display device and the method of manufacturing the same do not require a process such as washing. In addition, the display device and the method for manufacturing the same enable coating to be performed in local regions and thus reduce the distribution costs. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201621 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS HAVING A DISPLAY PANEL - An electronic apparatus includes a body and a display panel installed at a front side of the body to display an image. The body includes a first member to form a portion of the body and allowing the display panel to be installed thereon, and a second member to form a remaining portion of the body and rotatably installed at the first member. As the second member serves as a support, the electronic apparatus may be disposed in a second mode for a user to conveniently use the electronic apparatus. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201750 | VARIABLE RESISTANCE MEMORY DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD OF OPERATION - A variable resistance memory device comprises a variable resistance memory cells and a read/write circuit configured to provide a program voltage to the variable resistance memory cell, and further configured to adjust a compliance current flowing through the variable resistance memory cell in successive loops of a program operation. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201758 | NON-VOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE HAVING VERTICAL STRUCTURE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - Provided is a method of operating a non-volatile memory device. The method includes applying a turn-on voltage to each of first and second string select transistors of a first NAND string, applying first and second voltages to third and fourth string select transistors of a second NAND string, respectively, and applying a high voltage to word lines connected with memory cells of the first and second NAND strings. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201777 | REFRESH CIRCUIT OF A SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE AND REFRESH CONTROL METHOD OF THE SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE - A refresh circuit and a semiconductor memory device including the refresh circuit are disclosed. The refresh circuit includes a mode register, a refresh controller and a multiplexer circuit. The mode register generates a mode register signal having information relating to a memory bank on which a refresh operation is to be performed. The refresh controller generates a self-refresh active command and a self-refresh address based on a self-refresh command and an oscillation signal. The multiplexer circuit may include a plurality of multiplexers. Each of the multiplexers selects one of an active command and the self-refresh active command in response to bits of the mode register signal. Each of the multiplexers generates a row active signal based on the selected command, and selects one of an external address and the self-refresh address to generate a row address. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201778 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE CAPABLE OF ADJUSTING MEMORY PAGE SIZE BASED ON A ROW ADDRESS AND A BANK ADDRESS - A semiconductor device includes a memory cell array comprising a plurality of banks and a page size controller. The page size controller decodes a part of a bank selection address or a power supply voltage and a remaining part of the bank selection address to enable one of the plurality of banks or enable two of the plurality of banks to set a page size of the semiconductor device. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201832 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC TRANSFER RATE BASED ON CELL CAPACITY IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system that provides a content delivery service to a user in a mobile communication system is provided. The system receives, from an enhanced Node B (eNB), cell-specific capacity information that is determined based on cell-specific load state information of the eNB, determines a transfer rate for traffic to be transmitted to a User Equipment (UE) in each cell, based on the received cell-specific capacity information, and transmits the traffic to be transmitted to the UE in each cell to the eNB at the determined transfer rate. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201938 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK RESOURCES IN BEAMFORMING-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for requesting Uplink (UL) resource allocation in a beamforming-based wireless communication system are provided. A Mobile Station (MS) acquires UL beam pair information indicating a best MS transmit beam and a best Base Station (BS) receive beam for UL transmission, determines a best BS transmit beam for Downlink (DL) reception, selects a Bandwidth Request (BR) code and a BR channel from available BR codes and a designated BR transmit resource, wherein at least one of the BR code and the BR channel is mapped to at least one of the best BS receive beam and the best BS transmit beam, and transmits the selected BR code to a BS over the selected BR channel. The BS allocates a UL resource for transmission of a BR message and UL data considering the best BS receive beam. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201942 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN NETWORK SUPPORTING COORDINATED TRANSMISSION - A data transmission method and an apparatus in a network supporting coordinated multipoint transmission are provided. The method includes transmitting candidate sets of initial state information used to generate Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) scrambling sequences for the transmission points to the UE, and transmitting an indication corresponding to at least one candidate set of initial state information respectively associated with at least one transmission point to the UE, wherein the initial state information is used by the UE to generate DMRS scrambling sequences. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201960 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA ON MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method and an apparatus to communicate data on multiple carriers in the mobile communication system are provided. A random access method of a terminal in a mobile communication system including primary and secondary cells operating on multiple carriers according to the present invention includes communicating data after random access in the primary cell, receiving, when the random access is triggered in the secondary cell, information for use in the secondary cell random access from the primary cell, transmitting a preamble in the secondary cell based on the received information, monitoring the primary cell to receive a Random Access Response for the secondary cell, and applying, when the Random Access Response for the secondary cell is received, the information carried in the Random Access Response to the secondary cell in which the preamble has been transmitted. | 08-08-2013 |
20130202054 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR LOW COMPLEXITY SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS IN A MILLIMETER WAVE MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system is configured to perform Spatial Division Multiple Access. The system includes at least one transmitter or receiver capable of polarization alignment. The transmitter includes a baseband precoder configured to precode a signal, an array of sub-array antennas and a plurality of radio frequency (RF) chains. Each RF chain is coupled to a respective antenna sub-array of the array of antennas. The transmitter is configured to perform a method that includes precoding, by a baseband precoder, a signal for spatial division multiple access (SDMA). The method also includes applying, by each of the plurality of radio frequency (RF) chains, a phase shift and beamforming weight to the signal and transmitting the phase shifted and weighted signal by an array of sub-array antennas. | 08-08-2013 |
20130202848 | FUNCTIONAL SHEET - A functional sheet absorbs electromagnetic waves generated from the interior of an electronic device and efficiently transfers heat generated from an electronic component to other housings, whereby malfunction of the electronic device due to electromagnetic wave interference and overheating of the electronic component is prevented. To have these characteristics, the functional sheet includes a base including a magnetic material absorbing electromagnetic waves, a plurality of metal protrusions formed on upper and lower surfaces of the base, and a thermally conductive adhesive layer formed on portions of the upper and lower surfaces of the base in which the metal protrusions are not formed. | 08-08-2013 |
20130202993 | METHOD OF FABRICATING THE PELLICLE FRAME - A pellicle frame, including aluminum, aluminum oxide, and a transition metal. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203220 | METHOD OF MOLDING SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE - A method of molding a semiconductor package includes coating liquid molding resin or disposing solid molding resin on a top surface of a semiconductor chip arranged on a substrate. The solid molding resin may include powdered molding resin or sheet-type molding resin. In a case where liquid molding resin is coated on the top surface of the semiconductor chip, the substrate is mounted between a lower molding and an upper molding, and then melted molding resin is filled in a space between the lower molding and the upper molding. In a case where the solid molding resin is disposed on the top surface of the semiconductor chip, the substrate is mounted on a lower mold and then the solid molding resin is heated and melts into liquid molding resin having flowability. An upper mold is mounted on the lower mold, and melted molding resin is filled in a space between the lower molding and the upper molding. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203222 | GRAPHENE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF FABRICATING THE SAME - A graphene electronic device may include a silicon substrate, connecting lines on the silicon substrate, a first electrode and a second electrode on the silicon substrate, and an interlayer dielectric on the silicon substrate. The interlayer dielectric may be configured to cover the connecting lines and the first and second electrodes and the interlayer dielectric may be further configured to expose at least a portion of the first and second electrodes. The graphene electronic device may further include an insulating layer on the interlayer dielectric and a graphene layer on the insulating layer, the graphene layer having a first end and a second end. The first end of the graphene layer may be connected to the first electrode and the second end of the graphene layer may be connected to the second electrode. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203353 | SHORT-RANGE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - A Short-range Radio Communication (SRC) system and method are provided. The system includes a first terminal and a second terminal capable of connecting to each other by one or more SRCs. When having share information and being connected to the second terminal by the one or more SRCs, the first terminal transmits the share information to the second terminal. When being SRC-connected to the first terminal the one or more SRCs, the second terminal receives the share information from the first terminal | 08-08-2013 |
20130203418 | IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE REPORT CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS OF NETWORK IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An in-device coexistence interference report control method of a network for terminal to inform the network of interference among heterogeneous radio communication modules coexisting in the terminal is provided. The method includes determining, at a terminal when a terminal capability enquiry message is received from a base station, whether the base station supports an In-Device Coexistence (IDC) interference report, transmitting, when the IDC interference report is supported, a terminal capacity information message to the base station, receiving a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection reconfiguration message including information on whether terminal's IDC interference indicator transmission is permitted from the base station; and transmitting an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message to the base station in response to the RRC connection reconfiguration message. The in-device coexistence interference indication control method is advantageous in preventing the UE from transmitting useless in-device coexistence interference indication messages, resulting in reduction of unnecessary signaling. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203428 | INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An interference alignment method and apparatus in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of a serving Base Station (BS) for uplink interference alignment in a wireless communication system includes estimating a channel for at least one served Mobile Station (MS), estimating an interference channel for at least one neighboring MS, exchanging information about an interference channel with at least one neighboring BS, determining a precoding vector of each of the at least one served MS for configuring interference from all of the at least one neighboring MS as one spatial dimension, and transmitting the determined precoding vector to each of the at least one served MSs. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203453 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER TO MITIGATE INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for controlling power in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving interference information comprising a resource usage rate, from at least one neighboring BS, calculating a throughput variance amount, which is expected if the serving BS changes power, experienced by the at least one neighboring BS, by using the interference information, calculating a throughput variance amount, which is expected if the serving BS changes power, of at least one Mobile Station (MS) having access to the serving BS, and controlling power for the at least one MS by using the throughput variance amount experienced by the at least one neighboring BS and the throughput variance amount of the at least one MS. The interference information represents a throughput variance amount generated in the at least one neighboring BS when the serving BS changes the power. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203937 | POLY(AMIDE-IMIDE) BLOCK COPOLYMER, ARTICLE INCLUDING SAME, AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE ARTICLE - A poly(amide-imide) block copolymer that includes a first segment including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 1 and a second segment including a repeating unit represented by the following Chemical Formula 2: | 08-08-2013 |
20130204110 | ELECTRODE FOR MEASURING BIO POTENTIAL, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE ELECTRODE, AND SYSTEM FOR MEASURING PHYSIOLOGICAL SIGNAL - An electrode for measuring a bio potential includes a conductive adhesive having one side configured to have at least two metal electrodes attached thereto while the electrode is being used, and another side configured to be attached to a living body while the electrode is being used, the conductive adhesive having a predetermined area and a predetermined thickness; and a supporting element configured to support the conductive adhesive while the conductive adhesive is attached to the living body; wherein an impedance is formed between the at least two metal electrodes while the at least two metal electrodes are attached to the side of the conductive adhesive, the impedance depending on a thickness of the conductive adhesive and having a value that prevents the at least two metal electrodes from being shorted together. | 08-08-2013 |
20130204435 | WEARABLE ROBOT AND TEACHING METHOD OF MOTION USING THE SAME - A wearable robot may be worn by a user to record or teach a motion, including a motion such as sign language. The wearable robot includes a mode to record sign language data in a system by a sign language expert wearing the wearable robot and a mode to teach the sign language data recorded in the system to a sign language learner wearing the wearable robot. A user who wishes to learn sign language may easily learn sign language. In particular, a disabled person, who has poor eyesight and is unable to watch a video that teaches sign language, may learn sign language very intuitively using the wearable robot. Further, a user who has normal eyesight may also learn sign language more easily than from using a video which teaches sign language or from a sign language expert. | 08-08-2013 |
20130204878 | MUSIC RECOMMENDATION METHOD WITH RESPECT TO MESSAGE SERVICE - A music recommendation method and a music recommendation system are provided. The music recommendation method includes: selecting music files according to a theme of the message service and music, a mood of the music, a similarity between content of the message service and content of the music; and recommending selected music files to a user. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205064 | Data Storage Devices Including Multiple Host Interfaces and User Devices Including the Same - Disclosed is an information storing device which includes a first interface for connection with a host; a second interface for connection with the host; a first memory unit including a first controller controlling a first nonvolatile memory, the first controller communicating with the host via the first interface; and a second memory unit including a second controller controlling a second nonvolatile memory, the second controller communicating with the host via the second interface. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205073 | MEMORY DEVICE, MEMORY SYSTEM, AND PROGRAMMING METHOD THEREOF - A memory device, a memory system, and a programming method thereof. The memory system includes a memory controller configured to set first type offset information corresponding to a first type of data and set second type offset information corresponding to a second type of data; and a memory device configured to receive the first type offset information to program the first type of data in a first type of page that is read at a first speed and receive the second type offset information to program the second type of data in a second type of page that is read at a second speed, the first speed being different from the second speed. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205075 | NONVOLATILE MEMORY DEVICE AND MEMORY CARD INCLUDING THE SAME - There is provided a nonvolatile memory device including a memory cell array including nonvolatile memory cells, a battery not supplied with external power and configured to store a charged voltage, a sensing unit configured to sense a degradation state of the nonvolatile memory cells of the memory cell array, and a trigger circuit configured to transmit a refresh trigger signal based on the sensing result, wherein the nonvolatile memory cells of the memory cell array are refreshed using the charged voltage provided by the battery in response to the trigger signal transmitted from the trigger circuit. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205171 | FIRST AND SECOND MEMORY CONTROLLERS FOR RECONFIGURABLE COMPUTING APPARATUS, AND RECONFIGURABLE COMPUTING APPARATUS CAPABLE OF PROCESSING DEBUGGING TRACE DATA - An apparatus and a method for processing debugging trace data for a reconfigurable computing apparatus take advantage of a first mode and a second mode of the reconfigurable computing apparatus being mutually exclusive, wherein first instructions associated with a loop operation are executed in the first mode, and second instructions associated with a general operation other than the loop operation that can be processed in parallel are executed in the second mode, so that, without the need for an additional memory, debugging trace data can be efficiently stored using a first memory configured to store configuration information for use in configuring a connection path between processing elements arranged in a reconfigurable unit in the first mode, and a second memory from which an instruction word including a plurality of the second instructions is fetched in the second mode. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205248 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING 3D IMAGE BASED ON USER INTERACTION - A method of creating a three-dimensional (3D) image based on user interaction, the method including receiving an input image; receiving a user input; segmenting an object, which is included in the input image, based on the received user input; editing an area of the segmented object; configuring a layer for the segmented object, based on the edited area; and creating a 3D image, based on the configured layer. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205298 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEMORY OVERLAY - A memory overlay apparatus includes an internal memory that includes a dirty bit indicating a changed memory area, a memory management unit that controls an external memory to store only changed data so that only data actually being used by a task during overlay is stored and restored, and a direct memory access (DMA) management unit that confirms the dirty bit when the task is changed and that moves a data area of the task between the internal memory and the external memory. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205304 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING MULTI-TASKING IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A multi-tasking execution apparatus and a method for easily controlling applications running in a portable terminal are provided. The apparatus includes a display and a controller. The display displays an application-containing image in which at least one specific image representing at least one application running in a background is contained and arranged. The controller operatively displays at least one specific image representing at least one application running in the background, so as to be contained in the application-containing image, and controls the at least one application running in the background by controlling the specific image based on a specific gesture. | 08-08-2013 |
20130208524 | MEMORY MODULE FOR HIGH-SPEED OPERATIONS - A memory module includes a plurality of buses. A plurality of memory chips is mounted on a module board and is connected to a first node, a second node, and a plurality of third nodes of the plurality of buses. The first node, the second node, and the third nodes branch off to a first memory chip, a second memory chip, and the third memory chips, respectively. A length of the plurality of buses between the first and second nodes is longer than a length of the plurality of buses between adjacent nodes from among the second node and the third nodes. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208546 | LATENCY CONTROL CIRCUIT AND SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY DEVICE COMPRISING SAME - A latency control circuit is configured to delay a read information signal in response to a CAS latency signal and an internal clock signal to generate a delayed read information signal, and is further configured to generate a latency control signal based on the delayed read information signal in response to a plurality of sampling control signals and a plurality of transfer control signals. | 08-15-2013 |